UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO TABLE OF CONTENTS PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 3
The Specifications and Drawings listed in the following Table of Contents have been prepared for the exclusive use of the University of Toronto, for use during the Prefabricated Rooftop Unit project at 10 Kings’s College Road, Toronto, Ontario, and may not be reproduced in whole or in part without the express written consent of the University of Toronto and Morrison Hershfield Limited, and may not be applied to other buildings, or other portions of this building, where the specified work may be inappropriate.
DIVISION 00 and 01 – Refer to University of Toronto documents
DIVISION 02 — EXISTING CONDITIONS Section 02 41 00 – Demolition and Salvage 8
DIVISION 05 — METALS Section 05 51 01 – Ballasted Metal Stairs 3
DIVISION 06 — WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES Section 06 10 00 – Rough Carpentry 4
DIVISION 07 — THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07 52 16 – Modified Bitumen Membrane Roofing 14 Section 07 92 00 – Joint Sealant 8
DIVISION 08 — DOORS AND WINDOWS Section 08 44 00 – Window Wall 1516
DIVISION 15 — SPECIAL Section 15 10 00 – Factory Built Fabricated Roof Top Unit 7
DIVISION 20 — MECHANICAL Section 20 01 01 – Mechanical General Requirements 17 Section 20 05 13 – Motors, Starters, Wiring and Electric Pipe Heating 27 Section 20 05 16 – Flax Connections, Expansion J oints, Anchors and Guides 6 Section 20 05 19 - Meters and Gauges 6 Section 20 05 23 – Valves 11 Section 20 05 29 – Hangers and Supports 8 Section 20 05 48 – Vibration Isolation 7 Section 20 05 53 – Identification 5 Section 20 07 13 – Mechanical Insulation 26 Section 20 08 01 – Start-up and Performance Testing Reporting 7 Section 20 08 05 - Testing Adjusting and Balancing 8 Section 20 08 06 – Acoustic Testing 2
DIVISION 22 — PLUMBING Section 22 05 01 – Plumbing General 3 Section 22 05 23 – Plumbing Specialties and Accessories 5
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO TABLE OF CONTENTS PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 3
Section 22 11 19 – Pex Tube and Fitting 3 Section 22 13 16 – Drainage and Vent Piping Cast Iron and Copper 3 Section 23 05 01 – Piping Systems General 3 Section 23 21 23 – Pumps Heating and Cooling 2
DIVISION 23 — HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING Section 23 25 13 – HVAC Water Treatment Systems 4 Section 23 31 01 – Air Distribution 1 Section 23 31 13 – Ductwork 3 Section 23 33 05 – Duct Accessories 3 Section 23 33 13 – Dampers Balancing 2 Section 23 33 14 – Dampers Operating 3 Section 23 33 63 – Louvres 2 Section 23 34 05 – Fans 4 Section 23 37 13 – Grilles Registers and Diffusers 2 Section 23 52 12 - Packaged Boiler Electric 3 Section 23 82 23 – Fan Coil Units 3
DIVISION 25 — INTEGRATED AUTOMATION Section 25 05 01 – BAS General 12 Section 25 11 01 – BAS Network Devices 12 Section 25 14 01 – BAS Equipment Controllers 9 Section 25 90 01 – BAS Sequence of Operations 1
DIVISION 26 — ELECTRICAL Section 26 05 00 – Electrical General Requiremetns 9 Section 26 05 21 – Wires and Cables 0 – 100V 5 Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding 3 Section 26 05 29 – Hangers and Supports 4 Section 26 05 31 – Junction Boxes 2 Section 26 05 34 – Conduits 5 Section 26 08 00 – Electrical Testing 15 Section 26 24 16 – Panelboard 4 Section 26 27 26 – Wiring Devices 3 Section 26 28 23 – Unfused Disconnect Switches 2 Section 26 50 00 – Lighting Equipment 4
DIVISION 28 — ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY Section 28 31 00 – Fire Alarm Systems 7
APPENDIX A mottLAB – Expanded Rapidship Program for University of Toronto SIF Projects 27
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO TABLE OF CONTENTS PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 3
CONRACT DRAWINGS
As listed on Drawing A-000
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
University of Toronto 02 41 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit DEMOLITION AND SALVAGE September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 1
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1. SUMMARY
1.1.1. Section Includes: Provide demolition and salvage including but not limited to following:
1.1.1.1. selective demolition to accommodate alterations.
1.1.1.2. new openings.
1.1.1.3. Obtain all necessary permits and pay all fees related to demolition, disposal of materials, disconnecting existing services, and other aspects of the Work.
1.1.2. Related Sections: Following description of work is included for reference only and shall not be presumed complete:
1.1.2.1. Section 07 52 16 Modified Bituminous roofing.
1.1.2.2. Demolition and removal of mechanical equipment services designated for removal on Drawings and as required by Work. Disconnecting and capping prior to authorizing removal: Division 21, Fire Suppression, Division 22, Plumbing and Division 23 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning.
1.1.2.3. Demolition and removal of electrical equipment services designated for removal on Drawings and as required by Work. Disconnecting and capping prior to authorizing removal: Division 26, Electrical, Division 27, Communications and Division 28, Electronic Safety and Security.
1.2. REFERENCES
1.2.1. Definitions:
1.2.1.1. Hand Demolition: Systematic demolition of structures by workers using hand-held tools.
1.2.1.2. Hazardous Materials: dangerous substances, dangerous goods, hazardous commodities and hazardous products, may include but not limited to: poisons, corrosive agents, flammable substances, ammunition, explosives, radioactive substances, or other material that can endanger human health or well being or environment if handled improperly.
1.2.1.3. Mechanical Demolition: Systematic demolition of structures using powered equipment.
1.2.1.4. Systematic Demolition: Methodical dismantling of structure piece by piece, usually carried out in reverse order of construction.
1.2.2. Reference Standards:
1.2.2.1. CSA S350-M80(03) - Code of Practice for Safety in Demolition of Structures
1.2.2.2. OPSS 1001-05 - Material Specifications for Aggregates - General
1.2.2.3. OPSS 1010-04 - Material Specification for Aggregates – Base, Subbase, Select Subgrade, and Backfill Material
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto 02 41 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit DEMOLITION AND SALVAGE September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 2
1.2.2.4. Ontario Regulation 278/05 Designated Substance — Asbestos on Construction Projects and in Buildings and Repair Operations.
1.2.2.5. Gasoline Handling Act, 1980
1.3. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
1.3.1. Pre-Demolition Meeting:
1.3.1.1. Prior to start of work, arrange for site meeting of all parties associated with work of this Section. Presided over by Consultant, meeting shall include Contractor, demolition Subcontractor, testing company's representative and structural engineer.
1.3.1.2. Review Specification for work included under this Section and determine complete understanding of requirements and responsibilities relative to work included, storage and handling of materials, inspection of construction to be demolished, methods to be used, sequence and quality control, Project staffing, restrictions due to environmental protection requirements and other matters affecting demolition, to permit compliance with intent of this Section. Review structural load limitations of existing structures. Review and finalize building demolition schedule and verify availability of demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. Review and finalize protection requirements.
1.3.2. Scheduling:
1.3.2.1. Where practicable, remove or neutralize hazardous or toxic materials identified in Environmental Report before demolition begins.
1.3.2.2. Demolition and removal of mechanical and electrical equipment and services designated for removal on Drawings and as required by Work. Disconnecting and capping prior to authorizing removal: Division 26.
1.4. SUBMITTALS
1.4.1. Plan of Action:
1.4.1.1. Submit in accordance with Section 01 30 00.
1.4.1.2. Submit "Plan of Action" immediately after award of Contract for review by Consultant.
1.4.1.3. Submit demolition, cutting, patching and finishing schedule showing timing and sequencing of the work in the various areas of the existing building. Deviation from schedule will not be permitted without approval.
1.4.1.4. Complete demolition as indicated on Drawings and as otherwise required to accommodate new construction.
1.5. SITE CONDITIONS
1.5.1. Ambient Conditions:
1.5.1.1. Demolition performed on this Project in areas which may be partially occupied. Take care and provisions for protection of workers on site and occupants during progress of work.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto 02 41 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit DEMOLITION AND SALVAGE September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 3
1.5.1.2. Do not close or obstruct roads, streets, sidewalks, passageways without permits. Do not place or store materials in streets or passageways. Conduct operations with minimum interference with roads, streets, driveways and passageways.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1. MATERIALS
2.1.1. Regulatory Requirements:
2.1.1.1. Conform to The Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulation for Construction Projects
2.1.1.2. Conform to OBC, especially Division C, Part 1, Article 1.2.2.3 as applicable.
2.1.1.3. Conform to Fire Code, Regulation under Fire Marshal Act especially Part 8.
2.1.1.4. Conform to requirements of Section 01 50 00 in particular, Article on engineering requirements for Temporary Construction.
2.1.2. Concrete Imaging: Non destructive testing utilizing high frequency electromagnetic antenna system, magnetic measurement, low-frequency electromagnetic induction methods.
2.1.3. Provide materials necessary for temporary bracing and shoring. On completion, remove temporary materials from site.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1. EXAMINATION
3.1.1. Preliminary Survey:
3.1.1.1. Before commencing demolition operations, examine site and when requested, provide engineering survey to determine type of construction, condition of structure and site conditions. Assess strength and stability of damaged or deteriorated structures.
3.1.1.2. Assess potential effect of removal of any part or parts on remainder of structure before such part(s) are removed.
3.1.1.3. Assess effects of demolition on adjacent properties and consider need for underpinning, shoring and/or bracing.
3.1.1.4. Investigate for following conditions:
3.1.1.4.1. load-bearing walls and floors.
3.1.1.4.2. structure suspended from another.
3.1.1.4.3. cantilevered construction.
3.1.1.4.4. presence of prestressed or post-tensioned elements.
3.1.1.4.5. effects of soils, water, lateral pressures on retaining or foundations walls.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto 02 41 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit DEMOLITION AND SALVAGE September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 4
3.1.1.4.6. basements, tunnels, vaults or similar underground construction extending beyond perimeter of structure to be demolished.
3.1.1.4.7. presence of tanks, wells, other piping systems.
3.1.1.5. Contact Project Manager authorities or utility companies for assistance in locating and marking services passing under, through, overhead or adjacent to structure to be demolished. Such services without limitations include:
3.1.1.5.1. gas mains.
3.1.1.5.2. communication cables.
3.1.1.5.3. water mains.
3.1.1.5.4. drainage piping (storm and sanitary).
3.1.1.5.5. steam distribution.
3.1.1.5.6. Roof flashings and membranes.
3.1.1.6. After determining demolition methods, determine area of possible vibration. Carefully inspect beyond those adjacent areas. List potential damage areas and photograph each for record purposes before starting work.
3.1.2. Existing Services:
3.1.2.1. Provide and maintain temporary services required during demolition to satisfaction of authorities having jurisdiction, fire departments and utility companies.
3.1.2.2. Verify prior to commencement work of this Section that disconnection and capping of mechanical services have been carried out under Divisions 21, 22 and 23 in accordance with requirements of local authority having jurisdiction. Make sure Natural gas supply lines are removed by Gas Company or by qualified tradesmen in accordance with Gas Company instructions. Removal and disposal of other existing underground services and mechanical equipment shall be by Divisions 21, 22 and 23.
3.2. PREPARATION
3.2.1. Protection of In-Place Conditions:
3.2.1.1. Post danger signs conspicuously around property. If requested, provide a watchman for patrolling site when work is not in progress to prevent public entering danger zone and to maintain barricades.
3.2.1.2. Provide fire extinguishers acceptable to fire prevention authorities in locations and of type suitable to enable personnel to deal with fire occurring during progress of work.
3.3. APPLICATION
3.3.1. Restrictions:
3.3.1.1. Restrict demolition activities between hours of 7:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday.
3.3.1.2. Do not sell or burn materials on site.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto 02 41 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit DEMOLITION AND SALVAGE September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 5
3.3.2. Demolition action plans may indicate only general scope of work to be demolished and removed. It is Contractor’s sole responsibility to determine exact extent of demolition required. Contractor may not rely solely on Drawings to limit scope of selective demolition work required. Review site conditions and assess exact scope of demolition and removal.
3.3.3. Examine and review existing conditions prior to starting demolition. Initially perform demolition only in selected and designated test areas prior to proceeding full scale demolition work. Obtain approval on technique of demolition in test areas from Consultant. Only after approval, proceed in other areas.
3.3.4. Materials and debris shall not be stacked in building to extent that overloading of any part of structure will occur.
3.3.5. At end of each Day's work leave work in safe condition ensuring no parts of structure are in danger of collapsing.
3.4. GENERAL
3.4.1. Ensure demolition work is supervised by structural engineer licensed to practice in Province of Ontario at all times.
3.4.2. Carry out demolition in accordance with CSA S350-M. Demolish structure and remove materials from site. Use hand tools or pneumatic or hydraulic equipment. Adhere to manufacturer’s recommendations in use of hand held tools while conforming to the Occupational Health and Safety Act requirements. Lower demolition materials and debris through chutes. Do not create falling materials hazard.
3.4.3. Remove all mechanical and electrical items indicated to be removed.
3.4.4. Demolition shall proceed safely in systematic manner from roof to grade, as specified herein, and as necessary to accommodate remedial work indicated. Ensure work on each floor level is complete before commencing work on supporting structure and safety of its supports are impaired. Parts of building which would otherwise collapse prematurely shall be securely shored. Walls and piers shall not be undermined.
3.4.5. Keep work wetted down to minimize dust.
3.4.6. Minimize noise. Avoid use of noisy machinery outside working hours.
3.4.7. Protect from weather parts of adjoining structures not previously exposed.
3.4.8. Firestopping and Smoke Seal: In event work of this Section impacts on integrity of fire separations, ensure trade performing firestopping is notified.
3.4.9. Building Services:
3.4.9.1. Arrange with Owner to disconnect existing building services. Cut-off and cap existing building services under Owner's supervision. Provide caps to abandoned services.
3.4.9.2. Prevent demolition debris from entering building drains.
3.4.10. Stockpiling:
3.4.10.1. Label stockpiles, indicating material type and quantity.
3.4.10.2. Designate appropriate security resources/measures to prevent vandalism, damage and theft.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto 02 41 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit DEMOLITION AND SALVAGE September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 6
3.4.10.3. Stockpile materials designated for alternate disposal in location which facilitates removal from site and examination by potential end markets, and which does not impede disassembly, processing, or hauling procedures.
3.4.10.4. Where recycling facilities exist, separate from general waste stream each materials that can be recycled. Stockpile materials in neat and orderly fashion for alternate disposal.
3.4.11. Relocation of Salvaged Items:
3.4.11.1. Carefully remove, store, protect and re-install where applicable existing materials and equipment noted on Drawings to be retained and relocated. Relocate items to be retained and store them in areas directed by Consultant. In addition to items indicated on Drawings, Owner still reserves the right to retain any items or materials.
3.4.12. Except as indicated on Drawings or designated on site by Consultant, materials forming permanent part of structure being demolished shall become property of this Section. Remove from site.
3.4.13. Coordinate with Divisions 21, 22, 23, 26, 27 and 28 respectively for removal, relocation and reinstallation of mechanical and electrical items.
3.4.14. In event of unexpected discovery of buried fuel or other tanks, do no further work and immediately report discovery, orally and in writing to Consultant. Consultant will authorize remedial work, if any, in writing. Do such remedial work, as addition to Contract.
3.4.15. Remove electrical equipment scheduled for removal on Drawings and as required by Work.
3.4.16. Remove sewer and water lines to extent indicated on Drawing and cap to prevent leakage.
3.5. STRUCTURAL STEEL
3.5.1. Dismantle steel members and maintain structure stable. Do not place excessive loads on components.
3.5.2. Install adequate temporary guys and supports to ensure stability and to prevent excessive loading.
3.5.3. Support each component being disconnected from structure, and lower, do not drop, component after it is disconnected.
3.6. ROOFING
3.6.1. Remove portions of existing metal flashing and roofing system in areas indicated in drawings. Protect areas exposed by removal from the elements, rain, snow. Protection shall be installed immediately as removal Work proceeds and disturbed areas shall be made watertight at end of each Work shift.
3.6.2. At the end of each day, and as weather conditions require, ensure that exposed elements are made water tight.
3.7. CONCRETE
3.7.1. Saw cut and remove portions of existing concrete slabs and deck to allow for new installations as indicated. Cut or break-up concrete into small pieces. Do not allow pieces to fall on floor slab or ceilings below.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto 02 41 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit DEMOLITION AND SALVAGE September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 7
3.7.2. Cut slabs in smooth, uniform, straight lines. Take care to remove only as much as required.
3.7.3. Do slab cutting and removal in accordance with structural requirements, do not endanger Work or property.
3.7.4. Where reinforcing steel is to be left in place, use saw cuts from surface of concrete reinforcing steel around perimeter(s) of area(s) to be demolished, chip concrete without damaging reinforcing steel. Retouch damaged epoxy coating of existing reinforcing steel.
3.7.5. Take precautions to adequately support structure, provide bracing required for safety and execution of the Work. Coordinate with structural requirements
3.8. CEILINGS AND WALLS
3.8.1. Remove existing ceilings as required for installation of equipment and/or new mechanical or electrical services and structure.
3.8.2. Carefully remove acoustical ceiling panels keeping panels horizontal as much as possible. Vacuum clean top surface immediately upon removal using HEPA filter equiped vacuum cleaner.
3.8.3. Clean surfaces of all existing air ducts, conduits, piping and equipment above ceiling before any work is started using HEPA filter equiped vacuum cleaner.
3.8.4. Store and protect ceiling panels for re-installation after work above ceiling is complete, except where new ceilings are indicated. Replace damaged ceiling components with new materials to match existing.
3.8.5. Remove existing walls or portions thereof, where indicated and provide openings where required. Cut surfaces in smooth, uniform, straight, plumb lines.
3.8.6. When removing ceilings, remove entire ceiling systems including hangers and remove hangers used for support of light fixtures in such areas.
3.8.7. Take precautions to adequately support structure, provide bracing required for safety and execution of the work. Coordinate with structural requirements.
3.9. MISCELLANEOUS
3.9.1. Remove millwork items, washroom accessories, fitments, and other such components as indicated on the drawings.
3.9.2. Remove fixtures, doors, frames, and railings that are attached to partitions identified to be removed in the drawings.
3.10. SITE QUALITY CONTROL
3.10.1. Site Tests and Inspections:
3.10.1.1. Structural Inspection: Ensure a registered structural engineer specified herein inspects work of this Section during demolition.
3.11. CLEANING
3.11.1. Waste Management:
3.11.1.1. Clear away dirt, rubbish and loose litter resulting from work of this Section, minimum daily. Keep dust to a minimum. When necessary and practical demolition works shall
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto 02 41 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit DEMOLITION AND SALVAGE September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 8
be sprayed periodically with water to reduce dust. Wet down debris from time to time to control dust.
3.11.1.2. Any additional materials prohibited from waste management facilities shall be removed from site and dispose of to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction without any additional cost to Owner.
3.12. PROTECTION
3.12.1. Do not interfere with use and activities of occupants where applicable and adjacent buildings. Maintain free and safe passage to and from buildings. Maintain integrity of existing fire exits.
3.12.2. Protect existing adjacent work against damages which might occur from falling debris or other causes due to work of this Section.
3.12.3. Provide, erect and maintain required hoarding, catch platforms, lights and other protection around site before commencing work. Maintain such areas free of snow, ice, mud, water and debris. Lighting levels shall be equal to that prior to erection.
3.12.4. Provide flagmen where necessary or appropriate to provide effective and safe access to site to vehicular traffic and protection to pedestrian traffic.
3.12.5. Ensure scaffolds, ladders, equipment and other such equipments are not accessible to public. Protect with adequate fencing or remove and dismantle at end of each Day or when no longer required.
3.12.6. Do not interfere with use and activities of adjacent buildings. Maintain free and safe passage to and from buildings.
3.12.7. Where necessary to seal fire exits of adjoining or adjacent buildings, provide other exits in compliance with applicable fire safety and building regulations.
3.12.8. Where demolition operations prevent normal access to adjacent properties, provide and maintain suitable alternative access.
3.12.9. If at any time safety of adjacent buildings appear to be endangered, cease operations and notify Consultant; take precautions to support buildings; do not resume operations until permission is granted by Consultant.
3.12.10. If Consultant considers additional bracing and shoring necessary to safeguard and prevent such movement or settlement, install bracing or shoring upon Consultant's orders. Should Contractor fail to comply promptly with such request, such bracing or shoring may be placed by Consultant at Contractor's expense.
3.12.11. Take precautions to guard against movement, settlement or collapse of adjacent services, sidewalks, driveways, or trees. Be liable for such movement, settlement or collapse caused by failure to take necessary precautions. Repair promptly such damage when ordered.
3.12.12. Erect and maintain partitions as required to prevent spread of dust, fumes and smoke to other parts of building. Maintain fire exits from site. On completion, remove partitions and Make Good surfaces to match adjacent surfaces of building.
END OF THIS SECTION
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 05 51 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BALLASTED METAL STAIRS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 3
PART 1 - GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
.1 Design, labour, Products, equipment and services necessary for free standing ballasted metal stair and integral railing Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.2 REFERENCES
.1 ASTM A36/A36M, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.
.2 ASTM A123/A123M, Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.
.3 ASTM A153/A153M, Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware.
.4 ASTM A325M, Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated 830 MPa Minimum Tensile Strength (Metric).
.5 ASTM A575, Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Merchant Quality, M-Grades.
.6 ASTM A576, Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot-Wrought, Special Quality.
.7 ASTM A635/A635M, Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Heavy-Thickness Coils, Hot-Rolled Alloy, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, General Requirements for.
.8 ASTM A653/A653M, Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.
.9 ASTM A1011/A1011M, Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength.
.10 CSA G40.20/G40.21, General Requirements for Rolled or Welded Structural Quality Steel/ Structural Quality Steel.
.11 CSA W47.1, Certification of Companies for Fusion Welding of Steel Structures.
.12 CSA W48, Carbon Steel Covered Electrodes for Shielded Metal Arc Welding.
.13 CSA W59, Welded Steel Construction (Metal Arc Welding).
.14 CSA S16, Design of Steel Structures.
.15 OBC, Ontario Building Code.
1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
.1 Design ballasted steel stairs and landings for the requirements to the 2012 Ontario Building Code (OBC):
.1 Live load of 4.8 kPa with a deflection not to exceed L/360 or 6 mm, whichever is less, when installed.
.2 Design to be stable under wind loads applicable to location.
.2 Design the ballasted steel stairs to suit the dimensional clearances indicated on the Contract Drawings.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 05 51 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BALLASTED METAL STAIRS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 3
.3 Design railings to the requirements specified in OBC.
.4 Maximum unfactored weight is 1.0 kPa.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
.1 Submit Product data and Shop Drawings in one package:
.1 Product Data: .1 Submit copies of manufacturer’s Product data in accordance with Section 01 33 00, indicating: .1 Performance criteria, compliance with appropriate reference standards, characteristics, and limitations. .2 Product transportation, storage, handling, and installation requirements.
.2 Shop Drawings: .1 Submit Shop Drawings for fabrication and erection in accordance with Section 01 33 23, indicating: .1 Layout, construction details, size of steel sections, finishes, connections, supports, bases, details and accessories. .2 Ensure Shop Drawings of uniform size and based on field measurements. .3 Indicate design loads, design standards and loads imposed on existing roof. .4 Submit installation instructions. .5 Submit Shop Drawings bearing stamp of qualified Professional Engineer, licensed in the Province of Ontariolanguage
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
.1 Execute welding by firms certified in accordance with CSA W47.1.
.2 Ensure welding operators are licensed in accordance with CSA W47.1 for types of welding required by Work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
.1 Pre-engineered ballasted steel stairs shall be manufactured by PHP or Unistrut, or approved equal.
2.2 MATERIALS
.1 Structural shapes, plates, and similar items: In accordance with CSA G40.20/G40.21, Grade 300 W, or in accordance with ASTM A1011/A1011M SS Grade 33, or ASTM A653/A653M Grade 33.
.2 Hollow structural sections: In accordance with CSA G40.20/G40.21, Grade 350 W, Class H, or in accordance with ASTM A1011/A1011M SS Grade 33, or ASTM A653/A653M Grade 33.
.3 Steel fittings: In accordance with ASTM A36/A36M, or ASTM A575, or ASTM A576, or ASTM A635/A635M.
.4 Welding materials: In accordance with CSA W48 and CSA W59.
.5 Finished fasteners: In areas exposed to public use, bolts, nuts, washers, rivets, lock washers, anchor bolts, machine screws and machine bolts to Z275 zinc coated in accordance with ASTM A153/A153M.
.6 High strength bolts: In accordance with ASTM A325M.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 05 51 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BALLASTED METAL STAIRS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 3
.7 Steel Handrails and Posts:
.1 Steel tubing: In accordance with CSA G40.20/G40.21, Grade 350 W, Class H, HSS sections.
.8 Bases: Constructed of polycarbonate resin.
.9 Touch-up galvanized paint: Inorganic zinc rich primer.
.10 Gratings and grating treads: Galvanized steel to match gratings and grating treads of fixed steel stairs.
.11 Post and guards: galvanized steel
2.3 FABRICATION
.1 Verify dimensions of existing Work area before commencing fabrications. Report discrepancies between existing Work and Contract Drawing dimensions to Consultant.
.2 Fabricate Work in accordance with Contract Drawings and reviewed Shop Drawings.
.3 Bolt connections. Weld connections where required. Make exposed connections of same material, colour and finish as base material on which they occur.
.4 Accurately form connections with exposed faces flush; mitres and joints tight. Make risers of equal height.
.5 Where applicable, grind or file exposed welds and steel sections smooth and flush.
.6 Shop fabricate stairs in sections as large and complete as practicable.
.7 Cap exposed ends of rails.
2.4 FINISHES
.1 Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanizing with zinc coating 600 g/m² in accordance with ASTM A123/A123M.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
.1 Install plumb, level and true to line in exact locations, using bolted connections to provide rigid structure. Clear roof of all gravel prior to placing the bases.
.2 Where required, do welding work in accordance with CSA W59.
.3 Touch-up welds, scratched or damaged galvanized surfaces at completion of erection.
.4 Upon completion of the Work of this Section, remove debris, equipment and excess materials from Site.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
University of Toronto 06 10 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit ROUGH CARPENTRY September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 1
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
1.1.1. Read and conform to:
1.1.1.1. The General Conditions of the Contract CCDC 2, 2008.
1.1.1.2. Section 00 73 00, Supplementary Conditions.
1.1.2. Comply with Division 1 requirements and documents referred to herein.
1.2 SUMMARY
1.2.1 Section Includes: Provide rough carpentry including but not limited to following:
1.2.1.1 miscellaneous interior carpentry.
1.2.1.2 Supports for millwork.
1.2.1.3 equipment mounting panels.
1.2.1.4 roofing carpentry required for equipment pads, curbs, enclosures.
1.2.2 Related Sections: Following description of work is included for reference only and shall not be presumed complete:
1.2.2.1 Provision of concrete formwork: Section 03 11 00, Concrete Formwork.
1.2.2.2 Built-up roofing: Section 07 52 16 Modified bituminous roofing.
1.3 REFERENCES
1.3.1 Abbreviations and Acronyms:
1.3.1.1 CCA: Chromated Copper Arsenate.
1.3.1.2 COFI: Council of Forest Industries; www.cofi.org.
1.3.1.3 FSC: Forest Stewardship Council; www.fsccanada.org.
1.3.1.4 MSDS: Material Safety Data Sheets.
1.3.1.5 NLGA: National Lumber Grades Authority; www.nlga.org.
1.3.1.6 SCAQMD: South Coast Air Quality Management District; www.agmd.gov.
1.3.1.7 ULC: Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada; www.ulc.ca.
1.3.1.8 UL: Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; www.ul.com.
1.3.1.9 VOC: Volatile Organic Compound.
1.3.2 Definitions:
1.3.2.1 Exposed Framing: Framing not concealed by other construction.
1.3.2.2 Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 50 mm nominal or greater but less than 125 mm nominal in least dimension.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140 University of Toronto 06 10 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit ROUGH CARPENTRY September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 2
1.3.2.3 Timber: Lumber of 125 mm nominal or greater in least dimension.
1.3.3 Reference Standards:
1.3.3.1 CSA O80 Series-08 -Wood Preservation
1.3.3.2 CSA O121-08 -Douglas Fir Plywood
1.3.3.3 CAN/ULC-S102-07 -Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.4.1 Certifications:
1.4.1.1 Grading:
1.4.1.1.1 Provide lumber bearing the grading stamps of an agency certified by the Canadian Lumber Standards Administration Board for identification.
1.4.1.1.2 Provide "treated" and "fire treated" wood and plywood bearing the stamp of the Canadian Wood Preservers Bureau.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
1.5.1 Storage and Handling Requirements:
1.5.1.1 Store lumber in a dry place and protect from dampness and damage.
1.5.1.2 Stack lumber flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
2.1.1 Softwood Lumber: Of grades conforming to NLGA’s "Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber", graded as follows:
2.1.1.1 Light Framing: Species Group D, Standard Grade.
2.1.1.2 Studding: Species Group D, Stud Grade.
2.1.1.3 Structural Light Framing: Species Group D, No. 1 Grade.
2.1.1.4 Appearance Lumber: Species Group B, Appearance Grade.
2.1.2 Hardwood Lumber: Of grades conforming to grading rules of U.S. National Hardwood Lumber Association, solid Yellow Birch, select or better.
2.1.3 Concealed Framing Lumber: No. 2 White Pine, No. 2 Red Pine, or No. 1 Construction Eastern Spruce, Balsam Fir or Jack Pine, kiln dried, free from sap, shakes, splits, knots and other defects.
2.1.4 Grounds, Nailing Strips and Blocking: No. 2 White Pine, No. 2 Red Pine, or No. 1 Construction Eastern Spruce, kiln dried, free from sap, shakes, splits, knots and other defects.
2.1.5 Exterior Plywood: 19 mm (3/4") thick, waterproof, grade stamped exterior grade Douglas Fir plywood, select grade, unsanded conforming to CSA O121.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140 University of Toronto 06 10 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit ROUGH CARPENTRY September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 3
2.1.6 Glue: Waterproof.
2.1.7 Field Applied Wood Preservative: For field cut ends, supply “Wolman End Cut” by Koppers Company Inc. or same CCA preservative as used for shop impregnation.
2.1.8 Rough Hardware: Supply rough hardware to frame and fix rough carpentry. This includes bolts, anchors, nails, expansion shields and other fastenings required. Hot dip galvanize hardware for exterior work; elsewhere, provide cadmium plated hardware. Provide spiral thread nails except as indicated otherwise.
2.1.9 "Pressure Treated" Wood and Plywood (Decay and Termite Resistant):
2.1.9.1 Koppers Company Inc., Wolmanized,
2.1.9.2 Timber Specialties K-33.
2.1.9.3 Provide vacuum/pressure impregnated lumber treated in accordance with CSA O80.
2.1.9.4 Retention/Penetration Standards: Conform to CSA O80.
2.1.9.5 Provide treated wood kiln dried to maximum 12% moisture content.
2.1.9.6 Cut end liquid wood preservative as recommended by manufacturer of treated wood.
2.1.10 Fasteners: All fasteners to be electrogalvanized or stainless steel of size to suit application and type to suit materials being secured.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
3.1.1 Verification of Conditions: Verify actual site dimensions and location of adjacent materials prior to commencing work. Notify Consultant in writing of any conditions which would be detrimental to the installation.
3.1.2 Evaluation and Assessment: Commencement of work implies acceptance of previously completed work.
3.2 INSTALLATION
3.2.1 Properly frame together parts of the Work with members accurately cut to size, closely fitted, well spiked and erected in a substantial manner, plumb, level, square and true to dimension.
3.2.2 Locate joints over bearing or supporting surfaces.
3.2.3 Provide running members full length wherever possible.
3.2.4 Design for expansion and contraction of the materials.
3.2.5 Provide bucks for window wall opening and at testing openings where indicated. Use Pressure treated lumber and panel material for all exterior applications.
3.2.6 After cutting, drilling and fitting "treated" wood and plywood but before installation, apply 1 full coat of wood preservative to exposed surfaces, including ends of blocking, furring, nailers and rough carpentry.
3.2.7 Provide fasteners and rough hardware for a rigid and secure installation.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140 University of Toronto 06 10 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit ROUGH CARPENTRY September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 4
3.2.8 Miscellaneous Interior Carpentry: Provide plywood, blocking, furring, nailers, rough carpentry, grounds and nailing strips as indicated and/or as required for proper installation.
3.2.9 Equipment Mounting Panels:
3.2.9.1 Provide 19 mm (3/4") thick exposed plywood backboard panels. Refer to Electrical Drawings for sizes and locations and securely mount panels to wall surfaces.
3.2.9.2 Provide "fire treated" plywood.
3.2.10 Roof Carpentry:
3.2.10.1 Install continuous wood nailers around roof perimeters, curbs and roof openings at edges of insulation. Use cadmium plated self tapping screws for securing wood to metal deck and cadmium plated lag screws for securing wood to concrete as shown. Install cut cant strips and continuous nailers on copings and curbs as detailed.
3.2.10.2 Install continuous wood nailers along roof control joints, building and roof expansion joints as shown. Fasten nailers as specified.
3.2.10.3 Use “pressure treated” panels and lumber for all exterior framing and blocking unless otherwise noted.
3.2.10.4 Refer to the roofing drawings, electrical and mechanical drawings for the locations and extend of roof top equipment and penetrations requiring roof curbs, supports and opening support.
3.3 SITE QUALITY CONTROL
3.3.1 Non-Conforming Work: Replace damaged work which cannot be satisfactorily repaired, restored or cleaned, to satisfaction of Consultant at no cost to Owner.
3.4 PROTECTION
3.4.1 Protect rough carpentry from weather.
END OF SECTION
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140 University of Toronto 07 52 16 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 1
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
1.1.1. Section Includes: Provide modified bituminous membrane roofing including but not limited to following:
1.1.1.1. Tying in new roof curbs, parapets and equipment supports, mechanical and electrical roof penetrations into the existing roofing membrane.
1.1.1.2. cleaning deck surface.
1.1.1.3. roof sheathing.
1.1.1.4. vapour retarder.
1.1.1.5. roof sheathing with integral air/vapour barrier.
1.1.1.6. roof insulation.
1.1.1.7. roof membrane and flashings.
1.1.1.8. roof accessories.
1.1.1.9. roof walkways.
1.1.1.10. removal and replacement and tying into existing roofing systems.
1.1.1.11. Metal flashing and trim
1.1.2. Related Sections: Following description of work is included for reference only and shall not be presumed complete:
1.1.2.1. Except for areas of existing roofing requiring patching and making good, stripping of existing roofing membrane and insulation: Section 02 41 00, Demolition and Salvage.
1.1.2.2. Cutting existing roof slabs: Section 02 41 00, Demolition and Salvage.
1.1.2.3. Provision of wood blocking: Section 06 10 00, Rough Carpentry.
1.1.2.4. Sealants except for sealant required for roof flashings: Section 07 92 00, Joint Sealants.
1.1.2.5. Supply and installation of roof drains: Division 22, Plumbing.
1.1.2.6. Vent pipes and connection of vent pipes: Division 22, Plumbing.
1.1.2.7. Prefabricated curbs for mechanical equipment on roof and counter flashings for ducts passing through roof: Division 23, Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning.
1.2 REFERENCES
1.2.1 Abbreviations and Acronyms:
1.2.1.1 CRCA: Canadian Roofing Contractors' Association; www.roofingcanada.com.
1.1.2.7.1. EVT: Equiviscous Temperature.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto 07 52 16 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 2
1.1.2.7.2. FBT: Finish Blowing Temperature.
1.2.1.2 FM: Factory Mutual Global; www.fmglobal.com.
1.1.2.7.3. FP: Flash Point.
1.1.2.7.4. LTTR: Long Term Thermal Resistance.
1.2.1.3 OBC: Ontario Building Code, 2012.
1.2.1.4 OIRCA: Ontario Industrial Roofing Contractors' Association; www.ontarioroofing.com.
1.2.1.5 ULC: Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada; www.ulc.ca.
1.2.2 Definitions:
1.2.2.1 Conform to ASTM D1079 for glossary of terms and definitions of roofing terminology.
1.2.3 Reference Standards:
1.2.3.1 ASTM A653/A653M-08 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process
1.2.3.2 ASTM C920-08 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants
1.2.3.3 ASTM D92-05a - Standard Test Method for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup
1.2.3.4 ASTM D312-00(06) - Standard Specification for Asphalt Used in Roofing
1.2.3.5 ASTM D1079-08a - Standard Terminology Relating to Roofing, Waterproofing, and Bituminous Materials
1.2.3.6 ASTM D1622-08 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Cellular Plastics
1.2.3.7 ASTM D1623-03 - Standard Test Method for Tensile and Tensile Adhesion Properties of Rigid Cellular Plastics
1.2.3.8 ASTM E84-08a - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials
1.2.3.9 ASTM E136-04 - Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750°C
1.2.3.10 CGSB 37-GP-9Ma - Primer, Asphalt, Unfilled for Asphalt Roofing, Dampproofing and Waterproofing
1.2.3.11 CGSB 37-GP-56M - Membrane, Modified Bituminous, Prefabricated and Reinforced for Roofing
1.2.3.12 CAN/CGSB-51.32-77 - Sheathing, Membrane, Breather Type
1.2.3.13 CSA A123.3-05 - Asphalt Saturated Organic Roofing Felt
1.2.3.14 CSA A123.4-04 - Asphalt Use in Construction of Built-Up Roof Coverings and Dampproofing Systems
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto 07 52 16 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 3
1.2.3.15 CSA A231.2-06- Precast Concrete Pavers
1.2.3.16 CSA B111-74(03) - Wire Nails, Spikes and Staples
1.2.3.17 CAN/ULC-S102-07 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies
1.2.3.18 CAN/ULC-S107-03 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Roof Coverings
1.2.3.19 CAN/ULC-S114-05 - Standard Method of Test for Determination of Non- Combustibility in Building Materials
1.2.3.20 CAN/ULC-S126-06 - Standard Method of Test for Fire Spread under Roof Deck Assemblies
1.2.3.21 CAN/ULC-S701-01 - Thermal Insulation, Polystyrene, Boards and Pipe Covering
1.2.3.22 CAN/ULC-S770-03 - Standard Test Method for Determination of Long-Term Thermal Resistance of Closed Cell Thermal Insulating Foams
1.2.3.23 UL 1256 - Standard for Fire Test of Roof Deck Construction
1.3 ADMINSTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
1.3.1 Pre-installation Meetings:
1.3.1.1 Arrange pre-installation meeting 1 week prior to commencing work with all parties associated with trade as designated in Contract Documents or as requested by Consultant. Presided over by Contractor, include Consultant who may attend, Subcontractor performing work of this trade, Owner’s representative, testing company's representative and consultants of applicable discipline. Review Contract Documents for work included under this trade and determine complete understanding of requirements and responsibilities relative to work included, storage and handling of materials, materials to be used, installation of materials, sequence and quality control, Project staffing, restrictions on areas of work and other matters affecting construction, to permit compliance with intent of work of this Section.
1.3.1.2 Review installation procedures and coordination required with related work including roofing requirements for interfacing with roof accessories and roof mounted equipment.
1.3.1.3 Review fire hazard assessment of work prior to commencement of torch application.
1.3.1.4 Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including manufacturer's written instructions.
1.3.1.5 Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, installer's personnel, equipment and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.
1.3.1.6 Examine deck substrate conditions and finishes for compliance with requirements, including flatness and fastening.
1.3.1.7 Review structural loading limitations of roof deck during roofing.
1.3.1.8 Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equipment curbs and condition of other construction that will affect roofing system.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto 07 52 16 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 4
1.3.1.9 Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after installation.
1.3.1.10 Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation.
1.3.2 Scheduling:
1.3.2.1 Co-operate fully with other Subcontractors on the Work and promptly proceed with this work as rapidly as job conditions permit.
1.3.2.2 Supply items to be built in, in ample time to be incorporated into work of other Subcontractors as it is carried up. Proceed with insulation, roofing and flashing work as soon as walls and roof decks are ready to receive same.
1.3.3 Owner”s Roofing Consultant
1.3.3.1 Prior to the commencement of work associated with demolition of or connection to the existing roofing membrane confirm with the Project Manager the terms of engagement regarding the Owner’s Roofing Consultant.
1.3.3.2 U of T roofing consultant is standardized as per standardized roof management. Discuss with Project Manager for current roofing consultant to be used for inspections so as to maintain roof warranty.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
1.4.1 Product Data: Submit Product data on membrane, bitumen and flashing materials.
1.4.2 Shop Drawings:
1.4.2.1 Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with Section 01 30 00 showing method of installation and layout of each layer, fastening and flashings at edges, flashing of protrusions and penetrations, connection to air barrier in wall, details of insulation, tapered insulation layouts and vapour retarder and securement details of sheathing.
1.4.2.2 Ensure Shop Drawings are approved and signed by manufacturer's representative.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
1.5.1 Operation and Maintenance Data:
1.5.1.1 Supply necessary maintenance data and repair instructions for binding into maintenance manuals described in Section 01 70 00.
1.5.1.2 Bind into each maintenance manual, Project name, location, dated and executed copy of manufacturer's guaranty, described herein and name, address and phone number of nearest manufacturer's representative. Include recommendations for periodic inspections, care and maintenance. Identify common causes of damage with instructions for temporary patching until permanent repair can be made.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.6.1 Qualifications:
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto 07 52 16 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 5
1.6.1.1 Manufacturers: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this Section with minimum 10 years successful experience.
1.6.1.2 Installers: Provide work of this Section executed by competent installers fully conversant with standards, methods and techniques required, with minimum of 5 years experience in application of Products, systems and assemblies specified and with approval and training of Product manufacturers. Ensure roofer is qualified and approved by membrane manufacturer and is a member in good standing in CRCA.
1.6.1.3 Conform to CRCA’s “Roofing Specifications “ manual as amended to date of this Specification, as applicable, except where indicated or specified otherwise. Do roofing work employing roofing Products, plates and fasteners conforming to FM data for proposed roofing system. More stringent requirements in Consultant’s opinion governs.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
1.7.1 Delivery and Acceptance Requirements: Deliver materials in dry location, in original containers with manufacturer's wrappers and seals intact. Carefully unload to prevent damage thereto.
1.7.2 Storage and Handling Requirements:
1.7.2.1 Store materials in dry location, in original containers with manufacturer's wrappers and seals intact. Carefully place in temporary storage in a manner to prevent damage thereto.
1.7.2.2 Keep membrane materials dry, stored in rolls standing on end, selvage edge up, elevated from contact with moisture, at temperatures not less than 5 deg C (41 deg F) or more than 49 deg C (120 deg F) and pre-conditioned before installation. Handle rolls with care to avoid crushing, puncturing or other damage. Ensure selvage edge is not damaged during handling and banding strips are removed before application of membrane. Do not use wet or damp membrane.
1.7.2.3 Do not expose insulation to wet weather. Store and handle insulation to prevent broken edges and corners, punctures, indentations or other damage. Remove damaged insulation from site.
1.7.2.4 Ensure bitumen delivered in form of cartons has manufacturer's materials identification labels intact on each carton; if in form of bulk tanker delivery, ensure each shipment is accompanied by written certificate from manufacturer confirming material identification including following:
1.1.2.7.5. Softening Point as per ASTM D312 or CSA A123.4.
1.1.2.7.6. Minimum FP per ASTM D92.
1.1.2.7.7. EVT.
1.1.2.7.8. FBT.
1.7.2.5 Do not intermix different types or grades of bitumen in bulk shipments.
1.7.2.6 Protect sheet metal materials from bending and scratching.
1.7.2.7 Store adhesive, emulsion based waterproofing mastics, sealants and primers between 15 deg C and 26 deg C (59 deg F and 79 deg F), or restore to temperature ranges before use.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto 07 52 16 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 6
1.7.2.8 Store materials at site within temporary sheds or trailers; such facilities must be well sealed and kept at least 3 deg C (5 deg F) warmer than exterior ambient temperature to ensure materials remain dry in terms of roofing. Do not use wet, damp, frozen or damaged materials. Stack rolls of felt on end.
1.7.2.9 Do not store more than 1 Day's supply of materials on roof at any time. On roof, stack materials on pallets, and completely cover with incombustible waterproof tarpaulin whenever work is interrupted, or when there is precipitation of any kind. Securely tie covering to pallets in such way as to be weather tight. Plastic covers and shrinkwrap covers by manufacturers are not acceptable for site storage and be removed upon delivery to roof.
1.7.2.10 Distribute materials stored on roof to stay within designated live load limits of roof construction. Provide ample bases under equipment and materials to distribute weight to conform to these live-load limits. Do not store materials on, or transport materials across, completed roof areas.
1.7.2.11 Store combustible materials away from heat and open flames. Protect and store materials in dry, ventilated area away from welding flame, spark and from elements or harmful substance.
1.7.2.12 Do not lift rigid insulation in slings which will damage edges. Remove damaged insulation and replace with new material at no cost to Owner.
1.8 SITE CONDITIONS
1.8.1 Ambient Conditions:
1.8.1.1 Do not apply any part of roofing system over damp materials, or during a period of damp weather.
1.8.1.2 Apply roofing only when air and surface temperatures are acceptable to manufacturer for application of their Product.
1.8.2 Existing Conditions:
1.8.2.1 Modifications are to take place on existing adjacent roof areas as part of work of this Section. Do not use existing roof areas as storage, except to extent required for removal, alteration and replacement work.
1.8.2.2 Existing roofing is covered by roofing warranty or guarantee. Obtain from Consultant all necessary information regarding such warranty or guarantee and notify guarantor, system manufacturer and guarantor roofing contractor, by letter before work is commenced on existing roofing system.
1.8.2.3 Execute alteration work in manner as to maintain existing warranty or guarantee.
1.8.2.4 Provide temporary protection as specified in Section 01 50 00, while existing construction is open.
1.9 WARRANTY
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto 07 52 16 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 7
1.9.1 Manufacturer Warranty:
1.9.1.1 Warrant work of this Section using manufacturer's standard form of warranty for a period of 10 years against defects and/or deficiencies (total membrane system warranty; labour, material and workmanship) in accordance with General Conditions of the Contract. Promptly correct any defects or deficiencies resulting in water leakage within warranty period and render roofing membrane to a watertight condition to satisfaction of Consultant and at no expense to Owner.
1.9.1.2 In addition to above, provide to Owner a written warranty covering defects of workmanship for a period of 2 years commencing from date of Substantial Performance of the Work and agree to Make Good promptly any defects which occur or become apparent within warranty period in conjunction with membrane manufacturer's warranty. Ensure warranty is on either CRCA's or OIRCA's “Standard Form of Warranty”.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
2.1.1 Manufacturer List: Products of following manufacturers are acceptable subject to conformance to requirements of Drawings, Schedules and Specifications:
2.1.1.1 Bakor Inc.; www.bakor.com
2.1.1.2 IKO Industries Ltd.; www.iko.com
2.1.1.3 Soprema Inc.; www.soprema.ca
2.1.1.4 Tremco: www.tremcoroofing.com
2.1.2 Substitution Limitations: This Specification is based on Soprema’s, cold applied self adhered system with perimeter base sheet membrane and flashings being installed first. Comparable systems from manufacturers listed herein will be accepted provided they meet requirements of this Specification.
2.2 MATERIALS
2.2.1 Description:
2.2.1.1 Regulatory Requirements:
1.1.2.7.9. Fire Hazard Classification: ULC Class A. Ensure complete roof meets ULC requirements for Class A, as applicable roof and other authorities having jurisdiction.
2.2.2 Performance/Design Criteria:
2.2.2.1 Roof Type 1 (RT-1): Provide 2 ply SBS modified bituminous membrane roofing work over concrete deck, including but not limited to following:
1.1.2.7.10. concrete deck (by others).
1.1.2.7.11. primer over concrete deck.
1.1.2.7.12. vapour retarder (single ply adhesive applied modified bitumen).
1.1.2.7.13. base rigid insulation board.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto 07 52 16 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 8
1.1.2.7.14. tapered insulation.
1.1.2.7.15. insulation overlay board.
1.1.2.7.16. perimeter base sheet membrane SA.
1.1.2.7.17. base sheet membrane SA.
1.1.2.7.18. cap sheet membrane SA.
1.1.2.7.19. self adhesive base and cap sheet flashings.
1.1.2.7.20. metal flashings.
1.1.2.7.21. roof walkways.
1.1.2.7.22. perimeter precast pavers.
2.2.3 General: Ensure materials are compatible and satisfactory to membrane manufacturer. Ensure sheet membrane materials are manufactured by 1 manufacturer and comply as a minimum with requirements of local jurisdictional authorities. Select appropriate type of insulation on basis of its total compatibility when incorporated into roofing system, including that of substrate, required thermal value as well as their ability to adhere components permanently and in a rigid manner in finished roofing system.
2.2.4 Self-Adhering Sheet Vapour Retarder: 1.1 mm (40 mils) thick, polyethylene film laminated to layer of butyl rubber adhesive; permeance rating conforming to OBC requirements; cold- applied, with slip-resisting surface and release-paper backing. Provide primer when recommended by vapour retarder manufacturer, self-adhesive vapour retarder membrane “Soprvap’r” by Soprema Inc., “Aquabarrier” by IKO Industries Ltd. or “Metal Mate” by GAF Materials Corporation.
2.2.5 Roof Insulation:
2.2.5.1 Extruded Polystyrene Insulation: Provide thickness and R value noted on Drawings and to match the existing, extruded polystyrene meeting requirements of CAN/ULC- S701, Type 2; “Styrofoam Deckmate” by Dow Chemical Company or “Foamular 350” by Owens Corning.
1.1.2.7.23. Multiple Layers: Ensure maximum thickness for 1 layer of insulation is 50 mm (2") having compressive strength of 140 kPa (20 psi) and LTTR R-value of 12.1 per square edged layer.
1.1.2.7.24. Dimension Stability: 2% maximum linear change when conditioned at 70 deg C (158 deg F) and 97% relative humidity for 7 Days; curing time 24 hours minimum, plus an additional 24 hours minimum per inch (25 mm) of thickness, at a minimum of 16 deg C (60 deg F) before shipment from manufacturer.
1.1.2.7.25. Ensure maximum board size for loose laid and mechanically attached insulation boards is 1200 mm x 2400 mm, (4' x 8'), maximum board size for insulation boards adhered to substrate is 1200 mm x 1200 mm (4' x 4').
1.1.2.7.26. Ensure insulation is without limitations devoid of face-sheet delamination, edge cavitation, cupping, bowing, crushing or powdering.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto 07 52 16 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 9
Provide thermal value and in multiple layers to thickness shown on Drawings.
2.2.5.2 Tapered Insulation: ASTM C208, Type II, Grade 2, asphalt coated fibreboard, minimum compressive strength of 310 kPa (45 psi), high density, taper cut to provide slopes indicated, on computer controlled machine and sequence packed and code with detailed installation instructions, but never less than 13 mm (1/2") thick by Posi-Slope Enterprises Inc., Accu-Plane Enterprises Inc. or Linex Insulation Inc.
2.2.6 Single layer insulating system combining base insulation and tapered insulation will not be accepted as substitute to multi layer insulating system.
2.2.7 Insulation Adhesive: As recommended by insulation manufacturer.
2.2.8 Joint Tape: Asphalt treated kraft paper, fibre reinforced, 100 mm to 150 mm (4" to 6") wide, self adhering.
2.2.9 Cant Strips: 38 mm x 89 mm perlite or asphalt impregnated fiberboard or glass fibre insulation, surface with glass reinforced mat, coated and adhered with asphalt and poly film, 60 mm x 60 mm (2-3/8" x 2-3/8").
2.2.10 Insulation Overlay Board: ASTM C208, Type II, Grade 2, 13 mm (1/2") thick, high density asphalt impregnated fibreboard with minimum 310 kPa (45 psi) compressive strength.
2.2.11 Perimeter Roofing Base Sheet Membrane:
2.2.11.1 CGSB 37-GP-56M, Type 2 for covered roofing application, sanded on both surfaces, Grade 2 Heavy duty service.
2.2.11.2 Heavy duty SBS modified bitumen perimeter membrane composed of a composite reinforcement (non-woven polyester and glass grid reinforcement weighing minimum 160 g/m2), lightly sanded top and underface with both edges of perimeter base membrane having a 200 mm (8") selvedge protected by a silicone-coated release film. Ensure membrane is minimum 2.2 mm (0.078") thick.
2.2.11.3 Acceptable Products: “colply base 410” by Soprema Inc. or other approved Product by Bakor Inc., IKO Industries Ltd. or GAF Materials Corporation.
2.2.12 Field Roofing Base Sheet Membrane:
2.2.12.1 CGSB 37-GP-56M, Type 2 for covered roofing application, Class P, Plain Surfaced, Grade 2.
2.2.12.2 Ensure roofing base sheet membrane have non-woven fibrous glass reinforcement and thermofusible elastomeric asphalt. Protect top face with a thermofusible plastic film and lightly sanded underface. Ensure membrane is minimum 2.2 mm (0.078") thick.
2.2.12.3 Acceptable Products: “colply traffic cap 460” by Soprema Inc., or acceptable equivalent products by Bakor Inc., or IKO Industries Ltd. or by GAF Materials Corporation.
2.2.13 Primer: Primer to enhance adhesion of self adhesive membranes on porous surfaces compatible with self adhesive under face as recommended by flashing base sheet manufacturer.
2.2.14 Loose Granules: Matching granules of roofing cap sheet membrane for covering bitumen bleed out at same rate granular surface cap sheet 1 kg (2.2 lb) per 25 rolls.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto 07 52 16 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 10
2.2.15 Concrete Roof Pavers: Precast concrete conforming to CSA A231.2 having a minimum strength of 35 MPa (5000 psi), steam cured, 4% and 6% entrained air, with edges chamfered and non-slip finish, 610 mm x 610 mm x 64 mm (24" x 24" x 2-1/2") thick.
2.2.16 Concrete Paver Supporting Pads: Extruded polystyrene insulation, "Roofmate" by Dow Chemical Canada Inc., 150 mm x 150 mm x 25 mm (6" x 6" x 1") thick.
2.2.17 Metal Flashing:
2.2.17.1 Underlay for Metal Flashing: CAN/CGSB-51.32-M, dry sheathing.
2.2.17.2 Prefinished, Sheet Steel Flashings: Minimum 0.46 mm (0.0185") core thickness, commercial quality sheet, stretcher levelled or temper rolled to stretcher level standard of flatness, zinc coating Z275, ASTM A653/A653M, "Galvalume" by Dofasco Inc. or Stelco Inc. Coil fluropolymer coated sheet steel, prefinished to requirements of CSSBI 8000 Series or "Stelcolour 8000" by Stelco Inc., "Dofasco System 8000" by Dofasco Inc. or "Colorite HMP" by VicWest Steel. Colour to match existing adjacent flashing based on “Bone White”.
2.2.17.3 Fasteners for Metal Flashing: CSA B111 Table 12, of compatible material finished to match metal being fastened where exposed to view. Size and type to suit requirements. Ensure fasteners do not corrode electrolytically flashings, troughs, scuppers, gutters, downspouts and other miscellaneous metal flashings.
2.2.17.4 Cleats and Starter Strips: Same metal and thickness as metal flashings specified, unless indicated otherwise, make cleats at least 38 mm (1-1/2") wide and interlocked with metal flashing; make starter strips continuous.
2.2.18 Joint backing: To be continuous, extruded, polyolefin foam, consisting of non-absorbing outer skin and highly resistant interior, non-gassing, cellular network of open and closed cells, sized 25% greater than joint width. Density: 2.0 lb/cu ft (ASTM D1622) Tensile strength: 25 psi (ASTM D1623) - Water absorption: 0.5% by volume (ASTM C509) - Deflection at 50% compression: 3 psi Recovery at 50%: 95% - Out-gassing: None - Temperature range: -45 deg F to 225 deg F.
2.2.19 Sealant: Non-sag type, 1 component polyurethane sealant conforming to ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT, G, M, A and O. Supply in standard colours as selected.
2.2.20 Bituminous Paint: Heavy bodied, emulsion type paint which protects against electrolytic action on metals; recommended by installer and accepted by Consultant.
2.2.21 Plastic Roofing Cement: As recommended by roofing membrane manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
3.1.1 Verification of Conditions:
3.1.1.1 Report any defects or irregularities in roof deck detrimental to roof application. Do not proceed until corrected.
3.1.1.2 Ensure openings, walls and projections through deck are completed and affixed and reglets and nailing strips are in place prior to membrane installation. Cooperate with mechanical and/or electrical Divisions as necessary.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto 07 52 16 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 11
3.1.1.3 Ensure deck substrate scheduled to receive roof system is smooth, dry, clean and free of sharp projections.
3.1.2 Evaluation and Assessment: Commencement of work implies acceptance of previously completed work.
3.2 PREPARATION
3.2.1 Protection of In-Place Conditions:
3.2.1.1 Protect walls where hoisting is necessary. Locate kettles so smoke and fumes will not discolour building or adjacent buildings or become a nuisance to adjacent Owners or the public.
3.2.1.2 Temporarily block drain pipes during application of roofing membrane. Remove blocking each night or when Work is not in progress and after Work of this Section is completed.
3.2.2 Surface Preparation:
3.2.2.1 Immediately before any roofing materials are applied, clean decks of roughness, rubbish, dust, dirt, oil, grease, snow and ice perfectly clean and dry. Remove ice and snow and dry decks. Do not use salt or calcium to remove snow or ice.
3.2.2.2 Do no roofing work during rain, fog, sleet or snow, or upon surfaces covered with dust, water, dew, ice, frost, snow and similar detrimental conditions.
3.2.2.3 Ensure sleeves, anchors and other items to be secured to or pass through roof surfaces are installed. Verify that units and curbs are properly secured in place.
3.3 INSTALLATION
3.3.1 Cold Weather Application:
3.3.1.1 Remove moisture from substrate before application of membrane.
3.3.1.2 Follow daily weather forecasts to determine commencement of work or to anticipate possible suspension.
3.3.1.3 At temperatures below 10 deg C (50 deg F), store membrane material in warm and dry storage until ready to use. Bring out to work area only enough rolls for immediate use.
3.3.2 Concrete Primer Application:
3.3.2.1 Prime concrete deck with asphalt primer in manner approved by primer manufacturer, at minimum rate of 0.50 l/m2 (1 gal/300 sq ft).
3.3.2.2 Apply primer to concrete and metal surfaces to which membrane or vapour barrier is adhered to directly. Allow primer to cure. Do not allow ponding.
3.3.3 Vapour Retarder over Concrete Deck:
3.3.3.1 Install vapour retarder so it provides continuous barrier. Overlap and seal to adjacent air/vapour barriers. Provide flexible air vapour barrier at vertical surfaces and carry over top of parapets and curbs to ensure air/vapour barrier continuity of building envelope. Repair punctures of vapour retarder caused by subsequent work.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto 07 52 16 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 12
3.3.3.2 Reinforce vapour retarder at perimeters of membrane with 300 mm (12") wide strip of felt sheet material, secured to air/vapour retarder using adhesive.
3.3.4 Adhesive Sheet Flashing System:
3.3.4.1 Provide flame guard self adhesive tape at openings and junctions which may expose combustible substrates prior to adhering..
3.3.4.2 Apply primer at a rate recommended by base sheet flashing membrane manufacturer over substrate free of rust, dust or any residue that may hinder adherence. Apply base sheet flashing membrane over dried and cured primer coat.
3.3.4.3 Starting at slope bottom, unroll each roll dry. Do not immediately remove protective film of paper. Let stand for a few minutes before re-rolling. Once aligned, re-roll 1 end towards centre.
3.3.4.4 Using sharp blade, cut through surface of protective film without cutting membrane. Remove small length of protective film and unroll exposed membrane for initial adherence. Continue removing protective film and advance roll. Ensure surface remains smooth. Avoid wrinkling or warping.
3.3.4.5 Align roll properly. If roll is not properly aligned, do not push to 1 side or another. Instead, cut roll and realign properly. Overlap adjacent rolls 50 mm (2") by removing protective film from top face of side laps.
3.3.4.6 Do not remove protective paper film before installation to avoid accumulation of any debris on exposed roll.
3.3.4.7 Overlap end joints 50 mm . Stagger end laps at least 300 mm .
3.3.4.8 Provide gusset reinforcing at stress points of roof, inside and outside corners, vents and mechanical units. Apply self adhesive gusset at every inside and outside corners before installing base sheet flashing membrane. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations so completed installation ensures any combustible substrates are protected from self adhesive cap sheet.
3.3.5 Mechanical Equipment and Supports:
3.3.5.1 Provide prefabricated mechanical supports on roof deck in locations indicated on Drawings and to requirements of Division 21, 22 and 23.
3.3.5.2 Install equipment supports in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3.4 REPAIR
3.4.1 Repairs to Existing Roofing:
3.4.1.1 Install new roofing system where existing roofing has been removed or damaged due to work of this Contract. Cut openings in existing roof system required for Work. Protect and seal adjacent roofing from water and damage due to elements. Make Good roofing system to match existing as promptly as possible.
3.4.1.2 At junction of new roofing with existing, remove existing flashing, fascia and cant.
3.4.1.3 Trim edges of existing roofing to even, straight line.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto 07 52 16 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 13
3.4.1.4 In event of unexpected discovery of damaged and/or wet insulation in area of work, immediately notify Consultant. Consultant may authorize remedial work, if any, in writing. Do such remedial work, as addition to Contract.
3.4.1.5 Remove debris and waste material, clean deck and provide new vapour retarder, insulation, tapered insulation and roof membrane at disturbed area.
3.4.1.6 Install modified bituminous roofing system lapping onto existing membrane 300 mm. Ensure watertight junction between existing and new roofing.
3.4.1.7 Make junctures at new equipment and altered or added vertical surfaces using modified bituminous flashing as specified, required or indicated.
3.4.1.8 Replace or repair metal flashings to match existing.
3.5 CLEANING
3.5.1 Waste Management: Discard and legally dispose components that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
3.6 PROTECTION
3.6.1 Protect work of this Section from damage. Replace damaged work which cannot be satisfactorily repaired, restored or cleaned at no cost to Owner.
3.6.2 Provide protection covering out of 13 mm (1/2") thick plywood underlaid with 25 mm (1") thick polystyrene insulation board adhered to it, over roofed areas when working from, or over, such roof surfaces. Provide such protection below hoist rigs, ladders, pallets of material and in other circumstances where the roofing membrane is exposed to potential damage. Secure protection boards mechanically against wind storm loss.
3.6.3 Protect finished wall and roof surfaces against damage of any kind. Protect finished sheet metal work and membrane flashing against punctures and damage of any kind. Be responsible for damage sustained by work of this trade. Do not use equipment over the roofing materials which would cause damage to the materials in any way.
3.6.4 Protect surrounding work, and adjacent building and other property from damage during roofing operations, taking particular care to prevent bitumen droppings and discolouration of surrounding buildings by smoke from kettles. Locate kettles to prevent smoke entering adjacent and Project buildings.
3.6.5 Use protection covering specified in work areas and along work routes as required to prevent damage to steel deck, or sheathing and roofing. Ensure workers stay off newly heat welded membrane until cooled.
3.6.6 Protect existing portions of roof from damage.
3.6.7 At conclusion of each Day's work, seal exposed edges of roof insulation. Remove when resuming work.
3.6.8 Torching or hot mopping of membranes is not permitted.
3.6.9 Fire Protection:
3.6.9.1 Respect safety measures described in manufacturer's literature as well as local jurisdictional authorities.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto 07 52 16 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 14
3.6.9.2 Have a 9 kg (20 lb) dry chemical fire extinguisher acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, fully charged and in operable condition at every location where open flames are used.
3.6.9.3 Verify no vent pipes venting flammable fumes are located in area of work.
3.6.9.4 Do not have gasoline or other flammable solvents on roof during installation.
END OF THIS SECTION
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto 07 92 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit JOINT SEALANTS September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 1
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1. SUMMARY
1.1.1. Section Includes: Provide joints sealants including but not limited to following:
1.1.1.1. Interior:
1.1.1.1.1. control and expansion joints on exposed exterior walls.
1.1.1.1.2. joints between different materials listed above.
1.1.1.1.3. perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors, windows.
1.1.1.1.4. other joints as indicated.
1.1.1.2. mildew resistant sealants.
1.1.1.3. self leveling sealants.
1.1.2. Related Sections: Following description of work is included for reference only and shall not be presumed complete:
1.1.2.1. Sealing and sealants in conjunction with roofing: Section 07 52 16, Modified Bituminous Sheet Roofing.
1.1.2.2. Read other Sections of Specifications for extent of sealing specified in those Sections. Do other sealing indicated, specified or required.
1.2. REFERENCES
1.2.1. Abbreviations and Acronyms:
1.2.1.1. IPA: Isopropyl Alcohol.
1.2.1.2. MEK: Methyl-ethyl-ketone.
1.2.1.3. MSDS: Material Safety Data Sheets.
1.2.1.4. SWRI: Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute; www.swrionline.org.
1.2.1.5. VOC: Volatile Organic Compound.
1.2.2. Reference Standards:
1.2.2.1. ASTM C661-06 - Standard Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Elastomeric- Type Sealant by Means of a Durometer
1.2.2.2. ASTM C719-93(05) - Standard Test Method for Adhesion and Cohesion of Elastomeric Joint Sealants Under Cyclic Movement (Hockman Cycle)
1.2.2.3. ASTM C834-05 - Standard Specification for Latex Sealants
1.2.2.4. ASTM C920-08 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants
1.2.2.5. ASTM C1021-08 - Standard Practice for Laboratories Engaged in Testing of Building Sealants
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140 University of Toronto 07 92 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit JOINT SEALANTS September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 2
1.2.2.6. ASTM C1248-08 - Standard Test Method for Staining of Porous Substrate by Joint Sealants
1.3. SUBMITTALS
1.3.1. Product Data: Submit Product information from sealant manufacturer prior to commencement of work of this Section verifying:
1.3.1.1. selected sealant materials are from those specified.
1.3.1.2. composition and physical characteristics.
1.3.1.3. surface preparation requirements.
1.3.1.4. priming and application procedures.
1.3.1.5. suitability of sealants for purposes intended and joint design.
1.3.1.6. test report on adhesion, compatibility and staining effect on samples of adjacent materials used on Project.
1.3.1.7. sealants compatibility with other materials and Products with which they come in contact including but not limited to sealants provided under other Sections, insulation adhesives, bitumens, brick, stone, concrete, masonry, metals and metal finishes, ceramic tile, plastic laminates and paints.
1.3.1.8. suitability of sealants for temperature and humidity conditions at time of application.
1.4. QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.4.1. Qualifications:
1.4.1.1. Installers: Provide work of this Section executed by competent installers who have a membership in good standing with SWRI and have minimum of 5 years experience in application of Products, systems and assemblies specified and with approval and training of Product manufacturers.
1.5. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
1.5.1. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements: Deliver caulking and sealant materials to site in original, unopened containers with manufacturers’ labels and seals intact. Labels to identify manufacturer's name, brand name of Product, grade and type, application directions and shelf life or expiry date of Product.
1.5.2. Storage and Handling Requirements:
1.5.2.1. Handle and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed directions. Store flammable materials in safe, approved containers to eliminate fire hazards.
1.5.2.2. Do not use caulking and sealant materials that have been stored for period of time exceeding maximum recommended shelf life of materials.
1.6. WARRANTY
1.6.1. Manufacturer Warranty: Warrant work of this Section for period of 5 years for other sealants against defects and/or deficiencies in accordance with General Conditions of the Contract. Promptly correct any defects or deficiencies which become apparent within warranty period, to satisfaction of Consultant and at no expense to Owner. Defects include but are not limited to; cracking, crumbling, melting, shrinkage, sag, failure of adhesion, cohesion or reversion, air and
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140 University of Toronto 07 92 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit JOINT SEALANTS September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 3
moisture leakage, marbling or streaking due to improper mixing, discolouration due to dirt pick- up during curing and staining of adjacent materials.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1. MANUFACTURERS
2.1.1. Manufacturer List: Products of following manufacturers are acceptable subject to conformance to requirements of Drawings, Schedules and Specifications:
2.1.1.1. Dow Corning; www.dowcorning.com
2.1.1.2. Sika Canada Inc.; www.sika.ca
2.1.1.3. Tremco Canada; www.tremcosealants.com
2.1.1.4. GE Construction Sealants; www.siliconeforbuilding.com
2.2. MATERIALS
2.2.1. Performance/Design Criteria: Provide exterior and interior elastomeric joint sealants establishing and maintaining water tight, water resistant and air tight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates.
2.2.2. General: Ensure elastomeric sealants comply with Standards specified herein for type, grade, class and uses.
2.2.3. Provide Products with capability, when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement in accordance with ASTM C719, to withstand required percentage change in joint width existing at time of installation and remain in compliance with other requirements of ASTM C920 for uses indicated.
2.2.4. Type A sealants: Non-sag type, 1 component polyurethane sealant conforming to ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT, G, M, A and O. Supply in standard colours as selected. Supply 1 of following:
2.2.4.1. “Sonoplastic NP 1" by ChemRex Inc.
2.2.4.2. “Sikaflex -1a” by Sika Canada Inc.
2.2.4.3. “DyMonic” by Tremco Canada.
2.2.5. Type B Sealant: Non-sag type, 1 component, mildew resistant silicone containing non-toxic fungicidal agents sealant conforming to ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. Supply in standard colours as selected. Supply 1 of following:
2.2.5.1. “Dow Corning 786" by Dow Corning.
2.2.5.2. “Trade Mate Tub, Tile & Ceramic Silicone Sealant” by Dow Corning.
2.2.5.3. “GE Sanitary SCS1700" by Momentive Performance Materials.
2.2.6. Type C Sealant: Provide 1 of following:
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140 University of Toronto 07 92 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit JOINT SEALANTS September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 4
2.2.6.1. Non-sag type, 1 component, acrylic latex sealant conforming to ASTM C834, Type OP, Grade -18°C. Supply in standard colours as selected. Supply 1 of following:
2.2.6.1.1. “GE RCS20" by Momentive Performance Materials.
2.2.6.1.2. “Sonolac” by Sonneborn.
2.2.6.1.3. “Tremflex 834" by Tremco Canada.
2.2.6.2. Non-sag type, multi-component polyurethane sealant conforming to ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 50, Use T, I, M, A and O. Supply in standard colours as selected. Supply 1 of following:
2.2.6.2.1. “Sonoplastic NP 2" by ChemRex Inc.
2.2.6.2.2. “Eucolastic II” by Euclid Chemical Canada Ltd.
2.2.6.2.3. “Sikaflex -2c NS” by Sika Canada Inc.
2.2.6.2.4. “DYmeric 240” by Tremco Canada.
2.2.6.3. Non-sag type, 1 component polyurethane sealant conforming to ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT, M, A and O. Supply in standard colours as selected. Supply 1 of following:
2.2.6.3.1. “Sonoplastic NP1" by ChemRex Inc.
2.2.6.3.2. “Sikaflex -1a” by Sika Canada Inc.
2.2.6.3.3. “DyMonic” and/or “Vulkem 116" by Tremco Canada.
2.2.7. Joint Primer: Non-staining, suitable for substrate surfaces, compatible with joint forming materials and as recommended by sealant manufacturer for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests.
2.2.8. Joint Backing: Preformed, compressible, resilient, non-waxing, non-extruding, non-staining strips of closed cell polyethylene or urethane foam, compatible with joint substrates and are approved by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory test. Sizes and shapes to suit various conditions, diameter 25% greater than joint width. Ensure backing is compatible with sealant, primer and substrate.
2.2.9. Bond Breaker Tape: As recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable.
2.2.10. Masking Tape: Provide non-staining, non-absorbent tapes and sheets which effectively mask substrate without leaving an adhesive residue compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints.
2.2.11. Cleaning Material: Non-corrosive, non-staining, solvent type, xylol, MEK, toluol, IPA or as recommended by sealant manufacturer and acceptable to material or finish manufacturers for surfaces adjacent to sealed areas free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140 University of Toronto 07 92 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit JOINT SEALANTS September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 5
3.1. EXAMINATION
3.1.1. Verification of Conditions:
3.1.1.1. Examine joints for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances and other conditions affecting joint sealant performance. Ensure joints are suitable to accept and receive sealants.
3.1.1.2. Verify joint surfaces are clean, sound, free of defects and dimensions are within sealant manufacturer’s size requirements.
3.1.1.3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.1.1.4. Do not apply sealant to masonry until mortar has cured.
3.1.2. Pre-installation Testing: Before any sealing work is commenced, test materials for indications of staining or poor adhesion.
3.1.3. Evaluation and Assessment: Commencement of work implies acceptance of previously completed work.
3.2. PREPARATION
3.2.1. Protection of In-Place Conditions: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.
3.2.2. Surface Preparation:
3.2.2.1. Clean joints and spaces which are to be sealed and ensure they are dry and free of dust, loose mortar, oil, grease, oxidation, coatings, form release agents, sealers and other foreign material.
3.2.2.2. Clean porous surfaces such as concrete, masonry or stone by wire brushing, grinding or blast cleaning, mechanical abrading or combination of these methods as required to obtain clean and sound surfaces.
3.2.2.3. Remove laitance by grinding or mechanical abrading.
3.2.2.4. Remove oils by sandblast cleaning.
3.2.2.5. Remove loose particles present or resulting from grinding, abrading or sandblast cleaning by thorough brushing.
3.2.2.6. Clean ferrous metals of rust, mill scale and foreign materials by wire brushing, grinding or sanding.
3.2.2.7. Wipe non-porous surfaces such as metal and glass to be sealed, except pre-coated metals, with cellulose sponges or clean rags soaked with ethyl alcohol, ketone solvent, xylol or toluol and wipe dry with clean cloth. Where joints are to be sealed with silicone based sealants clean joint with MEK or xylol. Do not allow solvent to air-dry without wiping. Clean pre-coated metals with solutions or compounds which will not injure finish and which are compatible with joint primer and sealant. Check ferrous metal surfaces are painted before applying sealant.
3.2.2.8. Examine joint sizes and where depth of joint exceed required depth of sealant correct to achieve proper following width/depth ratio:
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140 University of Toronto 07 92 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit JOINT SEALANTS September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 6
3.2.2.8.1. Maintain 2:1 Width/Depth Ratio: Ensure maximum sealant depth is 13 mm (1/2) and minimum contact width with each substrate is 6 mm (1/4").
3.2.2.9. Install joint backing material to achieve correct, uniform joint profile and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.
3.2.2.10. Do not leave gap between ends of sealant backing; do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings; remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials.
3.2.2.11. Where joint design or depth of joint prevents use of joint backing material, apply bond breaker tape at back of joint to prevent 3-sided adhesion.
3.2.2.12. Do not stretch, twist, puncture or tear joint backing. Butt joint backing at intersections. Install bond breaker tape at back of joint where joint backing is not required or cannot be installed.
3.2.2.13. On horizontal traffic surfaces, support joint filler against vertical movement which might result from traffic loads, including foot traffic.
3.2.2.14. Where surfaces adjacent to joints are likely to become coated with sealant during application, mask them prior to priming and sealing.
3.2.2.15. Do not exceed shelf life and pot life of materials and installation times, as stated by manufacturer.
3.2.2.16. Be familiar with work life of sealant to be used. Do not mix multiple component materials until required for use.
3.2.2.17. Use materials as received from manufacturer, without additions, deletions and adulterations of materials.
3.2.2.18. Mix multiple component sealants and bulks sealants using mechanical mixer capable of mixing without mixing air into material, in accordance with manufacturer’s directions and recommendations. Continue mixing until material is homogeneously blended, uniform in colour and free from streaks of unmixed material. Install compound prior to start of hardening or curing cycle.
3.2.2.19. Prior to painting, seal joints in surfaces to be painted. Where surfaces to be sealed are prime painted in shop before sealing ensure prime paint is compatible with primer and sealant. If they are incompatible, inform Consultant and change primer and sealant to compatible types approved by Consultant.
3.2.2.20. Where irregular surface or sensitive joint border exists, apply masking tape at edge of joint to ensure joint neatness and protection.
3.3. APPLICATION
3.3.1. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's directions and recommendations unless more stringent requirements apply.
3.3.2. Apply sealant by proven techniques using hand operated guns or pressure equipment fitted with suitable nozzle size and equipment approved by sealant manufacturer.
3.3.3. Force sealant into joint and against sides of joints to obtain uniform adhesion. Use sufficient pressure to completely fill voids in joint regardless of variation in joint widths and to proper joint
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140 University of Toronto 07 92 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit JOINT SEALANTS September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 7
depth as prepared. Ensure full firm contact with interfaces of joint. Superficial pointing with skin bead is not acceptable.
3.3.4. Finish face of compound to form smooth, uniform beads. At recesses in angular surfaces, finish compound with flat face, flush with face of materials at each side. At recesses in flush surfaces, finish compound with concave face flush with face of materials at each side.
3.3.5. Compound may be tooled, provided such tooling does not damage seal or tear compound. Avoid pulling of sealant from sides.
3.3.6. Tool surfaces as soon as possible after sealant application or before any skin formation has occurred, particularly when using silicone sealants.
3.3.7. Ensure joint surfaces are straight, neatly finished, free from ridges, wrinkles, sags, dirt, stains, air pockets and embedded foreign matter or other defacement and be uniform in colour, free from marbling and/or colour streaking due to improper mixing or use of out of shelf life Products.
3.3.8. Do not use solvent curing sealants indoors.
3.3.9. Use 1 of sealants specified for each type in following locations. Ensure sealant chosen (from several specified under each type under "MATERIALS") for each location is recommended by manufacturer for use for conditions encountered:
3.3.9.1. Type A: Typically used in joints between metal frames and adjacent masonry and/or concrete construction in exterior walls, exterior and interior sides; control and expansion joints in exterior and interior surfaces of poured-in-place concrete walls, precast architectural wall panels and unit masonry walls; sealing of joints between underside of pre-stressed precast concrete floor slabs and masonry; and other locations where sealant is required or noted on Drawings except in locations designated for Type B, C,and except where sealant is specified in other Sections.
3.3.9.2. Type B: Typically used in joints between urinals and walls, around washrooms accessories, at corners of walls, between splash backs and walls, in shower, damp or wet areas, at ceramic tiles where mildew resistant sealant is required.
3.3.9.3. Type C: Typically used in joints between interior metal and/or wood frames and adjacent construction in interior partitions.
3.3.10. joint designation in preceding paragraphs and fact that Drawings do not show all locations to be sealed does not limit responsibility of this Section to seal all locations except those indicated in other Sections of work, required to create and ensure continuous enclosure.
3.4. REPAIR
3.4.1. Repair damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work.
3.5. SITE QUALITY CONTROL
3.5.1. Site Tests and Inspections:
3.5.1.1. Inspect joints for complete fill, for absence of voids and for joint configuration complying with specified requirements. Record results in a manner acceptable to Consultant.
3.5.1.2. Tests may include sampling of installed Product where adhesion, cohesion or reversion failure is suspected.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140 University of Toronto 07 92 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit JOINT SEALANTS September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 8
3.5.1.3. Where work or materials fail to meet requirements as indicated by test results, pay costs of additional inspection and testing required for new replacement work or materials.
3.5.2. Non-Conforming Work: Replace damaged work which cannot be satisfactorily repaired, restored or cleaned, to satisfaction of Consultant at no cost to Owner.
3.6. CLEANING
3.6.1. Immediately clean adjacent surfaces which have been soiled and leave work in neat, clean condition. Remove excess materials, compounds smears or other soiling resulting from application of sealants. Use recommended cleaners and solvents. Leave finished work in neat, clean condition with no evidence of spillovers onto adjacent surfaces.
3.7. PROTECTION
3.7.1. Provide approved, non-staining means of protection for completed joint sealant installations where required to protect work from mechanical, thermal, chemical and other damage by construction operations and traffic.
3.7.2. Maintain protection securely in place until completion of Work. Remove protection when so directed by Consultant.
END OF THIS SECTION
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto: 08 44 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit WINDOW WALL September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 1 of 15
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
.1 Design, fabrication, supply and erection of window system including glazing work, anchoring devices, gaskets and sealants.
.2 Ensure accurate setting of built-in items; where necessary provide templates, diagrams or other suitable means of instruction.
.3 Work of this Section includes, without being limited to the provision of the following:
.1 Supply and installation of new aluminum fixed and operable awning type windows, thermally broken, and double glazed.
.2 Supply and installation of aluminum exhaust louvers for all residential suites as indicated. Blank out and provide water tight seal to portions not employed for mechanical purposes.
.3 Glass, glazing and sealing for work of this Section. This Section shall ensure the compatibility of all sealants and soft seals, both internal and external required for the system to function properly.
.4 Window finish hardware.
.5 Insect screens and operating hardware.
.6 All caulking of window wall system. Caulking to perimeter of all exterior windows at junction with concrete or any other dissimilar materials.
.7 Firestopping and fire sealing of all window system/building perimeter interface conditions (slab edge).
.8 All semi-rigid, rigid, batt and foamed in place insulation required to achieve the required minimum insulation thermal value and air sealing at interface joints between the work of this Section and other components of the building air barrier system.
.9 All self adhering waterproof flexible membranes indicated on the details which form an integral part of the window wall at slab edge bypass conditions.
.10 Ventilation and exhaust louvers that penetrate the window wall assembly.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
.1 Sealants: Section 07 92 00, Joint Sealants
.2 Section 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry.
1.3 REFERENCED STANDARDS
.1 AAMA Installation of Aluminum Curtainwalls.
.2 AAMA CW-10-97, Curtain Wall Manual #10 Care and Handling of Architectural Aluminum From Shop to Site.
.3 AAMA 501 Methods of Test for Exterior Walls.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto: 08 44 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit WINDOW WALL September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 2 of 15
.4 AAMA 611 Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum.
.5 AAMA 2603 Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Pigmented Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels.
.6 AAMA 2604 Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels.
.7 AAMA 2605 Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for High Performance Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels.
.8 ANSI/AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2-97 Voluntary Specifications for Aluminum, Vinyl (PVC) and Wood Windows and Glass Doors.
.9 ASCE 7 Minimum Design Loads For Buildings And Other Structures.
.10 ASTM E 283 Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtainwalls, and Doors.
.11 ASTM E 330 Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtainwalls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
.12 ASTM E 331 Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtainwalls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
.13 Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance TM-3000(97) Glazing Guidelines for Sealed Insulating Glass Units.
.14 CAN/CSA A440, Windows.
1.4 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
.1 Have Work of this Section designed by a professional engineer licensed to design structures and registered in the Province of Ontario.
.2 Design window system to withstand, without any detrimental effects to appearance and performance, wind loads and temperature range expected in Toronto, unless specified otherwise.
.3 Limit deflection of component parts under maximum design load of 1/175 of span or less if required by glass manufacturer when tested to ASTM E330. If tested in accordance with CAN/CSA-A440 requirements, the system shall meet the C4 performance.
.4 Air leakage, positive and negative: Maximum 0.25 cu. m./h/m at 75 Pa pressure differential when tested in accordance with ASTM E283. If tested in accordance with CAN/CSA-A440 requirements, the system shall meet or exceed the following minimum performance criteria:
.1 Primary Designation: Performance Class: CW Minimum; Performance Grade :55
.2 Secondary Designation: Positive and negative design pressure:2640 Pa.
.3 Water penetration resistance test pressure:400 Pa
.4 Surface condensation control: compliant with standard CAN/CSA-A440.2/A440.3. No condensation at winter site condition(-18°C exterior temperature , 22°C interior temperature an 30% relative humidity).
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto: 08 44 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit WINDOW WALL September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 3 of 15
.5 Overall Effective thermal performance: maximum 2W/m²K.
.6 Air tightness for fixed units: 0.25 m3/h/m.
.7 Air tightness of vents and operable units: A3/Fixed
.8 Forced entry resistance: F2 ground floor and units with access from terrace levels. All other windows to F1 requirements.
.9 Wind load resistance: C3 rating.
.10 Screen type: S2.
.11 Water tightness: B3 or better.
.12 Condensation resistance: greater than or equal to I58.
.5 Prevent water infiltration through the window system when tested in accordance with ASTM E331 with static pressure of 750Pa. The system can also be tested in accordance with CAN/CSA-A440 for the B3 performance level.
.6 Design insulating glass units and glazing pockets to minimize the possibility of thermal breakage.
.7 Design assemblies to accommodate expansion and contraction within required service temperature range and surface temperature variance of components, and structural movements without causing buckling, distortion, failure of joint and air/vapour barrier seals, undue stress on fastenings, breakage of glass, thermal fractures of other defects detrimental to appearance or performance.
.8 Details shown on drawings are schematic and are intended to convey general design intent, but shall not be taken to represent final design, responsibility for which belongs exclusively to the Window Wall Contractor.
.9 Design system based on rain screen principles, having all cavities outboard of the air seal, pressure equalized and drained to the exterior.
.10 Design system to accommodate without detrimental effects on appearance and performance of system:
.1 Wind loads, positive and negative.
.2 Thermal expansion and contraction of system components.
.3 Movement, deflection and creep of building structural frame.
.11 Provide controlled sash restriction devices to limit operable windows to a maximum opening of 100 mm, when device is engaged in accordance with OBC requirements.
.12 Horizontal mullions (except at window head) shall be designed to drain moisture and condensate from glazing rebate to exterior through concealed drainage channels and ports. Provide heel bead for air seal between glazing and mullions.
.13 Window wall to comply with ASHRAE 90.1 energy analysis requirements for heat loss and heat gain, provided elsewhere in the specifications.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto: 08 44 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit WINDOW WALL September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 4 of 15
.14 Design, detail and install al necessary supplementary support framing required for the installation of the window wall system (including lateral support tie off buttons for suspended stages) in order to satisfy the design criteria specified in this Section. This supplementary support framing includes steel structural supports where necessary due to increased floor to floor spans.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
.1 Perform welding of structural components only by fabricators certified by Canadian Welding Bureau to CSA Welding qualification codes; CSA W47.1 for welding of steel, and CSA W47.2 for welding of aluminum.
.2 The thermal setting enamel coatings, and metal pretreatments, shall be performed by a finisher/applicator approved in writing by the manufacturer of the coating and under the supervision of the manufacturer's qualified representative.
.3 Testing Agencies:
.1 Glazing thermal performance to be tested as per CAN/CSA-A440.2, and verified by an independent CSA certified simulation laboratory. Alternatively, test results based on AAMA 1503 may be used to verify performance, with both base calculations based on winter design night-time temperatures.
.2 Submit results from either report for actual average size and for CSA rated size with shop drawings.
.4 Manufacturer’s representative shall periodically inspect the work and as follows:
.1 Prior to erection of site mock-up to verify field conditions, tolerances and erection procedures.
.2 Inspection of the mock–up to confirm that proper materials and erection procedures are being observed.
.3 Periodically (minimum 3 site inspections) during the installation of the work, prior to Substantial Performance.
.4 Upon completion of the work of this Section.
.5 Manufacturer’s representative will submit reports upon each field inspection.
.6 Installer qualifications: Installer to be in direct employ of system manufacturer or licensed by system manufacturer and member of manufacturer’s primary dealer network; further subcontracting is not permitted without the Consultant’s and Owner’s approval. The Installer’s crew members shall have at least five (5) years of working experience with similar type of systems.
.7 Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Consultant, except with Consultant’s approval and only to the extent needed to comply with performance requirements. Where modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Consultant for review.
.8 Pre-Installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project Site to review methods and procedures related to the exterior wall systems including, but not limited to the following:
.1 Inspect and discuss condition of substrate and other preparatory work performed by other trades.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto: 08 44 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit WINDOW WALL September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 5 of 15
.2 Review structural loading limitations.
.3 Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer’s personnel, equipment and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.
.4 Review required inspecting, testing and certifying procedures.
.5 Review weather and forecasted weather conditions and procedures for managing with unfavorable conditions.
.6 Review all issues related to construction tolerances effecting the Work.
.7 Review procedures for addressing field conditions that may have an effect on the performance of the work.
.9 Fabrication tolerances: overall height, width and diagonal dimensions of frames shall be within the following tolerances:
.1 Dimensions of 2m and less: +/- 2mm
.2 Dimensions more than 2m: +/- 3.5mm
.10 Caulking: Comply with requirements of Section 07920 except where specified otherwise herein.
.11 Glazing: Comply with IGMAC recommendations and with requirements of Section 08800 except where specified otherwise herein.
1.6 SAMPLES
.1 Samples: Submit one 300 mm x 300 mm (12” x 12”) corner sample of framing with fixed glass and window, showing glazing detail, insect screen, and reinforcement.
.2 Submit one sample of complete window hardware.
.3 Submit duplicate sets of samples minimum 100mm x 100mm of each type of metal finish specified.
.4 Submit one louver sample.
.5 Submit one 300 mm long (12") sample warm edge spacer.
1.7 SHOP DRAWINGS
.1 Clearly indicate system arrangement, extrusion profiles, method of assembly, section and hardware reinforcement, locations of exposed fasteners, anchorage details, glazing, air and vapor barrier, finishes and location of sealant.
.2 Shop drawings shall bear the professional stamp and signature of a professional engineer licensed to design structures and registered in the Province of Ontario.
.3 Submit detailed shop drawings showing fabrication, assembly and installation requirements. Show dimensions, profiles and materials, joint locations and sizes; connections; expansion allowances, reinforcing; drainage paths, rainscreen, air and vapour barrier continuity; anchorage systems. Show details full size.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto: 08 44 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit WINDOW WALL September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 6 of 15
.4 Upon Consultant’s request, submit test report from recognized testing agency verifying that systems provided will meet design and performance requirements.
.5 Submit structural calculations for frames, connections and panels. Submit engineering calculations to show maximum deflections do not exceed specified performance requirements under full design loads.
.6 Submit data for glass showing that the probability of breakage at the design wind pressure will not exceed the specified probability of breakage for each type, size and thickness of glass. Submit glass manufacturer’s substantiating data.
.7 Submit calculations of expansion and contraction.
.8 Submit calculations of expansion and contraction for interstory drift and column shorting (due to gravity loads).
.9 Provide calculations for all anchors, inserts and fixings demonstrating that they will sustain all imposed design loads.
1.8 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
.1 Maintenance Data:
.1 Provide maintenance data for cleaning and maintenance of aluminum finishes for incorporation into maintenance manual.
1.9 MOCK-UP
.1 An area of window wall assembly will be designated as a mock-up. Location of mock-up to be determined on site.
.2 Mock-ups shall incorporate shall incorporate complete assembly with horizontal and vertical mullions, glazing and caps.
.3 Mock-ups shall be tested for air leakage and water penetration, in accordance with CAN3- A440, ASTM E 283, ASTM E 330, ASTM E 331 and AAMA 501 with methodologies and acceptable results defined therein.
.4 All testing shall be performed by qualified independent third party inspection and testing agent, satisfactory to the Consultant. Costs for testing including preparations, enclosures, scaffolding and any repeated tests made necessary by the failure of the mock-up to meet the performance criteria of these specifications, are part of the Contract Price, not a cash allowance.
.5 Mock-up to be erected, tested and accepted before remaining window wall work to proceed.
.6 Accepted mock-up shall remain as part of the final construction.
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
.1 Handle and store materials and products in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Deliver and store packaged materials and products in original, undamaged containers with manufacturer's labels and seals intact.
.2 Brace and protect frame units to prevent distortion and damage in shipment and handling.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto: 08 44 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit WINDOW WALL September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 7 of 15
.3 Provide methods for lifting or hoisting units into place without causing damage.
.4 Protect work against damages to finishes, framing members and glazing.
1.11 PROTECTION
.1 Provide factory applied protection for finished surfaces to prevent contamination and marring of surfaces during handling, transportation, storage and installation for the remainder of the total building construction period.
.2 Do not install frames damaged or bent during transit or in storage. Do not install any warped or out of shape frames.
1.12 WARRANTY
.1 This section shall assume responsibility for warranties of glass and glazing included in the work of this section.
.2 At no cost to the Owner remedy any defects in work of this Section for a period of five (5) years from date of Substantial Performance. For the purpose of this paragraph, defects shall include but not necessarily be limited to:
.1 Water infiltration in excess of requirements specified.
.2 Air infiltration/exfiltration in excess of requirements specified.
.3 Deflection of system components in excess of requirements specified.
.4 Failure of joint seal.
.5 Cracked glass (except where caused by vandalism).
.6 Failure of insulating glass perimeter seal (fogging).
.7 Delamination, cracking, blistering, peeling, corrosion, excessive fading, colour non- uniformity or metal finishes.
.3 Add the following items with respect to the warranty of the glass units: Distortion shall be kept to an absolute minimum and no local defects (such as tong marks) producing irregular reflections shall be allowed. Viewing area:
.1 Scratches and sleeks visible from 500 mm viewing distance shall be deemed unacceptable.
.2 Bubbles and inclusions greater than 1mm and not less than 300mm apart shall be deemed acceptable.
.3 Critical Area Definition (where the critical area is defined as an ellipse 2/3 the length and 2/3 the height of any pane of glass about the centre of the pane of glass).
.4 Fine scratches and sleeks visible from 500 mm shall be deemed acceptable.
.5 Bubbles and inclusions up to 0.5 mm at least 250 mm apart shall be deemed acceptable.
.6 No white scars shall be permitted.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto: 08 44 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit WINDOW WALL September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 8 of 15
.7 All glass shall be free from bubbles, smoke vanes, air holes, scratches or any other visible defects.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
.1 Rain Screen System no. 4875, by Toro Aluminum Or Nanawall SL70HR.
.2 Glass:
.1 AGC Flat Glass North America Ltd.; www.na.agc-flatglass.com
.2 Guardian Industries Corp.; www.guardian.com
.3 PPG Canada Inc.; www.ppgglazing.com
.4 Pilkington Special Glass Limited; www.pilkington.com
.3 Warm edge spacer: Edgetech I.G. Inc. www.superspacer.com
.4 Single Source Responsibility for Sealants, Gaskets and Other Glazing Accessories: Ensure consistent quality of performance by providing glazing sealant and seals from single manufacturer.
2.2 WINDOW FRAMING
.1 Provide combination aluminum window units complete with fixed lights and operating awning vents. Size and shape as shown on the drawings to include interior insulated cover plates at exposed vertical mullions as detailed.
.2 Windows shall consist of a fixed frame incorporating awning ventilating sash. Main frame and rail to be thermally broken type sections consisting of an inner and outer box section permanently joined in the centre with a rigid vinyl spline dovetailed into the opposing faces. Drain vent track to outside through weepholes. Vents to be equipped with fly screens located to interior side of opening.
.3 Thermal break: extruded, low conductive rigid vinyl, interlocked between framing members to provide thermal separation.
.4 Glazing leg shall be minimum ¾” high to ensure 5/8” glass lap.
.5 Insect Screens: to CAN3-A440 fiberglass mesh; 14/18 mesh size; fitted taught in tubular aluminum frame. Mitre and reinforced frame corners: secure with Alan head fastenings, entire assembly to resist a force of 330N. Removal of screens from inside only.
.6 Operable sash weatherstripping: wool pile; permanently resilient, profiled to effect weather seal.
.7 Provide condensation gutters where indicated.
2.3 MATERIALS
.1 Aluminum extrusions: Aluminum extrusions shall be AA 6063-T5 alloy and temper as required by CAN3-S157.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto: 08 44 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit WINDOW WALL September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 9 of 15
.2 Sheet aluminum: Aluminum alloy AA1100-H14. Thickness to be 1.29 mm (0.051”/16 gauge) for panels less than 610 mm (24”) wide and 2.05 mm (0.081”/12 gauge) for panels of a greater dimensions, minimum unless otherwise specified.
.3 Trim, sills corners: sheet aluminum: 1100-H14 alloy, anodizing quality, finish to match adjacent curtain wall profiles.
.4 Steel: CAN/CSA G40.21, grade 350W, hot dipped galvanized to CSA G164.
.5 Sealed insulating glass unit by Guardian Industries or equal from one of the manufacturers listed above:
.1 Outer lite:
.1 Heat-Strengthened Glass (HSGL): heat-strengthened glass conforming to ASTM C1048, Kind HS
.2 Thickness: 6 mm (1/4")
.3 Low E coating on Surface No. 2: SunGuard SN 68
.2 Space: 12 mm (1/2") hermetically sealed, dehydrated air space with argon gas wit 90% concentration.
.3 Inner lite:
.1 Annealed Clear Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type 1, Class 1, Quality q3.
.4 Sealed units with warm edge spacer: Super Spacer Premium, by Edgetech, colour: aluminum grey.
.5 Glass Unit Performance Characteristics:
.1 Visible Light Transmittance: 48 percent.
.2 Visible Light Reflectance Outdoors: 22 percent.
.3 Direct Solar Energy Transmittance: 26 percent.
.4 Winter U-Value: 0.26
.5 Summer U-Value: 0.25
.6 Shading Coefficient: 0.41
.7 Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.34
.6 General requirement: all glass below 1060 mm (3’ – 6”) above floor level shall be tempered safety glass. Where framing mullion is below 1060 mm (3’ – 6”), the glass above the mullion shall be tempered safety glass.
.7 Rigid insulation; perimeter frame cavity for aluminum windows: extruded or expanded polystyrene to CAN/CGSB-51.20-M87, Type 2.
.8 Insulation adhesive: Fire retardant, compatible with insulation, 260-08 by Bakor Inc. or other approved equivalent, complete with compatible primer.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto: 08 44 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit WINDOW WALL September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 10 of 15
.9 Insulation clips: adhesive bonded pin and disc type: StickKlip by Eckel or similar by Kelty or Dewar, or gun welded steel pin.
.10 Thermal break: PVC.
.11 Setting blocks: Neoprene, Shore ‘A’ Durometer hardness of 70 to 90 points; spacer shims, 40 to 50 points, as recommended by system manufacturer.
.12 Thermal separator for aluminum framing: semi-solid, 19 mm (3/4”) depth minimum, multi- cavity extruded PVC sections.
.13 Glazing sealant: dual seal, with polyisobutylene as primary and silicone as secondary sealants.
.14 Glazing tape: preshimmed polyisobutylene: Polyshim Tape by Tremco.
.15 Glazing gaskets: solid extruded neoprene or EPDM having Shore ‘A’ Durometer hardness of 50 to 70 points as recommended by system manufacturer.
.16 Sealants:
.1 Structural and heal bead: Dow Corning 983
.2 Frame joinery sealant: Dow Corning 791silicone
.3 Field applied weather seals: Dow Corning 791 silicone
.4 Backpan: Dow Corning 1199 silicone
.5 Structural reglazing: Dow Corning 795 silicone
.17 Primer: as recommended by sealant manufacturer.
.18 Joint backing: non-gassing foam rope, compressed minimum 25% when installed: Sof-Rod by Tremco.
.19 Weatherstripping: durable, non-absorbing material resistant to deterioration by aging and weathering. Provide mylar fin to weatherstripping used at interior sliders.
.20 Louvres: prefinished aluminum with insect screen, two-coat Duranar, color to match aluminum panel.
2.4 ACCESSORIES
.1 Fasteners shall be 300 series stainless steel or 400 series stainless steel cadmium plated and of sufficient size and quantity to perform their intended function.
.2 Isolation coating: alkali resistant bituminous paint or epoxy solution.
.3 Membrane Flashings: SA “Blueskin” and mechanical fastening bar as indicated on details for use at slab edge and under raised curbs.
2.5 FINISHES
.1 Aluminum windows, frames and mullions shall have PPG two-coat “Duranar” finish. All aluminum panels, column covers, infill panels, trim, etc. shall have PPG Duranar finish, to
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto: 08 44 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit WINDOW WALL September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 11 of 15
exposed surfaces. Interior aluminum surfaces at residential floors shall have PPG “Duracron” finish.
.2 Colours shall be as follows:
.1 Window wall caps: to be selected by Consultant.
.2 Metal panels, trim, coverplates,: to be selected by Consultant.
.3 All interior aluminum surfaces: white.
.4 Pre-treat aluminum and apply primer and finish coats in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s written instructions and under the manufacturer’s periodic supervision.
.5 Colour and sheet shall be uniform with no visible variations.
2.6 FABRICATION
.1 Do not start fabrication until shop and erection drawings have been reviewed, and samples have been approved.
.2 Make allowances for deflection of structure. Ensure that structural loads are not transmitted to aluminum work.
.3 Take and verify field measurements and levels for the proper layout and installation of the Work.
.4 Provide structural steel reinforcement for strength, stiffness and connections.
.5 Do welding by fabricators certified by Canadian Welding Bureau to CSA W47.1 for welding of steel, and CSA W47.2 for welding of aluminum. Provide welded joints of adequate strength and durability with jointing tight and flush.
.6 Fit intersecting members to flush hairline weather tight joints and mechanically fasten together, except where indicated otherwise.
.7 Conceal fastenings from view. Exposed fastenings where indicated.
.8 Form cut-outs, recesses, mortising or milling for finishing hardware to templates supplied. Reinforce with aluminum or galvanized steel plates.
.9 Field apply isolation coating to aluminum in contact with dissimilar metals, cementitious materials.
.10 Fabricate the exterior wall components to meet performance and aesthetic criteria specified. Fabricate system at the manufacturer’s shop to the fullest extent possible and before applying finishes. Fabricate system with materials proven compatible in testing specified.
.11 Form shapes with sharp profiles, straight and free of defects of deformations, before finishing. All exposed edges of metal shall be finished to match or face work.
.12 Fabricate components to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring in glazing channels, condensation occurring within the framing members, and moisture migrating within the system to the exterior.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto: 08 44 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit WINDOW WALL September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 12 of 15
.13 Provide minimum clearances for thickness and type of glass indicated in accordance with written requirements from the glass fabricator.
2.7 FABRICATION - ALUMINUM FRAMES
.1 Construct frames of aluminum extrusions with minimum wall thickness to suit performance requirements.
.2 Provide supplemental steel reinforcement in the frame to suit design loads.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
.1 Take critical site dimensions to ensure that adjustments in fabrication or installation are provided for, that allowance is made for possible deflection of structure at heads and that clearances to other constructions have been maintained.
.2 Ensure that anchors and inserts, installed by others are adequate to meet specified requirements.
3.2 PREPARATION
.1 Supply anchorage devices and inserts to the appropriate trades where required for building in or casting-in-place and instruct as to proper location and position.
.2 Remove dust and other loose material from openings.
3.3 INSTALLATION – FRAMING
.1 Prior to installation, apply heavy coat of isolation coating to concealed surfaces of aluminum in direct contact with structural steel, concrete or masonry.
.2 Provide structural steel framing and supports required to support work of this Section unless indicated to be supplied under other Sections.
.3 Install work plumb, square, level, free from warp, twist and superimposed loads.
.4 Devices for anchoring the frame assemblies shall have sufficient adjustment to permit correct and accurate alignment. After alignment positively secure anchorage devices to prevent movement other than that designed for expansion and contraction. Take into consideration climatic conditions prevailing at the time of installation.
.5 Tolerances shall be:
.1 vertical position: plus/minus 3 mm (1/8”).
.2 horizontal position: plus/minus 3 mm (1/8”).
.3 deviation from plumb: 3 mm (1/8”) maximum each plane.
.4 racking of face: 6 mm (1/4”) maximum.
.5 racking in elevation: nil.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto: 08 44 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit WINDOW WALL September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 13 of 15
.6 Site located fixings to concrete and masonry shall be lag screws and lead expansion shields. Perform drilling of substrates as required to install shields. Do not chip concrete or masonry by drilling or fixing operations.
.7 Provide packing insulation or foamed polyurethane insulation in voids between framing members and adjacent constructions and where detailed.
.8 Provide continuous air vapour barrier membrane to seal perimeter of windows to adjacent construction. Prime porous substrates. Firmly press membrane to window frame and to adjacent construction to ensure continuous seal. Secure with mechanical fasteners. Use air seal membrane which is compatible with adjacent membrane; mechanically secure and/or adhesive bond air seal membrane in place.
.9 Provide necessary inserts to be built into work of other Sections as required for anchorage of framing.
.10 Set frame members in bedding compound to ensure watertight assembly.
.11 Metal to metal joints between abutting components shall be sealed weathertight.
.12 Use concealed fasteners and anchorages in all locations. Exposed fasteners, where unavoidable, must be clearly identified on shop drawings, and require Consultant’s approval prior to fabrication of work.
.13 Co-ordinate with other sections where work such as cabinetwork, grills, wood paneling, gypsum board and other items indicated, are to be built into framing system or are mounted on framing systems. Reinforce framing as required to provide support and accommodate mounting of work of other sections.
.14 Verify dimensions of supporting structure by field measurements so that the exterior wall work will be accurately designed, fabricated and fitted to structure.
.15 Coordinate exterior wall work with the work of other Sections and provide items to be placed during the installation of other work at the proper time to avoid delays in the work. Place such items including inserts and anchors, accurately in relation to the final location of exterior wall components. Postpone work in the areas required to be open for materials handling.
.16 Complete the installation of one area (at least 25m2) and obtain an approval of appearance before proceeding with the remainder. Standard of installation and quality of finish of remainder of cladding to be at least equal to approved standard of completed control area.
.17 Erect all components of the curtain wall in accordance with the manufacturer’s written instruction and recommendations. Anchor components securely in place in the manner shown on the final shop drawings. Shim and allow for movement resulting from changes in thermal conditions and building movements. Provide separators and isolators to prevent corrosion, electrolytic deterioration and freeze-up of moving joints.
.18 Cut and trim components of the curtain wall during erection only with the approval of the manufacturer and Consultant and in accordance with their recommendations. Do not cut through reinforcing and prestressing members. Restore finish completely to protect material and remove all evidence of cutting and trimming. Remove and replace members where cutting and trimming has impaired strength and appearance.
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto: 08 44 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit WINDOW WALL September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 14 of 15
.19 Do not erect members which are warped, bowed, deformed or otherwise damaged to such extent as to impair strength and appearance. Remove and replace members damaged in the process of erection.
.20 Set units level, plumb and true to line with uniform joints. Support on metal shims and secure in place by bolting to clip angles and similar supports anchored to supporting structure.
.21 Paint concealed contact surfaces of dissimilar materials with a heavy coating of dielectric separator (bituminous paint) or provide other separation in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
.22 Install firestopping to comply with local authorities having jurisdictions. Install firestopping with securely anchored metal flanges or make equivalent provisions to prevent dislocation. See also Section 07840 Firestopping.
.23 Seal joints in curtain wall in a concealed manner, unless exposed sealant is shown.
3.4 INSTALLATION - GLAZING
.1 Glaze aluminum windows and doors with specified glazing tapes, blocks, and spacer shims in accordance with Section 08800.
.2 Frames and glass shall be free from moisture, frost, dirt, cement, plaster, oil and grease. Clean contact surfaces with solvent and wipe dry.
.3 Centre glass using spacer shims and setting blocks, set at quarter points but not more than 12” o.c. unless recommended otherwise by glass manufacturer.
.4 Glazing tapes and shims shall fit tightly at corners but not overlap. Apply bead of sealant to match tape colour in corners to provide continuity of seal.
.5 Apply glazing beads and pressure gasket to inside face of rebate with uniform pressure to inside faces of glass at all sides. The type of beads and method of application may vary from manufacturer to manufacturer. System standard is acceptable when approved by the Consultant.
3.5 SEALANTS
.1 Seal between frame members, sills and adjacent construction as a part of the Work of this Section and in accordance with Section 07920 of this Specification.
.2 Provide caulking between framing members and adjoining work and where require to render work of this Section weathertight.
.3 Provide for continuity of air and vapour barrier in all locations; join up with air vapour barrier components of adjacent systems. Where indicated, and where required to maintain continuity of air barrier, install galvanized sheet metal closures and/or air seal membrane at terminations of curtain wall systems and effectively seal to adjacent building elements. Ensure that membrane materials are compatible with each other.
.4 Fill voids between framing members and surrounding building elements with foamed in place polyurethane insulation.
3.6 IN SITU TESTING
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
University of Toronto: 08 44 00 Prefabricated Rooftop Unit WINDOW WALL September 29, 2017 – Issued for Tender Page 15 of 15
.1 Field test initial section of completed curtain wall. Test section to include inside and outside corner, slab edge panels, typical fixed glass panels, horizontal and vertical mullions, glazing and caps.
.2 Test panel shall be tested for air leakage and water penetration, in accordance with CAN3- A440, ASTM E 283, ASTM E 330, ASTM E 331 and AAMA 501 with methodologies and acceptable results defined therein.
.3 After completion of the window wall work of this section, 10 representative test locations will be identified for further testing by the Consultant. Each test location will include 4 horizontal joints and 3 vertical joints. This further testing will be for water penetration only. Testing will be conducted to the AAMA 501.2 standard for water leakage. Zero water penetration permitted.
.4 Test failures will be examined, defects noted and corrected. Failure sites to be re-tested until passed.
.5 All testing shall be performed by qualified independent third party inspection and testing agent, satisfactory to the Consultant. Costs for testing including preparations, enclosures, scaffolding and any repeated tests made necessary by the failure of the test locations to meet the performance criteria of these specifications, are part of the Contract Price, not a cash allowance.
3.7 CLEANING
.1 Cleaning on completion of installation:
.1 Remove deposits that affect appearance or operation of units.
.2 Remove protective materials.
.3 Clean interior and exterior surfaces by washing with clear water; or with water, and soap or detergent; followed by a clear water rinse.
.4 Clean and restore stained metal surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Replace if cleaning is impossible.
END OF THIS SECTION
Kasian Architecture Ontario Incorporated Project No. P009-16-140
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 15 10 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT FACTORY BUILT FABRICATED ROOF TOP UNIT MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 7
PART 1 - GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
1.1 GENERAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
.1 Comply with General Conditions of Contract, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements.
1.2 DESCRIPTION
.1 The following specification details the minimum requirement for equipment and structure for a complete Factory Built Fabricated Roof Top Unit (ie: The Packaged System).
.2 The Packaged System shall be factory fabricated, performance tested and delivered to site by the manufacturer as a complete unit containing all of the items listed in the schedule / drawing . Field fabrication of the Packaged System is not acceptable. The Packaged System shall generate its own chilled water and heating water, and shall come with all mechanical systems fully installed and operational, complete with equipment start-up testing reports, and commissioning reports verifying the performance of the mechanical systems in conjunction with the installed control system.
.3 The Packaged System and all mechanical, electrical and controls systems contained therein shall be performance tested prior to being shipped from the factory, and re-tested after final assembly on site. Testing shall include:
.1 Enclosure pressure and leak testing. The Testing Chambers and Buffer Space will be designed to stand, at a minimum, 14” water column of negative pressure and will be factory leak tested to less than 1% of total cfm. Total cfm to be calculated for the AHU at 500 fpm face velocity with same cross section as the Pre-fabricated roof top unit.
.2 Mechanical and Controls system start-up, testing and commissioning to Sections 20 08 01, 20 08 05 and 25 05 01.
.3 Electrical systems verification and testing to Sections 26 05 00 through to 26 50 00.
.4 ESA testing and verification as required.
.4 Manufacturer shall provide warranty and guarantee of performance for all systems contained within The Packaged System. It will only require one (1) 208V, 3-phase electrical power connection,one (1) roughed-in conduit for a controls/network communication cable, and a service opening for domestic cold water, domestic hot water, and sanitary drainage as well as sanitary vent piping locations as needed. All electrical distribution to the equipment within the Factory Built Fabricated Roof Top Unit, and all controls equipment and wiring shall be by the manufacturer.
.5 Basis of design manufacturer for Factory Built Fabricated Roof Top Unit is MAFNA.
.6 Equal and alternate manufacturers must submit a request to bid in writing to the Owner. The manufacturer must provide the following information for consideration prior to entering a bid:
.1 Equipment selection data. Complete Structural details clearly identifying how the thermal break construction is achieved using field poured concrete and specified panel construction, details and assembly.
.2 Control sequence of operation.
.3 General arrangement drawings of the alternate's package in three dimensions demonstrating compliance with space considerations.
.4 Piping schematic of the alternate's package.
.5 List of similar installations with references.
.6 List of deviations to the specification.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 15 10 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT FACTORY BUILT FABRICATED ROOF TOP UNIT MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 7
.7 Customer to provide final input on equipment layout during shop drawing approval process for equipment.
1.3 PRODUCTS
.1 The following products are to be included as part of this Packaged System
.1 Structural Steel Base
.2 Double Wall Thermally-broken, foam injected, tounge and groove panels
.3 Thermall broken removeable wall panels as shown on drawings, plus and additional five thermally-broken blank frames to fit into wall openings.
.4 Pumps and Motors where specified
.5 Heat Recovery systems and Fan Coil Unit
.6 Dehumidifier
.7 Humidifier
.8 Air cooled chiller package and chilled water storage tank
.9 Electric boiler package and heating water storage tank
.10 All components and accessories shown in the schedule and in the drawing.
.11 Valves, Gauges and Piping Accessories
.12 Pipe and Pipe Supports
.13 Vibration Isolation
.14 Electrical System
.15 Variable Frequency Drives
.16 Full standalone digital BAS system capable of supporting a workstation within The Packaged System, as well as a remote workstation in a location to be determined by the client. Refer to sections 25 05 01 through to 25 90 01.
1.4 COORDINATION
.1 Conduct start up meeting with Client to review and confirm design intent.
.2 Review site conditions and confirm as-built site dimensions prior to preparation of shop drawings.
.3 The Packaged System to include window wall panels, preinstalled prior to shipping to site. Refer to Section 08 44 00 and drawings.
.4 Coordinate The Packaged System with structural framing and catwalk as shown on structural drawings. Final dimesion of the Unit including structural steel support must be less than existing mechanical penthouse on roof.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
.1 Submittals shall include the following as a minimum:
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 15 10 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT FACTORY BUILT FABRICATED ROOF TOP UNIT MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 7
.1 Description of System operation.
.2 Package dimensions and general arrangement drawing in three dimensions including overall 3D orthographic.
.3 Shop drawings showing sections and elevations detailing construction of the enclosure, including, interior chamber walls, roofs, floors, exterior walls, windows, removeable panels, penetrations, connections to base, etc.
.4 Electrical power, lighting and communication drawings, single line diagrams, and control wiring and architecture diagrams indicating all terminations and connections as installed within The Packaged System
.5 Equipment submittals for all major components as installed within The Packaged System including but not limited to: boilers, chillers, pumps and pump ancillary equipment, tanks, Energy Recovery equipment, FCUs, refrigerant heat pumps, electric baseboard heaters, unit heaters.
.6 Catalog information on valves, strainers, and piping components specific to this project.
.7 Piping schematic of the Packaged System's components showing equipment and valve tags, pipe sizes, connections types, gauges, piping specialties and instrumentation tags.
.8 Pump flow test procedure and drawing of the flow test stand.
.9 Contractor to provide CAD drawings showing tubing patterns, manifold layouts, bend and fastening details.
.2 Submit six (6) copies of Operating and Maintenance manuals for equipment being supplied. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include the following as a minimum:
.1 All of the items contained in the submittal section above.
.2 General Manufacturer’s product data information.
.3 Each reviewed shop drawings.
.4 Operating instruction, including start-up and shut-down procedures.
.5 Recommended procedures for assembling, dismantling, maintaining and operating components of work.
.6 List of recommended spare parts with catalogue numbers suitable for ordering purposes, including service depot, phone numbers and contacts.
.7 Recommended schedule of maintenance checks with minimum and maximum intervals.
.8 Installation and maintenance manuals for OEM's products integral to the Package.
.9 Bill of material as supplied.
.10 Certified copy of factory test reports.
.11 Warranties.
.3 Submittals and operation and maintenance manuals shall be assembled in a neat and orderly manner, and bound in booklet form.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE / QUALITY CONTROL
.1 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA: The following are to be used as selection criteria and are to be as specified: Water flow rates, water temperatures, water pressure drops, boiler efficiency.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 15 10 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT FACTORY BUILT FABRICATED ROOF TOP UNIT MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 4 OF 7
.2 CONTROLS RESPONSIBILITY: The Factory Built Fabricated Roof Top Unit. manufacturer must take responsibility for control logic of boiler control, pump control, mixing valve control, with remote monitoring and control as indicated.
.3 ELECTRICAL. CERTIFICATION: The complete unit shall be certified as a package. Certification of the components only is not acceptable. Certification agency per Ontario Electrical Safety Code; CSA, UL, ETL, etc.
.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM: The manufacturer shall have a quality assurance program in place, and have the quality assurance manual available for the owner upon request. The completed unit shall be inspected by the Engineer and Customer prior to shipment. Inspection shall be of the unit completely assembled.
.5 PERFORMANCE TEST: Once the Packaged System is fully assembled, the pumps must be run tested in the factory to confirm performance before shipping. Documented test results shall be available upon owner request demonstrating performance of the Packaged System. The control system shall be factory tested with all sequences and alarms simulated.
.6 HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TEST: Once the Packaged System is fully assembled, all piping shall be hydrostatically pressure tested to ASME B3 1.1 in the factory before shipping. Hydrostatic testing of individual pipe spools or sub-assemblies is not acceptable.
.7 STRUCTURAL AND SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS: The base, wall and roof steel framework, sheet metal enclosure shall be designed to meet or exceed the loading wind, snow, live and dead loading, lifting, requirements outlined in the relevant parts of this section. The vendor must provide documentation demonstrating that this requirement will be met at the owner's request.
.8 PAINTING: All bases, enclosure floors and exteriors are to be factory painted in accordance with this section. At the owner's request, submit the paint specification demonstrating that it will withstand 3000 hour exposure to the salt spray test specified in ASTM B 117.
1.7 WARRANTY
.1 The complete system shall be covered by a ten (10)-year limited system performance warranty. This warranty requires that the system design, supervision, commissioning and witnessing all pressure tests shall be by authorized personnel employed by general contractor's system supplier.
.2 Service conducted on the system during the period of warranty shall be performed by the contractor on- site. Any component serviced off-site shall be temporarily replaced with an identical device at no additional expense.
1.8 TRAINING
.1 Provide adequate training on the operation and maintenance of the complete system.
.2 Training shall be carried by factory-trained and certified representatives.
1.9 TESTING
.1 Enclosure pressure and leak testing. The Testing Chambers and Buffer Space will be designed to stand, at a minimum, 14” water column of negative pressure and will be factory leak tested to less than 1% of total cfm. Total cfm to be calculated for the AHU at 500 fpm face velocity with same cross section as the Pre-fabricated roof top unit.
.2 Mechanical and Controls system start-up, testing and commissioning to sections 20 08 01, 20 08 05, 25 05 01.
.3 Electrical systems verification and testing to sections 26 05 00 through to 26 50 00.
.4 Air and water tightness on Window wall – per Section 08 44 00
.5 Manufacturer’s start-up and total integrated systems commissioning for all mechanical systems and controls systems.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 15 10 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT FACTORY BUILT FABRICATED ROOF TOP UNIT MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 5 OF 7
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
.1 Furnish and install the following equipment as part of a factory assembled and tested Packaged System. The Packaged System shall be within the dimensions indicated on the plans and shall have sufficient service clearance for equipment as outlined by the manufacturer. Factory Built Fabricated Roof Top Unit shall be split in two sections to be field assembled by installing contractor under the supervision of manufacturer representative.
2.2 STRUCTURAL STEEL CONCRETE POURED STEEL BASE
.1 The steel base shall consist of a minimum 355 mm (14") structural steel channel all around perimeter with intermediate structural steel 50mm x 100mm (2” X 4”) structural tube cross member members recessed 50mm (2”) below the top of perimeter channel.
.2 A 50mm x 100mm (2” X 4”) structural tube shall be welded to the perimeter channel base to serve as an integral part of the structure.
.3 The base shall be designed for a maximum deflection of L/240 when the unit is fully operational and supported only at the perimeter and at unit splits.
.4 The base shall be welded to a factory certified procedure that shall conform to the requirements of AWS D1.1.
.5 The floor shall have provision of 150mm (6”) thick field poured concrete in a such a way that the two ends of the base is exposed to outside (east and west elevation of test chambers, as shown on drawings).
.6 After construction the base shall be cleaned and painted with a rust inhibitor paint. The base frame shall have properly located lifting lugs, which are an integral part of the channel allowing ease of rigging and insuring the unit frame does not deflect more than 25mm for 4.267m (1 inch for 15 ft.) of span.
.7 The support section will have 50mm x 150mm (2”X6”) Hollow Structural tube welded flushed to the perimeter channel base to serve as an integral part of the structure.
.8 The support section floor will be fully welded min. 3mm (1/8”) checkered plate.
2.3 ENCLOSURE
.1 All mechanical and electrical equipment shall be housed inside a factory fabricated double wall enclosure.
.2 The components of the enclosure shall be:
.1 Exterior Panels and Roof: The Test Chamber and Buffer Rooms shall be constructed out of R- 40, minimum 200mm (8”) thick wall and base panels. The roof shall be constructed out of R- 50, minimum 200mm (8”) thick roof panels.
.2 Exterior Panels Roof: Support Room shall be constructed out of R-20, minimum 100mm (4”) thick wall and roof panels.
.3 The panel outer skin shall be made out of painted 18 gauge solid satin coat steel sheet in accordance with ASTM-653.
.4 The panel interior skin at ceiling and walls will be 20 gauge stainless steel within the Test Chambers and Buffer Room.
.5 The panel interior skin at the Support Room to be 20 gauge - G90.
.6 Wall & Roof Panel will have injected foam insulation and will be of thermally broken type. Thermal break shall be integral to the panel construction using non-metallic extruded material foamed along with the panel . Panels shall be joined using tongue and groove arrangement.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 15 10 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT FACTORY BUILT FABRICATED ROOF TOP UNIT MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 6 OF 7
.7 The manufacturer will demonstrate proven experience of building and assembly of thermally broken tongue and groove type injected foam Panel in at least five projects complete with the contact name and phone number of the End Users for reference.
.8 Hoisting and Rigging: Enclosure manufacturer to specify and provide detailed instructions for shipping, handling and on-site off loading and positioning. Enclosure to be designed to accommodate hoisting and rigging loads.
.9 The Unit Exterior panel should be constructed and fastened such that no screws / rivets will appear anywhere on the exterior of the unit except at doors and louvers which will be fastened on the exterior panel with the help of blind rivets only at 8” canters & at access panel which will be bolted to the exterior panel . The manufacturer will demonstrate proven experience of building and assembly of screwless Outside Panel for factory Fabricated Roof Top Units in at least five projects complete with the contact name and phone number of the End Users for reference.
.10 Floor Drain Pan: Fabricate floor drain pans as shown on the drawings at a minimum of 300mm x 457mm x 50mm (12”x18”x2”) deep 18 ga. stainless steel seal welded and covered with ¾” x 1/8” floor grating. The use of drain holes in the floor is not acceptable. Drain pans shall be sloped at a minimum of 1% to a drain ¾” hole that shall be piped to the exterior of the unit and with a ¾” male NPT thread.
.11 Roof Covering: The roof covering shall be standing seam panels sloping as shown on the drawing.
.3 All bases, enclosure floors and exteriors are to be factory painted. Colour to be selected by the Owner. Enclosure paint shall have weather resistant finish that will withstand 3000 hour exposure to the salt spray test specified in ASTM B117. Paint shall be applied and allowed to dry for a sufficient amount of time before shipping.
.4 Ventilation louver and damper: Install stationary, storm proof louver and motorized damper for intake and exhaust of the enclosure as shown on the drawings. Louvers shall be 6 inches deep with extruded aluminum blades and frame and 19 gauge galvanized ½”x ½” bird screen.
.5 The perimeter C Channel will be filled with insulation and covered with 18G-Satin coated and painted to paint spec of wall and roof.
.6 The East , West Chamber with buffer zone will be designed to stand 14” water column of negative pressure and will be factory leak tested to less than 1% of total cfm. Total cfm to be calculated for the AHU at 500 fpm face velocity with same cross section as the Pre-fabricated roof top unit.
.7 All the ducting in / out of test chamber to have flanged connection and the factory leak test to be carried out with this connection and shipped as integral to the test chamber so that integrity of the leakage is not compromised .
.8 All the ducting in / out of test chamber to have flanged connection and the factory leak test to be carried out with this connection and shipped as integral to the test chamber so that integrity of the leakage is not compromised .
.9 All the openings in the wall for windows to be lined with wooden strip to be used for screwing and bolting the window wall panels.
2.4 REMOVABLE PANELS
.1 Exterior walls to have openings for removeable wall panels as shown on drawings.
.2 Openings for removeable panels to have exterior mounted cam-locks on all four sides to secure panels to openings. Number of cam-locks to be sufficient to secure panel and provide air tight seal. Openings to contain continuous gasket for continuous air seal.
.3 Panel frames to be thermally-broken and contain mininium of four exterior mounted handles for lifting panels into openings.
.4 Provide five additional thermally-broken frames with handles, that can be mounted into the openings.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 15 10 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT FACTORY BUILT FABRICATED ROOF TOP UNIT MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 7 OF 7
.5 All components to be thermally broken, including cam-locks and handles installed on frames.
2.5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
.1 All installed equipment motors and the TECS Panel shall be wired to one common Electrical Power Panel, which shall contain all disconnects , fusing, and overloads. The Electrical Panel shall incorporate a master disconnect switch for all loads except lighting. The Electrical Panel shall be secured to the Packaged System's structural base or, where an enclosure is used, to the structural steel wall framework.
.2 All installed lights and convenience outlets shall be wired to a common Low Voltage Panel. The Low Voltage Panel shall have circuit breakers or fuses for each type of electrical device.
.3 The Electrical Panel enclosure will be NEMA 4 rated. The Low Voltage Panel enclosure will be NEMA- 12 rated for indoor mounting and NEMA-4 rated for outdoor mounting.
.4 All wiring shall be sized and installed in accordance with CSA/NEC in EMT galvanized steel conduit. Conduit shall be sized as per CSA/NEC and shall permit the easy removal of the conductors at any time. All connections to motors and vibrating equipment shall use liquid tight flexible metal conduit to a maximum length of 36". EMT conduit shall be bent in such a manner as not to reduce the original diameter of the conduit. All conduits shall be mounted on “UNI-STRUT” or equivalent channel type support. Alternately conduits can be fastened to the “T” portion of unit panels, provided conduits are less than 1” in size.
.5 Ceiling lights shall be suitable for damp locations with a minimum of two 40 Watt, T-8 - 48” fluorescent bulbs. The ballast shall be thermally protected, resetting with Class P, HPF, Non-PCB, UL listed and CSA Certified. The Ballast shall also be suitable for cold weather (CW) for use at 40 Deg F ambient temperatures. The lamp diffuser shall be Acrylic, 15% DR. The voltage shall be 120V/1Ph/60Hz. All lights shall be wired to the Low Voltage Panel.
.6 Light Switches and GFI receptacles shall have weatherproof enclosures to prevent any water penetration. All GFI receptacles shall be wired to the Low Voltage Panel.
.7 Provide a weather proof light switch mounted inside of the main entrance doors of the enclosure and lighted exit signs at all unit entrance doors complete with battery operated emergency lights.
.8 All motor starters, control enclosures and pilot devices shall be properly identified by lamacoid nameplates. Lamacoid nameplates will be white faced with black engraved lettering. All relays and panel components shall be identified on the component mounting plate.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 01 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 17
PART 1 - GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
1.1 GENERAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
.1 Comply with General Conditions of Contract, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements.
1.2 DOCUMENT ORGANIZATION
.1 Applicable Divisions for Mechanical Work:
.1 Division 20 - Common Work for Mechanical
.2 Division 21 - Fire Protection
.3 Division 22 - Plumbing and Drainage
.4 Division 23 - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
.5 Division 25 - Building Automation System
.2 For clarity, any reference in the Contract Documents to Division 20 includes Divisions 21, 22, 23 and 25.
.3 The Specifications for these Divisions are arranged in Sections for convenience. It is not intended to recognize, set or define limits to any subcontract or to restrict Contractor in letting subcontracts.
.4 Contractor is responsible for completion of work whether or not portions are sublet.
1.3 DIVISION 20, AS IT APPLIES TO DIVISIONS 21, 22, 23 AND 25
.1 Articles that are of a general nature, applicable to each Section of these Divisions.
.2 Articles specifying materials, equipment, installation techniques and workmanship that are applicable to more than one Section of these Divisions.
.3 Articles that are to be read in context with and form part of relevant Sections of these Divisions.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
.1 The words "indicated", "shown", "noted", "listed" or similar words or phrases used in this Specification, mean that material or item referred to is "indicated", "shown", "listed" or "noted" on Drawings or in Specification.
.2 The words "approved", "satisfactory", "as directed", "submit", "permitted", "inspected", or similar words or phrases used in this Specification, mean that material or item referred to is to be "approved by", "satisfactory to", "as directed by", "submitted to", "permitted by", "inspected by", [Engineer][Consultant][Architect].
.3 Instructions using any form of word "provide" involves Contractor in furnishing labour, materials and services to supply and install referenced item.
1.5 LANGUAGE
.1 The specification is written as a series of instructions addressed to the Contractor, and by implication to subcontractors and to suppliers. For clarity and brevity, use is made of numbered lists and bulleted lists. Where list follows a semi-colon (;) the punctuation is for clarity, where list follows a colon (:) the punctuation is to be read as a short-hand form of the verb "to be" or "to have" as context requires.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 01 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 17
.2 It is not intended to debate with the Contractor the reasons for these instructions, and words associated with justification for an instruction or restatement of anticipated performance have been omitted to avoid possible ambiguities.
1.6 EXAMINATION
.1 Examine any existing buildings, local conditions, building site, Specifications, and Drawings and report any condition, defect or interference that would prevent execution of the work.
.2 No allowance will be made for any expense incurred through failure to make these examinations of the site and the documents prior to Tender or on account of any conditions on site or any growth or item existing there which was visible or known to exist at time of Tender.
.3 Examine work of other Divisions before commencing this work, and report any defect or interference.
1.7 DESIGN SERVICES
.1 Provide design services for elements of the Work where specified in other sections of Division 20, sealed by a professional engineer licensed in the applicable jurisdiction.
1.8 STANDARD OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
.1 Materials and equipment:
.1 New and of uniform pattern throughout work,
.2 Of Canadian manufacture where obtainable,
.3 Standard products of approved manufacture.
.4 Labeled or listed as required by Code and/or Inspection Authorities,
.5 Registered in accordance with the requirements of TSSA Boilers and Pressure Vessels Safety Division Guidelines for the Registration of Non-nuclear Fittings in the Province of Ontario, [Specification notes: change to suit location of the project]
.6 In compliance with Standards and Regulations with respect to; .1 chemical and physical properties of materials, .2 design, .3 performance characteristics, and .4 methods of construction and installation.
.7 Identical units of equipment to be of same manufacture.
.8 Identical component parts of same manufacture in similar units of equipment, but various component parts of each unit need not be from one manufacturer.
.2 Materials and equipment are described to establish standards of construction and workmanship.
.1 Where a manufacturer or manufacturers’ products are identified in lists with the phrase "Standard of Acceptance", these are manufacturers and/or products which meet required standards with regard to performance, quality of material and workmanship.
.2 Manufacturers and or products used are to be chosen from these lists.
.3 Select materials and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
.4 Materials and equipment not satisfying these selection criteria will be condemned.
.5 Remove condemned materials from job site and provide properly selected and approved materials.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 01 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 17
1.9 SUBMITTALS
.1 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA SHEET
.1 Submit shop drawings, manufacturers and product data and samples in accordance with Section 01 33 05. .1 Submit shop drawings in the same unit of measure as are used on the drawings. Both metric and imperial measures may be included.
.2 Include a shop drawing cover sheet form prepared for this project, for each shop drawing, or, include the same information on the contractors submittal cover sheet: .1 Information required on each submission: .1 Client/Architect name .2 Project Name .3 MHL project number .4 Date .5 Contractor name .6 Contractor reference No. .7 Manufacturer name .8 Product type .9 Specification section number .10 Contractor trade: mechanical, electrical, elevators, or general trades .11 If a re-submission, the previous submission MHL reference number.
.3 Submit shop drawings in reproducible form; .1 Preferred format : as e-mail attachments in Portable Document Format (PDF) .2 As letter, or 11 x 17, black and white originals of graphic quality suitable for photocopying, .3 for each item of equipment[.] [in following list; .1 plumbing fixtures, .2 pumps, .3 air moving units, .4 heating units, .5 coils, .6 motor controls centres .7 motor starters, and .8 special systems.
.4 Manufacturer's letter sized printed data sheets, as black and white originals of graphic quality suitable for photocopying, are acceptable in place of shop drawings for standard production items.
.5 Submit with manufacturers data sheets, typed schedules listing manufacturer's and supplier's name and catalogue model number for; .1 valves, .2 traps, .3 expansion joints, .4 pipe hangers
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 01 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 4 OF 17
.6 For plumbing fixtures and lighting fixtures, submit fixture cuts with catalogue numbers for fixtures to be used on job. Identify and arrange fixture cuts in same sequence as specification fixture list.
.7 Shop drawings and product data to show; .1 dimensioned outlines of equipment .2 dimensioned details showing service connection points. .3 elevations illustrating locations of visible equipment such as gauges, pilot lights, breakers and their trip settings, windows, meters, access doors. .4 description of operation. .5 single line diagrams. .6 general routing of bus ducts and connecting services. .7 mounting and fixing arrangements. .8 operating and maintenance clearances, and .9 access door swing spaces.
.8 Shop drawings and product data to be accompanied by; .1 detailed drawings of bases, supports and anchor bolts, .2 sound power data, where applicable, and .3 performance curves for each piece of equipment marked with point of operation.
.9 Shop drawing and data sheet submission is taken as certification; .1 that units are from Manufacturer's current production and .2 that the units are in compliance with applicable Codes, Standards, and Regulations.
.10 Do not submit drawings showing internal construction details, component assemblies or interior piping and wiring diagrams. These may be necessary to understand correct functioning of equipment and should be submitted with operating and maintenance data.
.11 Check and stamp each shop drawing as being correct before submission. Shop drawings without such stamps will be rejected and returned.
.12 Keep one copy of each reviewed shop drawing and product data sheet on site available for reference purposes.
.13 Where equipment is delivered without reviewed shop drawing available on site, equipment will be condemned and is to be removed from site and replaced with new equipment after shop drawing has been submitted and reviewed.
.2 FIELD, FABRICATION, OR INSTALLATION DRAWINGS
.1 Contractor field, fabrication, installation, and/or sleeving drawings will not be reviewed as shop drawings. If submitted as a shop drawing, a transmittal only will be returned identifying the submitted drawings have not been reviewed.
.2 Maintain a copy on site of such drawings for reference by the Consultant.
.3 Provide a copy of such drawings to the Consultant for general information purpose only, upon request.
1.10 REFERENCE CODES STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS
.1 CODES, STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS
.1 Latest current versions in force at time of Tender.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 01 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 5 OF 17
.2 Where relevant documents applicable to this work exist, follow these criterion, recommendations, and requirements as minimum standards.
.3 In event of conflict between codes, regulations, or standards, or where work shown is in conflict with these documents, obtain interpretation before proceeding. Failure to clarify any ambiguity will result in an interpretation requiring application of most demanding requirements.
.2 CONFINED SPACES
.1 Unless otherwise proscribed by the Constructor's / Owner's workplace safety program, treat spaces not designed and constructed for continuous human occupancy as "confined spaces", including but not limited to: .1 horizontal and vertical service spaces, shafts, and tunnels, .2 inside of equipment that permits entry of the head and/or whole body, and .3 ceiling spaces that are identified as containing a hazardous substance.
.3 PERMITS, TESTS AND CERTIFICATES
.1 Arrange and pay for permits, tests, and Certificates of Inspection required by Authorities having jurisdiction.
.2 Submit applications requiring Owner's signature before commencing work.
.3 Obtain and submit Inspection Certificates as required for .1 Electrical Inspection. .2 Plumbing Inspection. .3 Pressure Vessel Inspection. .4 Piping and Boiler Inspection. .5 Fuel safety Inspection.
.4 Certificates to be renewed as to remain in force for guarantee period.
.5 Co-ordinate and perform testing required by Authorities having jurisdiction in accordance with Clause TESTING in this Section
1.11 EQUIPMENT
.1 MANUFACTURERS NAMEPLATES
.1 Provide metal nameplate with raised or recessed lettering, mounted on each piece of equipment.
.2 On insulated equipment, mechanically fasten plates on metal stand-off bracket arranged to clear insulation and mount Underwriters Laboratories and/or CSA registration plates on same stand-off brackets.
.3 Manufacturer's nameplate to indicate equipment size, capacity, model designation, manufacturer's name, serial number, voltage, cycle, phase and power rating of motors.
.2 FACTORY APPLIED FINISH PAINTING
.1 Apply prime and final paint coats to equipment and materials where specifically detailed in Sections of these Divisions.
.2 Apply prime and final paint coats factory to pumps, air moving units, un-insulated pressure vessels and bare metal equipment items in boiler, mechanical and fan rooms.
.3 Use heat resistant paint where conditions require.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 01 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 6 OF 17
.4 Protect factory finished equipment during construction, and clean at completion of work.
.3 FACTORY APPLIED PRIME PAINTING
.1 Have prime paint factory applied to other equipment fabricated from iron or steel including access doors, registers, grilles, diffusers, dampers, metal radiation enclosures and fire hose cabinets.
.4 FIELD PAINTING
.1 After equipment has been installed and piping and insulation is completed, clean rust and oil from exposed iron and steel work provided under this Division, whether or not it has been factory prime painted.
.2 In "occupied" areas of building touch up any damage to prime coat resulting from shipping or installation and leave ready for final painting under Finishes, Division 9.
.3 In "un-occupied" areas of the building such as mechanical equipment rooms, boiler rooms, fan rooms, crawl spaces, pipe tunnels and penthouses: .1 paint exposed galvanized metal surfaces with one coat of zinc dust galvanized primer and one coat of 100% Alkyd base enamel in an approved colour. .2 paint exposed iron or steel work with one coat of chrome oxide phenolic base primer and one coat of 100% Alkyd base enamel in an approved colour.
.4 In "Unoccupied " areas of the building such as mechanical equipment rooms, boiler rooms, fan rooms, crawl spaces, pipe tunnels and penthouses touch up any damage to prime coat resulting from shipping or installation and leave ready for final painting by Owner's forces.
.5 PROVISION FOR FUTURE
.1 Where space is indicated as reserved for future equipment or for future extension to building, leave such space clear and install piping, raceways and equipment so that connections can be made to future apparatus or building.
.2 Identify provisions and service terminations for future on Record Drawings.
.6 MAINTENANCE OF BEARINGS.
.1 "Turn over" rotating equipment at least once a month from delivery to site until start-up.
.2 "Run-in" sleeve type bearings in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendation. After "run-in", drain, flush out and refill with new charge of oil or grease.
.3 Protect bearings, shafts and sheaves against damage, corrosion and dust accumulation during building construction.
1.12 OFFICE, STORAGE AND TOOLS
.1 OFFICE AND STORAGE
.1 Provide temporary office, workshop and tools and material storage space.
.2 Assume responsibility for security of these facilities and provide heat, light and telephone.
.3 Buildings to conform in appearance to those erected for similar purposes under other Divisions of Specification.
.2 APPLIANCES AND TOOLS
.1 Provide tools, equipment, scaffolding, extension cords, lamps and miscellaneous consumable materials, required to carry out work.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 01 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 7 OF 17
1.13 CO-ORDINATION
.1 GENERAL
.1 Consultant drawings are diagrammatic and illustrate the general location of equipment, and intended routing of ductwork, piping, etc, and do not show every structural detail. In congested areas drawings at greater scale may be provided to improve interpretation of the Work. Where equipment or systems are shown as "double line", they are done so either to improve understanding of the Work, or simply as a result of the use of a CAD drawing tool, and in either case such drawings are not represented as fabrication or installation drawings.
.2 Lay out and coordinate Work to avoid conflict with work under other Divisions.
.3 Make good all damage to Owner's property or to other trade's work caused by inaccurate layout or careless performance of work of this Division.
.4 When equipment provided under other Sections connects with material or equipment supplied under this Section, confirm capacity and ratings of equipment being provided. Section 20 is intended to define and take all the responsibilities for coordination with all other sections.
.5 Take information involving accurate measurements from dimensioned Architectural Drawings or at building.
.6 Install services and equipment which are to be concealed, close to building structure so that furring is kept to minimum dimensions.
.7 Location of pipes, ductwork, raceways and equipment may be altered without extra cost provided instruction is given or approval is obtained, in advance of installation of items involved. Changes will be authorized by site instructions and are to be shown on Record Drawings.
.8 Location of floor drains, hub drains, combination drains, plumbing fixtures, convectors, unit heaters, diffuser, registers grilles and other similar items may be altered without extra cost provided instruction is given prior to roughing in. No claim will be paid for extra labour and materials for relocating items up to 3 m (10 ft) from original location nor will credits be anticipated where relocation up to 3 m (10 ft) reduces material and labour.
.9 Include incidental material and equipment not specifically noted on Drawings or mentioned in Specifications but which is needed to complete the work as an operating installation.
.2 FIELD, FABRICATION, AND INSTALLATION DRAWINGS
.1 Prepare field, fabrication, and/or installation drawings to show location of equipment and relative position of services, and to demonstrate coordination with works of other trades. .1 Drawing scale: minimum 1:50 (1/4"=1'-0")
.2 Use information from manufacturer's shop drawings for each trade and figured dimensions from latest Architectural and Structural Drawings.
.3 Layout equipment and services to provide access for repair and maintenance.
.4 Submit drawings to other trades involved in each area and include note in drawing title block as follows; .1 "This drawing was prepared and circulated for review and mark-up to related subcontractors as noted and initialed in the table below. Corrections and concerns identified through this coordination process have been addressed on this drawing. Areas that incorporate significant changes from layouts shown on Contract Drawings have been circled for Consultants' review"
.3 ANCHORS AND INSERTS
.1 Supply anchor bolts and locating templates for installation in advance of concrete pouring.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 01 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 8 OF 17
1.14 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY
.1 GENERAL
.1 Protect this work and work of other trades from damage.
.2 Cover floors with tarpaulins and provide plywood and other temporary protection.
.3 Assume responsibility for repairing damage to floor and wall surfaces resulting from failure to provide adequate protection.
.4 Protect equipment, pipe and duct openings from dirt, dust and other foreign materials.
1.15 WORK IN EXISTING BUILDING
.1 GENERAL
.1 Work includes changes to existing building, and changes at junction of old and new construction.
.2 Route pipes, ducts, conduits and other services to avoid interference with existing installation.
.3 Relocate existing pipes, ducts, conduits, bus ducts and any other equipment or services required for proper installation of new work.
.4 Remove existing plumbing fixtures, lighting fixtures, piping, ductwork, wiring, and equipment to suit new construction. Cut back and cap drain, vent and water outlets, conduits and electrical outlets, not being used.
.5 Plumbing fixtures, piping, ductwork, conduit and wiring shown to be removed and not shown relocated, to become property of Contractor and to be taken from site.
.6 Lighting fixtures shown to be removed will remain Owner's property and will be turned over to Owner's representative as directed.
.7 Where Owner wishes to take over renovated areas ahead of project completion date and these areas are to be fed from new distribution systems, make temporary connections to existing services in these areas. Reconnect to permanent services, at later date, when new distribution systems are available.
.2 CONTINUITY OF SERVICES
.1 Connections to existing systems to be made at approved times with minimum length shutdown periods. .1 Obtain written approval of time and length of shut-down periods. .2 Arrange work so that physical access to existing buildings is not unduly interrupted. .3 Make good damage to existing systems resulting from connection process.
1.16 MOVING AND SETTING IN PLACE OF OWNER'S EQUIPMENT
.1 S.B.O. (SUPPLIED BY OWNER)
.1 Items marked SBO on drawings will be; .1 purchased by Owner. .2 received, checked, and stored and .3 subsequently unpacked, uncrated, assembled and located by Contractor under Division 1
.2 Connect mechanical and electrical services to this equipment.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 01 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 9 OF 17
.2 E.R. OR EX. REL. (EXISTING RELOCATED) OR OTHERWISE SO IDENTIFIED
.1 Items so marked on drawings will be; .1 moved from their present location and reinstalled by Contractor under Division 1.
.2 Disconnect and reconnect mechanical and electrical services to accommodate this equipment relocation.
1.17 TEMPORARY HEATING
.1 DURING CONSTRUCTION
.1 Temporary heating required while building is under construction will be provided under Division 1.
.2 Permanent heating system may be used for temporary heating, when this equipment is installed in its permanent location and building is closed in and Contractor under Division 1 provides staff for operation and maintenance whenever permanent heating system is being used for temporary heating.
.3 Hot water boilers may not be used unless heating units, radiation, pumps and piping are complete and approved chemical water treatment is in operation.
.4 Permanent heating equipment used for temporary heating to be thoroughly cleaned and put in first class approved operating condition and appearance at completion of job.
1.18 CLEANING AND FINAL ADJUSTMENTS
.1 GENERAL
.1 Thoroughly clean piping, and vacuum ducts and air handling units. Clean strainers in piping systems and install clean filters in air handling systems.
.2 Remove tools and waste materials on completion of work and leave work in clean and perfect condition.
.3 Calibrate components and controls and check function and sequencing of systems under operating conditions.
.4 Supply lubricating oils and packing for proper operation of equipment and systems until work has been accepted.
1.19 RECORD DRAWINGS
.1 SITE RECORDS
.1 A set of design drawings in AutoCad 2010 on CD or DVD ROM will be provided by the Consultant. Make sets of white prints for each phase of Work, and as Work progresses and changes occur mark white prints in coloured inks to show revisions. Dimension locations of drains, pipes, ductwork, conduit, manholes, foundations and similar buried items within the building, with respect to building column centres. Mark level with respect to an elevation which will be provided.
.2 Survey information from excavation and backfill of site services to be held on site, after approval, and to be similarly transferred to white prints.
.3 Retain these drawings and make available to Consultant for periodic review.
.4 On a weekly basis, scan marked-up drawings to Adobe .pdf format. Where a project has a FTP site, post these files on a weekly basis.
.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 01 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 10 OF 17
.1 Prior to testing, balancing and adjusting, transfer site record drawing information to AutoCad files, to record final as-built condition. Obtain a current set of CAD files from the Consultant. .1 Drawings are to remain set to and follow Consultants AutoCad Standards. Do not alter drawing scales, X-refs, colours, layers or text styles. .2 The Consultant's CAD files may not reflect all or any construction changes.
.2 Where items have been deleted, moved, renumbered or otherwise changed from contract drawings, revise the CAD files to record these changes. "Bubble" these revisions, and place these annotations on a separate and easily identified drawing layer.
.3 Show on mechanical as-built drawings final location of piping, ductwork, switches, starters, Motor Control Centres, thermostats, and equipment.
.4 Show on site services as-built drawings survey information provided by Ontario Land Surveyor (OLS) monitoring services installation.
.5 Show on electrical as-built drawings final location of conduit, outlets, panels, branch wiring, system wiring, pull boxes, bus ducts, and equipment.
.6 Identify each drawing in lower right hand corner in letters at least 12 mm (½ in) high as follows "AS BUILT DRAWINGS. This drawing has been revised to show systems as installed" (Signature of Contractor) (Date). The site services drawings are to include (Signature and Stamp of OLS) attached to note.
.7 Submit one (1) set of white prints of the draft as-built Cad files for Consultants's review.
.8 Once "AS BUILT DRAWINGS" white prints are reviewed, transfer Consultant's comments to the CAD files. Return AutoCad drawings modified to "As Built" condition to Consultants on CD or DVD Rom.
.9 Submit three (3) sets of white prints and three (3) copies of CAD files with Operating and Maintenance Manuals.
1.20 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
.1 START-UP AND TESTING
.1 Supply services of skilled mechanic for minimum of two consecutive [weeks][months][days]], to start systems in proper sequence, and test and calibrate controls, PRV'S, instrumentation and relief valves and dampers and to set-up systems.
.2 TRAINING
.1 During this procedure thoroughly explain operation and maintenance of each system, incorporating specialized instruction by manufacturers as described under other Sections in these Divisions.
.2 Arrange suitable time for instructions with Owner's operating and maintenance personnel.
.3 Keep record of date and duration of each instruction period together with names of persons attending. Submit signed records at completion of instruction.
.3 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
.1 Provide operation and maintenance data bound in 210 mm x 300 mm x 50mm thick (8½ in x 11 in x 2 in thick) size, vinyl covered, hard back, three-ring covers. Organize material in volumes generally grouped by Trade Section; Site services, Plumbing, Fire Protection, Heating and Cooling Plant and Distribution, Air Handling, and Controls and Instrumentation, Title sheet in each volume to be labeled "Operating and Maintenance Manual" and to bear Project Name, Project Number, Date, Trade Section, and List of Contents.
.2 Operating data to include; .1 Control schematics for each system.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 01 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 11 OF 17
.2 Description of each system and associated control elements. .3 Control operating sequences at various load conditions, reset schedules and anticipated seasonal variances. .4 Operating instructions for each system and each component. .5 Description of actions to be taken in event of equipment failure. .6 Valves schedule and flow diagram. .7 Service piping identification chart.
.3 Maintenance data to include .1 Manufacturer's literature covering, servicing, maintenance, operating and trouble- shooting instructions for each item of equipment. .2 Manufacturer's parts list. .3 Approved shop drawings. .4 Name and address of closest service organization and spare part source. .5 Equipment manufacturer's performance sheets. .6 Equipment performance verification test results. .7 Voltage and ampere rating for each item of electrical equipment.
.4 Approval procedure .1 Submit two sets of first draft of Operating and Maintenance Manuals for approval. .2 Make corrections and resubmit as directed. .3 Review contents of Operating and Maintenance Manuals with Owner's operating staff or representative to ensure thorough understanding of each item of equipment and its operation. .4 Hand-over two copies of Operating and Maintenance Manuals to Owner's operating staff and obtain written confirmation of delivery.
.4 SPECIAL TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS
.1 Furnish spare parts as follows .1 One set of packing for each pump gland. .2 One casing joint gasket for each size pump. .3 One head gasket for each heat exchanger. .4 One glass for each gauge glass. .5 One set of V-belts for each drive. .6 One filter cartridge or set of filter media for each filter or filter bank installed.
1.21 TESTING
.1 GENERAL
.1 Methods to comply with following documents; [Spec Notes: Change to suit location of project] .1 The Ontario Building Code .2 Ontario Installation Code for Oil-burning Equipment .3 CSA B149.1 Natural Gas and Propane Installation Code
.2 Conduct tests, during progress of Work and at its completion to show equipment and systems meet contract. Submit details of test methods in writing and obtain approval before commencing work.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 01 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 12 OF 17
.3 Supply test equipment, apparatus, gauges, meters and data recorders, together with skilled personnel to perform tests and log results.
.4 Submit written notice 24 hours in advance of each test series, setting out the time, place and nature of the tests, the Inspection Authority and personnel witnessing tests.
.5 Conduct tests before application of external insulation and before any portion of pipes, ducts or equipment is concealed.
.6 Do not subject expansion joints, flexible pipe connections, meters, control valves, convertors, and fixtures, to test pressures, greater than stated working pressure of equipment. Isolate or remove equipment or devices during tests when prescribed test pressure is greater than working pressure of any piece of equipment or device.
.7 Should section of pipe or duct fail under test, replace faulty fittings or duct with new fittings, pipe or duct, repair and retest. Do not repair screwed joints by caulking nor welded joints by peening. Repeat tests until results are satisfactory.
.8 Where it is necessary to test portions of duct or piping system before system is complete, overlap successive tests so that no joint or section of duct or pipe is missed in testing.
.9 Upon completion of work and testing of same, submit logs to demonstrate that tests have been carried out satisfactorily. Repeat any tests if requested.
.2 TESTING - POTABLE WATER PIPING
.1 Test potable water systems with water or air as required by The Ontario Building Code, Part 7.
.2 For water service pipes 100mm (4") and larger, disinfect the pipe with chlorine from the street valve to the first shut-off valve inside the building. Provide testing laboratory certificate confirming water contaminates are below the threshold values in [O.Reg. 248/06.]
.3 TESTING - OTHER PIPING
.1 Hydraulically test other water piping systems at 1½ times system design pressure (relief valve setting) or 1000 kPa (150 psi), whichever is greater, for 24 hours. Pressure must remain essentially constant throughout test period without pumping. Make allowance for correction of pressure readings for variations in ambient temperature between start and finish of test. Hammer test welded joints during hydrostatic test.
.2 Test drainage, waste and vent piping for tightness and grade as required by The Ontario Building Code, Part 7.
.3 Test special service piping as detailed.
.4 TESTING - VENTILATION
.1 Test low pressure ductwork with an air pressure of 1 Kpa (4 in wg) for 10 minutes.
.2 Test medium pressure ductwork with an air pressure of 2 Kpa (8 in wg) for 10 minutes.
.3 Test high pressure ductwork with an air pressure of 3 Kpa (12 in wg) for 10 minutes.
.4 Examine construction joints for damage or weakening. Reduce pressure to maximum working pressure or 1 Kpa (4 in wg), whichever is larger, and check joints for audible leaks. Mark each leak and repair after pressure is released. Retest repaired section of duct.
.5 TESTING - ELECTRICAL
.6 Make tests of equipment and wiring.
.7 Tests to include [meggered insulation values,] voltage and current readings to determine balance of panels and feeders under full load and examination of each piece of equipment for correct operation.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 01 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 13 OF 17
.8 Test electrical work to standards and function of Specification and applicable Codes.
.9 Replace defective equipment and wiring with new material.
.10 Connect single phase loads to minimize unbalance of supply phases.
1.22 TEMPORARY AND TRIAL USAGE
.1 GENERAL
.1 Temporary and trial usage by Owner of any mechanical or electrical device, machinery, apparatus, equipment or any other work or materials before final completion and written acceptance is not to be construed as evidence of acceptance.
.2 Owner to have privilege of such temporary and trial usage, as soon as that said work is claimed to be completed and in accordance with Contract Documents, for such reasonable length of time as is sufficient for making complete and thorough tests.
.3 No claims for damages will be entertained for injury to or failure of any parts of such work which may be discovered during temporary and trial usage, whether caused by weakness or inaccuracy of structural parts or by defective materials or workmanship of any kind whatsoever.
.4 Defects in workmanship and materials identified during temporary and trial usage are to be rectified under guarantee.
1.23 CONSULTANT REVIEWS
.1 GENERAL
.1 Consultant's attendance at site including but not limited to site meetings, demonstrations, site reviews and any resulting reports are for the sole benefit of the Owner and the local authority having jurisdiction.
.2 SITE REVIEWS
.1 General reviews and progress reviews do not record deficiencies during the course of the Work until such time as a portion or all of the work is declared complete. In some instances before the work is completed, deficiencies may be recorded where the item is indicative of issues such as poor workmanship, incorrect materials or installation methods, or may be difficult to correct at a later date. Any such reported items, or lack thereof, shall not be relied on in any way as part of the Contractors quality assurance program nor relieve the Contractor in the performance of the Work.
.2 Deficiency reviews conducted by the Consultant are performed on a sampling basis, and any deficiency item is to be interpreted as being indicative of similar locations elsewhere in the Work, unless otherwise shown.
.3 MILESTONE REVIEWS
.1 Specific milestone reviews are conducted at key stages by the Consultant, including: .1 Before backfilling of buried drainage, .2 Before closing of shafts .3 Before closing of ceilings .4 Before closing of walls .5 Equipment demonstration .6 Substantial Performance deficiency review .7 Total Performance deficiency review.
.2 Coordinate with the Consultant the type and quantity of milestone reviews required and incorporate these requirements in the construction schedule.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 01 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 14 OF 17
.3 Notify the Consultant in writing seven (7) calender days in advance of work to be concealed to arrange a site review prior to the Work being concealed. Any noted deficiencies are to be corrected and reviewed again by the Consultant before being concealed. Failure to provide notification can result in the Work being exposed for review at the Contractor's cost.
.4 WARRANTY
.1 At completion, submit written warranty undertaking to remedy defects in work for a period of one year from date of substantial completion. This warranty is not to supplant other warrantees of longer period called for on certain equipment or materials.
.2 Warranty to encompass replacement of defective parts, materials or equipment, and to include incidental fluids, gaskets, lubricants, supplies, and labour for removal and reinstallation work.
.3 Submit similar guarantee for one year from date of acceptance for any part of work accepted by Owner, before completion of whole work.
.5 FINAL REVIEW
.1 At project completion submit written request for final review of mechanical and electrical systems.
.2 Refer to section 20 08 19 Project Close-Out.
1.24 QUALIFICATIONS AND AUTHORITIES [SPEC NOTES: CHANGE TO SUIT LOCATION OF PROJECT]
.1 SCOPE
.1 Qualification requirements for tradesmen in the province of Ontario.
.2 Registration and inspection of systems.
.2 QUALIFICATIONS
.1 TRADES QUALIFICATION AND APPRENTICESHIP ACT .1 Tradesmen to hold certification of applicable trades: .1 Construction Millwright, O.Reg. 1048 .2 Electrician, O.Reg. 1051 .3 Plumber, O.Reg. 1073 .4 Refrigeration and air-conditioning mechanic, O.Reg. 75/05 .5 Sheet metal worker, O.Reg. 1077 .6 Sprinkler and fire protection installer, O.Reg. 1078 .7 Steamfitter, O.Reg. 1079
.2 TECHNICAL STANDARDS AND SAFETY AUTHORITY ACT 2000 .1 Manufacturers and installers of regulated pressure piping parts and systems regulated to hold certificates of authorization under Boilers and Pressure Vessels O.Reg. 220/01, for; .1 pressure piping systems, CSA B51 Boiler, Pressure Vessel and Pressure Piping Code .2 refrigeration piping systems, CSA B52 Mechanical Refrigeration Code .2 Installers to hold certificates of authorization made under Fuel Industry Certificates O.Reg. 215/01 for; .1 Gaseous Fuels, O.Reg. 212/01 .2 Propane Storage and Handling, O.Reg. 211/01 .3 Fuel Oil, O.Reg. 213/01
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 01 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 15 OF 17
.4 Compressed Natural Gas, O.Reg. 214/01
.3 AUTHORITIES, REGISTRATION AND INSPECTION
.1 ONTARIO BUILDING CODE .1 [Submit and pay for building permit, and arrange for inspections, for plumbing and HVAC.][Application for Building Permit including plumbing and HVAC has been made by the Owner. Arrange and coordinate for required municipal inspections as required under the Ontario Building Code.]
.4 TECHNICAL STANDARDS AND SAFETY AUTHORITY
.1 Arrange, provide documentation, and pay for registration and inspection of the following systems: .1 Boiler, pressure vessel and pressure piping
.2 Arrange, provide documentation, and pay for variance approvals and field inspections of the following systems: .1 Fuel safety, gas and/or oil, where Variance approval is required.
.5 ELECTRICAL SAFETY AUTHORITY
.1 Provide, arrange and pay for permits and inspection of electrical systems in accordance with the Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 IAQ PRODUCTS DURING CONSTRUCTION
.1 TEMPORARY FILTERS
.1 50 mm (2 in) thick, disposable panel filters, maximum 2.5 m/s (500 fpm) face velocity.
.2 Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) : 8.
.2 CLEANING AGENTS
.1 Low Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) type.
2.2 IAQ PRODUCTS FOR PRE-OCCUPANCY
.1 FILTERS
.1 In accordance with relevant specifications for air handling systems and air filters.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 IAQ PROCESS DURING CONSTRUCTION
.1 Do not use mechanical, electrical, or service rooms for storage.
.1 HVAC PROTECTION - NON OPERATING SYSTEMS
.1 Shut-down dedicated fans serving the space during construction, except those fans used for pressurization control.
.2 For common air handling systems serving construction space and occupied spaces outside the construction zone, close balancing dampers serving the construction zone.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 01 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 16 OF 17
.3 Seal off non-operating return and exhaust ductwork openings, and grilles with 6 mil plastic, securely taped to sides of duct.
.2 HVAC PROTECTION - OPERATING SYSTEMS
.1 Application:
.2 return or exhaust air systems that operate and serve the construction zone, including fans used to control air pressure in the construction zone.
.3 Install temporary filters at return and exhaust air inlets.
.4 For ducted return systems, provide temporary filters at each return air grille or opening, secured in place with tape.
.5 For ceiling plenum return systems; .1 operate return air systems only while ceiling system is in place, .2 remove open-end-duct transition piece, and install temporary filter plenum.
.6 Temporary filter plenum construction: .1 front load filter panel frame and retention clips .2 maximum filter face velocity : 2.5 m/s (500 fpm) .3 maximum transition angle: 45 degrees.. .4 temporary filters MERV 8.
.7 Before construction begins, check for leaks in the return ducts and air handling equipment. If a leak is found, repair immediately.
.3 SOURCE CONTROL
.1 Complete installation of any VOC materials including but not limited to painting, coatings, fire stopping, caulking, and duct sealant, before installation of any absorbent materials (carpet, gypsum wall board, fabrics, ceiling tiles, etc).
.2 All adhesives, sealants, paintings, coatings, carpet systems, composite wood and laminate adhesives to be low VOC's and comply with the Division 01 low VOC material specifications.
.3 When using any product with VOC, isolate and ventilate the work area to prevent contamination of absorbent material.
.4 PATHWAY INTERRUPTION
.1 Isolate areas of work to prevent contamination of dust and odour to clean areas, by erecting temporary barriers. Depressurize the work area relative to adjacent occupied spaces to contain dust and odours. .1 For renovations, use building return and exhaust air systems with filter protection, and temporarily reduce supply air volume to the space. .2 Ventilate space using 100% outdoor air to exhaust contaminated air directly to the outside during installation of VOC-emitting materials.
.5 HOUSEKEEPING
.1 Provide contamination control through cleaning activities in the building spaces during construction and prior to occupancy, including; .1 protect porous materials from moisture and store in a clean area prior to installation, .2 vacuum cleaners with high efficiency filters, .3 increasing the cleaning frequency and utilizing wetting agents for dust, and .4 use of low VOC cleaning supplies.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 01 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 17 OF 17
.6 SCHEDULING
.1 Schedule construction activities to minimize or eliminate disruption of operations in the occupied portions of the building.
.2 Complete construction activities that include high pollution potential during off-hours, such as on the weekends or evenings.
.3 Prior to occupancy, replace all filtration media on supply air handling systems, and remove temporary filters on return and exhaust ducts.
3.2 IAQ PROCESS FOR PRE-OCCUPANCY
.1 GENERAL
.1 Submit a written flushing plan for review, at least three (3) months prior to commencement of flushing program.
.2 After construction and air balancing is completed, replace and provide new air filters in each air handling unit prior to flushing.
.3 Complete deficiency items prior to building flush-out. Commissioning may occur during flush- out providing it does not introduce any additional contaminants into the building.
.4 In existing buildings, coordinate flush out procedure with the building owner’s operation team.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MOTORS, STARTERS, WIRING, AND ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 27
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Provide motors for electrically driven equipment supplied under Division 20.
.2 Provide starters or Adjustable Frequency Drives (AFD's) for electrically driven equipment supplied under Division 20.
.3 Electrical wiring for Mechanical Trades work to be performed by specialist firm with an established reputation in this field.
1.2 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS
.1 Ontario Electrical Safety Code, including;
.1 CSA Standard C22.1 Canadian Electrical Code
.2 National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Standards relating to;
.1 single and three phase motors
.2 wiring and
.3 motor control
.3 MOTORS
.1 Motors to be designed, manufactured, and tested in accordance with standards of: .1 NEMA, ANSI, IEEE, and ASTM, .2 conform with applicable sections of NEMA Standard No. MG 1 Motors and Generators.
.4 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION EQUIPMENT – LOW VOLTAGE
.1 Power factor correction equipment to be designed and tested in accordance with latest standards of: .1 NEMA, NEC, IEC, IEEE and ANSI. .2 CAN3 C155 Shunt Capacitors for AC Power Systems. .3 C22.2 No. 190 Capacitors for Power Factor Correction. .4 EEMAC 6G 1 Shunt Capacitors.
.5 ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING SYSTEM
.1 Ontario Electrical Safety Code
.2 National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Standards relating to; .1 wiring and .2 control
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MOTORS, STARTERS, WIRING, AND ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 27 1.3 STANDARD DETAILS
.1 Device legends with list of abbreviations, schematic wiring diagrams for single and three phase motor starters and supplementary schematics are included at the end of this section.
.2 This material is to be used in interpretation of specification and schedule requirements for starters and motor control centres (MCC's), accessories within starter enclosures, motor and wiring protection components, and ancillary elements for power wiring and electrical control of Mechanical Trades equipment.
1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS
.1 Submit control wiring diagrams for electrical equipment provided under this Division.
.2 Wiring diagrams:
.1 in ladder diagram form with 215 mm (8½ in) space between 120 volt energized conductor on left and grounded conductor on right,
.2 in JIC format with individual horizontal lines numbered sequentially starting from 100 and every conductor terminal matching identifying terminal numbers, and
.3 electrical contacts, relays, thermostats, timers and components in control circuits shown.
.3 MOTORS
.1 Provide dimensioned shop drawings and additional motor information in form of "Motor Data Sheets". .1 In addition to dimensioned motor prints, information collected and collated on Motor Data Sheets to be furnished as follows; .1 Equipment number, and motor number to be used to identify motor, motor drawings and data sheets .2 Motor model/catalogue numbers with applicable letter and/or number modifiers .3 Motor full load current and rated voltage. .4 Max KVAR allowed for power factor correction. .5 HP/RPM/frame data. .6 Induction motor time constants. .7 Motor weight. .8 Sliding base dimensioned drawings .9 Bearing data. .10 Guaranteed efficiency and power factor at full load, 75% load, 50% load, 25% load and 0%. .11 Acceleration time with maximum inertia .12 Internal winding connection diagram. .13 Speed torque performance data for across line start, from stand-still to synchronous speed. .14 "A Scale" weighted sound power levels. .15 Installation and maintenance instructions.]
.4 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION EQUIPMENT
.1 Submit:
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MOTORS, STARTERS, WIRING, AND ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 27 .1 Specifically prepared drawings showing; .1 Front view elevation .2 Floor plan .3 Top view .4 Nameplate schedule .5 Conduit entry/exit locations .2 Equipment ratings including; .1 Short circuit rating .2 Voltage .3 Continuous current .3 Major component ratings including; .1 Voltage .2 Continuous current .3 Interrupting capacity .4 Cable terminal sizes .4 Product datasheets
.5 ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING SYSTEM
.1 Submit with product literature: .1 Copy of manufacturer installation instructions with shop drawings.
.2 Cable schedule indicating approximate length of cable per pipe run, including for valves, flanges, etc. and power requirements per cable.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MOTORS
.1 Motor nameplate rating:
.1 not less than input brake horsepower of driven equipment at specified operating condition,
.2 not less than minimum horsepower shown (non-overloading).
.2 Motor characteristics;
.1 Frequency: 60 Hz
.2 Voltage: .1 120 volt, for single phase motors .2 575 or 208 volt, for three phase motors,
.3 Speed: 1750 RPM or as indicated.
.3 Motors less than 375 W (½ HP):
.1 single phase,
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MOTORS, STARTERS, WIRING, AND ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 4 OF 27 .2 continuous duty,
.3 resilient mount, and
.4 built-in overload protection.
.4 Motors of 375 W (½ HP):
.1 three phase squirrel cage induction type,
.2 NEMA B: .1 continuous duty, .2 drip proof, .3 ball bearing, .4 Class B insulation, 40 degrees C (104 degrees F) ambient temperature.
.5 Motors up to 2250 W (3 hp) shall be E.C. type motors (A.K.A. brushless DC motors, electrically commutated motors, or ECM motors with permanent magnet rotors where specified)
.6 Motors 750 W (1 HP) and larger:
.1 GENERAL .1 test performance equal to or better than level required by Energy Efficiency regulations when tested to CSA 390 M Energy Efficiency Test Methods for Three Phase Induction Motors, or IEE 112b Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators.
.2 MOTORS FOR GENERAL SERVICE: .1 General: .1 open drip proof, NEMA T frame assembly .2 premium efficiency, severe duty type, .3 suitable for horizontal, vertical or belt driven mounting .4 NEMA Design B (normal starting torque, full voltage starting), squirrel cage, induction type .5 class B insulation, at 40°C (104°F) ambient temperature. .6 wound for 575 or 208 volt, three phase, 60 Hz supply, .7 1.15 service factor, .8 3 leads for single voltage service. .9 Two speed motors: six (6) lead motors. 1. Five lead motors not acceptable.
.3 MOTORS FOR SERVICE WITH SOLID START STARTERS AND AFD'S: .1 General: .1 TEFC, NEMA T frame assembly .2 premium efficiency, severe duty type, .3 suitable for horizontal, vertical or belt driven mounting .4 NEMA Design C, squirrel cage, induction type .5 nameplated in accordance with NEMA MG-1 for; 1. 200% of full load starting torque
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MOTORS, STARTERS, WIRING, AND ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 5 OF 27 2. Class F triple build winding insulation 3. continuous duty 4. 40°C (104°F) ambient temperature .6 wound for 575 or 208 volt, three phase, 60 Hz supply, .7 1.25 service factor, .8 3 leads for single voltage service.
.4 ENCLOSURE, ALL MOTORS: .1 Construction: .1 cast iron, aluminum, or rolled steel construction, .2 drain openings, .3 shouldered lifting eye bolts, .4 bi directional, spark proof, abrasion and corrosive resistant fan keyed to shaft, .5 compression type grounding lug or double ended cap screw of silicon bronze, mounted in conduit box by drilling and tapping into motor frame .2 Motor nameplate: .1 Type 316 stainless steel, .2 mounted on enclosure with stainless steel fastening pins, .3 information as described in NEMA Standard MG 1 20.60, .4 motor bearing part numbers and motor wiring diagram indicated. .3 Protective coating; .1 primer and 4 5 mils epoxy overcoat on external surfaces, and corrosion resistant coating of epoxy paint on internal surfaces, shaft, rotor, stator iron, and end bells. .2 shaft extension protected with rust preventive strippable coating capable of being peeled off or unwrapped. .4 Motor termination boxes/leads: .1 cast iron diagonally split, pipe tapped for conduit, .2 attached to motor frame with cadmium plated hex head cap screws, .3 arranged for conduit entry from either side or bottom, .4 gaskets between box and motor frame and between halves of box, .5 cover secured with cadmium plated hex head cap screws, .6 box assembled to motor, .7 motor leads in conduit box; 1. identified in accordance with ANSI C6.1 , 2. with same insulation class as windings, 3. sized in accordance with EASA recommended minimum ampacity values. .8 motor leads between motor frame and termination box to pass through tight fitting neoprene rubber seal.
.5 MOTOR CONSTRUCTION .1 Motor stator winding:
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MOTORS, STARTERS, WIRING, AND ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 6 OF 27 .1 made up with copper magnet wire coated with moisture resistant Class F, non-hygroscopic varnish with thermal rating of not less than 150°C for 30,000 hours life when tested in accordance with IEEE No. 57. .2 insulation resistance greater than 100 megohms when measured at 25°C with 1000 volt direct current megohm bridge. .3 held in stator slots that have had sharp edges and burs removed prior to winding insertion. .4 coils phase insulated using Nomex paper, laced down. .5 connection leads mechanically secured and silver soldered. .6 designed for operation in either direction of rotation. .2 Motor bearings: .1 anti friction single shield, vacuum degassed steel ball bearings with; 1. extended pipe zerk fitting, and ½ lb relief fitting for external lubrication while machine is in operation. 2. bearing shield on motor winding side of bearing. 3. rated fatigue life of L' 10 (B 10) 150,000 hours for direct coupled applications and 50,000 hours for belted applications. 4. belted rating based on radial loads and pulley sizes from NEMA MG1 14.43. 5. high quality bearing seal or Forsheda shaft slinger on outer or shaft end of bearing. .2 lubricated at factory, after assembly, using zerk fittings to fill grease chamber and pipe extension .3 Motor shafts and rotors .1 Shafts: 1. precision machined from high strength carbon steel 2. "standard long" for units 200 hp and smaller, for both direct connected drive duty and V belt drives. .2 rotor assemblies to be die cast aluminum, keyed, and shrunk or pressed to shaft using full shaft diameter for full length of rotor. .3 shaft extension run out not to exceed 0.001" dial indicator reading measuring at right angles to shaft axis.
.6 MOTOR OVER TEMPERATURE PROTECTION .1 Motors less than 37 kW (50 HP) mounted in air ducts, plenum chambers or in air stream inside air handling equipment: .1 protected by Klixon motor winding thermostats, .2 designated pilot light on starter that is illuminated on shut down of motor through over-temperature condition and reset button inside starter enclosure that must be pushed before motor can be restarted. .3 Wire between Klixon unit mounted on motor, and starter safety circuit to shut down motor when winding overheats. .2 Motors 37 kW (50 HP) and larger: .1 provided with winding over-temperature protection by temperature sensors in each motor winding wired to compatible tripping unit and connected in starter safety circuit to disconnect motor when winding overheats. .2 designated pilot light on starter that is illuminated on shut down of motor through over-temperature condition.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MOTORS, STARTERS, WIRING, AND ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 7 OF 27 .3 reset button inside starter enclosure that must be pushed before motor can be restarted. .3 Motor manufacturer to provide sensing devices in motor and supply compatible control unit for installation in starter enclosure. .1 Standard of Acceptance 1. Siemens - PTC Thermistor with 3-UN2 tripping unit.
.7 SLIDING BASE FOR MOTORS WITH V-BELT DRIVES: .1 Construction: .1 fabricated from steel as a single unit with double supported slide and two adjusting bolts. .2 finished with coating as specified above for motor exterior.
.8 PERMISSIBLE VIBRATION .1 Vibration velocity to be not more than 0.05 inches/second measured at bearing housing.
.9 SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL: .1 Not more than 85dbA, measured at 3 metres in accordance with IEEE publication No. 85. .2 Motor manufacturer to ensure that motor is compatible with type of adjustable frequency generation to be supplied, and that system will be capable of providing rated torque over frequency range from 15 to 60 hz while operating within motor temperature rise specification. .3 Motor to be capable of operating between 60 Hz and 90 Hz with torque reducing at drive frequency above 60 Hz.
.10 TESTING .1 Test motor in accordance with IEEE 112 "Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators" to conform with NEMA MG 1. .2 Additional tests may be performed on a random sampling of units supplied for the project as follows; .1 insulation test to establish capability to withstand continuous phase to ground rms voltage of 1000 volts minimum for 30 minutes. .2 winding to withstand 2500 volt AC phase to ground for one second. .3 surge comparison test using 3000 volts AC phase to phase with submission of detailed comparison wave forms. .4 shaft runout tests with results taken after motor is completely assembled. .5 measurement of full load amperes, watts, power factor, RPM, and locked rotor current at rated voltage. .6 verification of vibration status through velocity readings in inches/second taken at both ends of motor.
2.2 MAGNETIC AND MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS
.1 General:
.1 Rating: NEMA
.2 Supply three phase starters from one manufacturer.
.3 size starters for rated for motor load plus additional 25 VA at 120 VAC for damper operator power supply.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MOTORS, STARTERS, WIRING, AND ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 8 OF 27 .4 Where three or more starters are shown grouped together and not shown mounted in Motor Control Centre, use wall mounted grouped Motor Control rack.
.5 Provide wiring diagrams for control circuits where control wiring extends beyond starter enclosure.
.2 Starters for single phase motors:
.1 2 pole manual type, or 2 or modified 3 pole magnetic type. .1 where control elements for single phase motors are not rated for motor starting duty, provide separate 120 VAC control circuit and magnetic contactor rated for motor starting duty.
.2 combination switch with; .1 overload relay, .2 pilot light, and .3 control device terminations. .4 NEMA 1 enclosure.
.3 Starters for three phase motors:
.1 Up to 45 kW (60 HP): .1 combination magnetic type, .2 magnetic contactor .3 [HRC fused disconnect and fuses] [molded case circuit breaker] .4 tin plated copper buswork.
.2 Larger than 56 kW (75 HP): .1 combination magnetic type, .2 solid state controller, .3 series magnetic contactor, .4 [HRC fused disconnect and fuses] [molded case circuit breakers] .5 tin plated copper buswork, and .6 manual isolation and bypass switch with handle inside enclosure.]
.3 Overload system: .1 solid state, adjustable setting, .2 wired with normally closed contact ahead of contactor holding coil, .3 with manual reset button, and .4 sized and set to suit characteristics of motor.
.4 Enclosure: .1 CSA Standard C22.1 Type 2 enclosure, with flange mounted disconnect handles on starter compartment.
.5 Provided with; .1 auxiliary contacts or auxiliary relays to satisfy interlocking and automatic control requirements, .2 120 volt fused control transformers inside starter enclosure, sized for starter requirements plus an additional 25 VA for remote damper or valve actuator.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MOTORS, STARTERS, WIRING, AND ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 9 OF 27 .3 [one cover mounted pilot light (green) to indicate motor running,][three cover mounted pilot lights arranged for Fault (red), Ready (amber), and Running (green)], .4 engraved lamicoid nameplate identifying load served.
.6 Pilot lights: .1 120 VAC, push-to-test LED type.
.7 Starters for motors equipped with temperature sensing devices in winding: .1 compatible control unit supplied by motor manufacturer, installed in starter enclosure and connected into starter circuitry with relays, reset buttons, and pilot lights.
.4 Starters for multi-speed and/or reversing motors:
.1 motor starter control type as shown, with control interlocking to prevent simultaneous operation in multi-speeds or direction,
.2 adjustable time delay relays minimum 15 seconds between high-to-low-high speed, and between forward-reverse-forward direction, for operation in both BAS-Auto mode and local- Hand mode,
.3 two-speed single winding for 2:1 speed ratios, unless otherwise shown,
.4 two-speed, two-winding for speed ratios which are not 2:1.
2.3 MOTOR THERMAL PROTECTION
.1 Single phase motors mounted in air ducts, plenum chambers or in air stream inside air handling equipment:
.1 motor winding thermostats, normally closed contact, phenolic snap-acting disc thermal switch, temperature calibrated,
.2 automatic reset type. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Texas Instruments - Klixon Phenolic Motor Protectors
.2 Three phase motors less than 37 kW (50 HP) mounted in air ducts, plenum chambers or in air stream inside air handling equipment:
.1 Winding sensors: .1 three (3) Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) temperature sensors, one in each motor winding, wired in series, type compatible to control unit.
.2 Control unit: .1 electronic motor protection module, single channel, 3 sensors per channel, .2 120 VAC line power, .3 manual reset. .1 Standard of Acceptance 1. Texas Instruments - Klixon model 42AA100E
.3 Starter control wiring: .1 control unit mounted inside starter enclosure, .2 120 VAC power to control unit,
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MOTORS, STARTERS, WIRING, AND ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 10 OF 27 .3 momentary normally-closed reset button located inside of starter enclosure, .4 auxiliary output relay for safety interlock to motor contactor, .5 red pilot light indicating high-winding temperature, .6 1 N.O. contact for remote alarm monitoring
.3 Three phase motors 37 kW (50 HP) and larger:
.1 Winding sensors: .1 three (3) Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) temperature sensors, one in each motor winding, wired in series, type compatible to control unit.
.2 Control unit: .1 temperature monitoring relay, single channel, 3 sensors per channel, .2 120 VAC line power, .3 unit holds relay contacts on power supply failure, .4 automatic/manual reset, with remote reset .1 Standard of Acceptance 1. Siemens - 3RN10 12
.3 Starter control wiring: .1 control unit mounted inside starter enclosure, .2 120 VAC power to control unit, .3 momentary normally-closed reset button located inside of starter enclosure, .4 test and test-reset button located on front of starter enclosure, .5 auxiliary output relay for safety interlock to motor contactor, .6 red pilot light indicating high-winding temperature, .7 1 N.O. contact for remote alarm monitoring.
2.4 SOLID STATE CONTROLLER MOTOR STARTER
.1 General
.1 Control and logic module consisting of power supply, silicon control rectifier (SCR) firing circuitry, I/O circuitry, digital programming keypad, backlit LCD display (two line 16 characters per line), serial communication port and auxiliary contacts.
.2 Power module consisting of three back to back SCR pairs mounted on heat sinks with minimum thermal capacity of 600% of unit current rating for 10 seconds.
.3 Protection from transients through a combination of MOV's and capacitors rated for minimum 300 joules.
.2 Power factor correction capacitors within enclosure with:
.1 status lights mounted on enclosure faceplate
.2 capacitors brought on line and connected ahead of solid state starter by dedicated power factor correction capacitor contactor
.3 bypass arrangement for full HP rating of unit with;
.4 combination across-the-line magnetic starter ahead of solid state starter,
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MOTORS, STARTERS, WIRING, AND ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 11 OF 27 .5 bypass switch on enclosure face plate to simultaneously disconnect input and output of solid state starter and provide total isolation of solid state starter in OFF and BYPASS positions,
.6 motor controlled, in bypass position, through external dry run contact in magnetic starter control circuit and protected, from current overload, by conventional relaying in combination magnetic starter.
.3 Logic circuitry to incorporate;
.1 latch for three wire control
.2 adjustable acceleration ramp time
.3 adjustable starting current limit
.4 monitoring through LCD display of; .1 phase to phase supply voltage .2 line current in each phase .3 power input in kW .4 kWH .5 elapsed time .6 power factor .7 motor thermal capacity used
.5 protection and diagnostic routines for;][ .1 power loss .2 single phasing .3 line fault (shorted SCR, missing load connection) .4 voltage unbalance .5 phase reversal .6 undevoltage .7 overvoltage .8 stall and jam .9 overload and under load][ .10 excessive starts per hour .11 controller over temperature .12 automatic reset of non critical faults. System to accept five automatic resets of recurring non critical fault within any ten minute interval. If frequency of fault occurrence exceeds this limit, fault to be automatically upgraded to critical status, and on recurrence of fault, system to initiate motor shut down requiring manual reset.
.6 overload protection : .1 approval as motor thermal protective device .2 current sensing on three phases .3 electronic memory to predict motor temperature condition .4 isolated with power connection to SCR section of controller in bypass mode
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MOTORS, STARTERS, WIRING, AND ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 12 OF 27 2.5 MOTOR CONTROL CENTRES (MCC'S)
.1 Provide MCC's as shown with front connected plug-in type starters incorporating features described in this Section.[][
.1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Siemens .2 Klockner Moeller .3 Square D .4 Allen Bradley .5 Cutler Hammer (Eaton Electrical)]
.2 MCC's throughout project :
.1 supplied by one manufacturer,
.2 Class II, Type 'B' construction, with load and control connections to be made at unit terminal blocks adjacent to vertical wiring channel.
.3 CSA Standard C22.1 Type 2 enclosure,
.4 made up from vertical sections with; .1 full height vertical wiring trough with cable supports for unit wiring, .2 insulated vertical bus connecting control units to non-insulated main horizontal bus at top of sections, .3 cable lugs or bus duct terminals on main bus to match feeder provided under Electrical Division 26 . .4 ground bus for full height of each section. .5 bus work of 98% conductivity tin plated copper, suitably braced to withstand an available short circuit current of [50,000][65,000] ampere RMS asymmetrical, joined to adjacent section by horizontal bus; .1 suitable for extension and .2 sized for minimum 750 ampere capacity at 1000 ampere per square inch density.
.3 Power distribution panel and transformer provided in each MCC:
.1 for single phase motors shown fed from MCC's, and other miscellaneous mechanical loads.
.2 minimum 12 circuit NLAB type 115/230 volt, single phase, 3 wire, lighting panels with suitably sized bolt-on breakers.
.3 Panels mounted in MCC behind separate hinged doors, and
.4 fed by 115/230 volt, single phase transformers: .1 constructed with standard taps and Class 'B' or 'H' insulation, .2 sized for connected loads, but not less than 5 kVa, and .3 provided with suitable primary protection.
.4 Provide one full section for future starters, and include rails, blank covers and hardware to accommodate starters.
.5 Provide spare full height section fitted with hinged access door to house;
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MOTORS, STARTERS, WIRING, AND ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 13 OF 27 .1 adjustable frequency drives,
.2 automatic temperature control relays,
.3 fire alarm shutdown relays,
.4 smoke evacuation wiring terminals and accessories.
.6 Treat casings of MCC's with rust inhibiting metal treatment, and paint;
.1 interior with white enamel.
.2 exterior with enamel, colours according to service; .1 Normal power MCC's: Sherwin Williams colour F65L7 (blue). .2 Emergency power MCC's: Sherwin Williams colour F65EG9 (International orange).
.7 Location of MCC panels shown is diagrammatic. Submit coordinated field drawing showing final location, orientation and clearances for access.
2.6 ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES (AFD)
.1 General:
.1 Electronic design for speed control of NEMA motors as specified above,
.2 CSA listed,
.3 mounted in CSA Standard C22.1 Type 2 enclosure with door mounted disconnect and by-pass switch handles on compartment, and
.4 voltage: as per associated equipment.
.5 network communications certified to Lonmark functional profile 6010, for both mandatory and optional items. This is in addition to the real I/O specified below.
.2 Construction:
.1 Power conditioning: .1 input harmonic filters to limit total harmonic distortion (THD) measured at filter input terminals to values set out in IEEE 519; voltage distortion to be [5%][3%] as set out in Table 10.2 of IEEE 519; AND total current demand distortion to be as set out in Table 10.3 of IEEE 519 for ratio of available short circuit current to AFD demand load current (Isc/Iline) of [ ]. .2 RFI filter, [input transient protection][5% impedance input line reactor][output LC load reactor].
.2 equipment and motor protection: .1 under and over voltage protection, phase loss protection and phase unbalance protection, .2 ground fault protection, .3 inherent short circuit protection for line to line and line to ground faults giving safe shut down without damage to power circuit devices, .4 instantaneous electronic over current-protection, .5 internal over-temperature protection, .6 motor stall protection.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MOTORS, STARTERS, WIRING, AND ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 14 OF 27 .3 control functions: .1 current limiting device adjustable from 70% to 100% of rated motor current, .2 minimum speed setting adjustable from 0 to 70%, .3 maximum speed setting adjustable from 50 to 110%, .4 acceleration/deceleration ramp adjustable from 10 to 100 seconds for 0 to 100% speed, .5 automatic restart after inverter fault trip, (3 attempts before lock-out) .6 rotating motor restart routine to match frequency and actual speed before accelerating to set speed.
.4 I/O external interface: .1 input; .1 external dry contact closure for start/stop, .2 external dry contact for remote fault reset, .3 external dry contact for fireman's bypass, .4 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC input for speed setting from BAS or standalone instrumentation.. .2 output; .1 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC speed current value, .2 dry contact for drive run status, .3 dry contact for drive fault status.
.5 Door mounted controls for; .1 adjustment and diagnostics through key pad and display, .2 indication of speed/load values and set points, .3 run/stop selection, .4 auto/manual selection and .5 manual speed selection through potentiometer. .1 Standard of Acceptance 1. ABB 2. Canadian Drives Inc. - Yaskawa 3. Siemens 4. Northern Industrial Supply - Toshiba 5. Cutler Hammer (Eaton Electric) 6. Reliance Electric 7. Graham (Danfoss) 8. Benshaw. 9. Schneider Electric
.3 Bypass Starter:
.1 Install unit with a combination across-the-line magnetic starter ahead of AFD.
.2 By-pass switch to:
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MOTORS, STARTERS, WIRING, AND ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 15 OF 27 .1 Off and Bypass position: simultaneously disconnect input and output of AFD and provide total isolation of AFD in off and by-pass positions .2 Test and Bypass: disconnect AFD output contacts, and run motor on bypass, to permit diagnostic testing of AFD. .3 In bypass position motor will be controlled from external dry run contact in magnetic starter control circuit and protected from current overload by conventional relaying in combination magnetic starter.
.4 System operation:
.1 With auto/manual selector in "auto" the drive/motor will start and run if run/stop selector switch is in "run" and external dry run contact is closed. Speed is set from externally generated 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC input signal.
.2 With auto/manual selector in "manual" position the drive/motor will start and run if the run/stop selector switch is in the "run" position. Speed is set from the manual on-board speed control setpoint.
.3 Fireman's Bypass : when external dry contact is closed, the AFD goes into either full-speed bypass operation, or, to pre-programmed speed setpoint; external setpoint values are ignored.
.5 Confirmation Statement:
.1 For all motor/drives 25 hp and larger,
.2 Provide written confirmation that Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) of voltage waveform at input terminals of the equipment measured in factory tests does not exceed 10% from 3rd to 21st harmonic and individual harmonic distortion does not exceed 15% as defined in IEEE 519.]
.6 Provide service and maintenance manuals, wiring and interconnection diagrams and the services of a qualified technician to start-up and adjust drives and instruct Owners operators.
2.7 DISCONNECT SWITCHES, FUSED AND UN-FUSED
.1 General:
.1 Fusible and non fusible disconnect switch in sprinkler proof EEMAC 3 enclosure, sized to suit equipment.
.2 2 pole or 3 pole as required for single phase or three phase circuits,
.3 2 pole with solid neutral or 3 pole with solid neutral for three wire and four wire circuits with neutral,
.4 6 pole for two speed motor applications,
.5 provision for padlocking in off switch position,
.6 mechanically interlocked door to prevent opening when handle in ON position,
.7 fuses: sized in accordance with connected equipment manufacturer's requirements,
.8 fuseholders: suitable without adaptors, for type and size of fuse indicated.
.9 heavy Duty, quick make, quick break action,
.10 ON OFF switch position indication on switch enclosure cover.
.2 Special requirements:
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MOTORS, STARTERS, WIRING, AND ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 16 OF 27 .1 for separate disconnect switches installed on load side of Variable Speed Drive; .1 disconnect switch status switch, to open contacts when disconnect switch is Not- Closed.
.3 Ratings:
.1 IEC 90 rotary switch for motors up to 18.6 kW (25 HP),
.2 NEMA flange mount for all ratings. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Square "D" Company (Canada) Ltd. .2 Cutler Hammer .3 Siemens Canada Ltd. .4 Federal Pioneer Ltd. .5 Klockner Moeller .6 Allan Bradley
2.8 FUSES FOR MOTOR PROTECTION
.1 Fuses in starters to be CSA certified Form 1, current and energy limiting, time delay type, 200,000 ampere interrupting capacity with NEMA Class "J" rejection type mountings
.1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Ferraz Shawmut - Amp-Trap 2000-AJT .2 Littelfuse-JTD_ID Series .3 Bussmann-LPJ-SPI
.2 Size fuses installed in starters or in disconnect switches used in conjunction with magnetic starters, for branch circuit [in accordance with Table D16 of Ontario Electrical Safety Code for time delay fuses][and motor protection at not less than 175% of motor full load current] and fuse manufacturer's recommendations.
.3 Provide one spare set of three fuses for each rating and type of fuse used.
2.9 CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR MOTOR PROTECTION
.1 General
.1 Bolt on moulded case circuit breaker: quick-make, quick-break type, for manual and automatic operation.
.2 Circuit breakers which are part of a combination motor starter to be motor circuit protector type instantaneous magnetic only trip units. Feeder circuit breakers to be thermal magnetic or solid state LSI type as noted. Minimum frame size to be 100A.
.3 Common trip breakers: with single handle for multi pole applications.
.4 Magnetic instantaneous trip elements in circuit breakers to operate only when value of current reaches setting. Trip settings on breakers with adjustable trips to range from 3 8 times current rating. Fixed instantaneous type to be minimum 8 times current rating.
.5 Circuit breakers with interchangeable trips over 150 A.
.6 Include:
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MOTORS, STARTERS, WIRING, AND ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 17 OF 27 .1 on off locking device. .2 handle mechanism.
.2 Thermal Magnetic Breakers
.1 To operate automatically by means of thermal and magnetic tripping devices to provide inverse time current tripping and instantaneous tripping for short circuit protection.
.3 Solid State Trip Breakers
.1 To operate by means of a solid state trip unit with associated current monitors and self powered shunt trip to provide inverse time current trip under overload condition, and separately adjustable long time, short time, and instantaneous time delay and pickup settings for phase, ground fault and short circuit protection.
.4 Circuit Breaker Ratings
.1 120 / 208 V: [22,000][25,000] [35,000] [42,000] [50,000] [65,000] [100,000] Amps symmetrical interrupting rating.
.2 600 V: [22,000][25,000] [35,000] [42,000] [50,000] [65,000] [100,000] Amps symmetrical interrupting rating.]
2.10 EQUIPMENT SERVICE LIGHTS (MARINE LIGHTS)
.1 Pyrex globe, wire guard and 100 watt I.F. lamp
.1 Standard of Acceptance . .1 Crouse Hinds - Type ARB-31 .2 Killark - Type VOBG-100
.2 Switches: 20 ampere, single pole, with neon pilot light, installed in cast metal condulet box.
.1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Smith & Stone - No. 4-4901
.3 Mount switches in accessible location on outside of plenum. Provide one switch for each fan system.
.4 Provide minimum of one marine light per 3 m (10 ft) width of plenum.
2.11 WIRE TYPE AND SIZE:
.1 Wire:
.1 RW-90 copper X-link type [1000V insulation] [600V insulation] installed in conduit, sized to carry 125% of full load running current in accordance with Electrical Code: .1 Minimum no. 12 gauge for power. .2 Colour coded no. 14 gauge for control.
.2 Conduit :
.1 EMT and Rigid.
.3 Grounding:
.1 Provide insulated green bonding conductor in each power and control conduit sized per Table 16 of the Electrical Safety Code. Minimum bonding conductor size #12AWG copper.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MOTORS, STARTERS, WIRING, AND ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 18 OF 27 .4 Mineral Insulated Copper Cable (MICC):
.1 ULC listed 2 hour fire rating,
.2 shipped with ends temporarily sealed and stored under dry conditions,
.3 capacities and types noted on drawings and terminated using suitable terminating hardware,
.4 PVC jackets for embedded cables. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Pyrotenax
2.12 AFD DRIVE TO MOTOR WIRING:
.1 Wiring from AFD to motor: liquid tight flexible steel conduit and cable to be specifically manufactured for this duty.
.1 Standard of Acceptance .1 NEXANS - Drive Rx - Variable speed drive cable .2 LAPP USA - OLFLEX® VFD SLIM; Severe duty power cable for VFD drives .3 ShawCor - Shawflex VFD cable .4 Rockbestos-Suprenant Cable - EXANE - VFD sheathed armoured power cable.
2.13 CAPACITORS FOR POWER FACTOR CORRECTION
.1 General:
.1 Provide capacitors and capacitor control systems in Motor Control Centres and for individual motors 7 kW (10 HP) and larger which are controlled from individually mounted starters.
.2 Where total motor kW (hp) controlled from single MCC exceeds 100 kW (160 hp), subdivide MCC into two approximately equal portions, and provide capacitors, contactor and control system for each half.
.2 Capacitors:
.1 non-PCB type using Di-isononyl phthalate with minimum fire point of 257°C and flash point of 221°C,
.2 internal discharge resistors,
.3 wiring sized for minimum 135% of capacitor current rating.
.3 Contactor control system:
.1 built into Motor Control Centre to be similar to standard combination starter plug-in unit,
.2 circuit breaker with control circuit wiring connected to close capacitor contactor whenever larger motors in MCC are running,
.3 contactor rating to be not less than 135% of capacitor current rating and circuit breaker over- current protection to be not greater than 250% of same current rating.
2.14 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION EQUIPMENT – LOW VOLTAGE
.1 GENERAL
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MOTORS, STARTERS, WIRING, AND ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 19 OF 27 .1 Equipment to be UL listed and CSA certified.
.2 RATINGS
.1 System operating voltage and kVAr of each capacitor to be as shown.
.2 Capacitors to be rated for continuous duty at 40 degrees C (104 degrees F) ambient at 1,000 m (3,300 ft.) and below.
.3 Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) of 5% of voltage waveforms to not affect life of capacitors, contactors or controller.
.4 +/- 10% variation in line voltage to not affect life of capacitor.
.3 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION UNITS
.1 Tuned air core reactor/capacitor design with four individual tuned switching stages,
.2 Connected capacitor control unit with current transformers and potential transformers for automatic switching of capacitor stages to maintain power factor within adjustable pre-set limits of 0.90 to 0.99.
.3 Of tuned circuit design to suit harmonic profile of building distribution system and to minimize resonance conditions.
.4 Manufactured to CAN3 C155, and EEMAC 6G 1 .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Cutler Hammer .2 Freeborn Industries Ltd. .3 Square D.
.4 CAPACITORS
.1 450 kVAR, with switching stages of 50/100/100/200 kVAR, or as noted,
.2 1000 V insulation class.
.3 600 V, 3 phase, 60 Hz, 4 wire, wye connected, grounded neutral.
.4 Rated for minimum 690 V nominal voltage and 200% of nominal current.
.5 Operated at no more than 90% of voltage rating.
.6 Rack mounted with bus, connectors, enclosing plates, screens.
.7 Non-propagating liquid insulation of non-PCB type, low dissipation factor, computer grade polypropylene, suitable for high order harmonics,
.8 Internal resistor to discharge residual capacitor voltages to 50 volts or less within 1 minute or less of de-energization.
.9 Internal pressure sensitive interrupter switch to disconnect fault capacitor when measurable pressure is detected. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 GE Gemfoil 61L series
.5 PROTECTIVE FUSES
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MOTORS, STARTERS, WIRING, AND ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 20 OF 27 .1 Installed in each phase of each capacitor and to not exceed 250% of capacitor rated current
.2 Current limiting type with 200,000 Amp interrupting capacity.
.3 Equipped with indicating device for blown fuse condition to Section 26 47 80 Fuses Low Voltage.
.6 CONTACTOR CONTROL SYSTEM
.1 Contactors rated at minimum 150% of capacitor rating.
.2 Built into power factor correction system with fused switch section, control transformer, HOA selector switch and push-to-test pilot light on cover.
.7 ENCLOSURE
.1 Indoor enclosure, EEMAC 12 dustproof.
.8 FINISH
.1 Apply finishes in accordance with Section 20 17 00 Motors Starters and Wiring.
.9 WIRING
.1 Wiring to capacitors or capacitor banks to be minimum of 150% of capacitor rated current.
2.15 ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING SYSTEM
.1 heating cable
.1 Manufactured specifically for trace heating of insulated piping. .1 Standard of Acceptance. .1 Raychem .2 Nelson .3 3M - Thermon .4 Pyrotenax
.2 Suitable for minimum continuous pipe surface temperature: 121 degrees C (250 degrees F)
.3 Sized to maintain 4 degrees C (40 degrees F) in piping system at an ambient air temperature of -25 degrees C (-10 degrees F).
.4 Field measured for length.
.2 THERMOSTAT CONTROLLING HEATING CABLE
.1 Remote bulb type with 3 m (10 ft) long capillary tube,
.2 Setting range between -1 degrees C to 50 degrees C (30 degrees F to 120 degrees F) and
.3 Contacts rated at 30 ampere, 115/230 V that close when temperature falls below setting.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MOTORS, STARTERS, WIRING, AND ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 21 OF 27 PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 WIRING FOR MECHANICAL – GENERAL
.1 Electrical materials, equipment and installation procedures under Mechanical Division 20 to conform to Canadian Electrical Code as amended to date.
.2 Wiring methods and standards to conform with those specified in Electrical Division 26 for area of building in which installation is to be made.
.3 Use MICC cable for power and control wiring to motors and dampers, including local control devices such as limit switches, etc., comprising the following systems:
.1 stair pressurization systems,
.2 smoke venting, smoke evacuation, and aid to firefighting ventilation systems, and
.3 smoke dampers, combination smoke dampers.
.4 Conduit:
.1 EMT: Use thin wall conduit up to and including 32 mm (1 ¼ in) size for wiring in ceilings, furred spaces, in hollow walls and partitions and where not exposed to mechanical injury.
.2 Rigid: Use rigid galvanized steel conduit for wiring in poured concrete, where exposed, and for conduit 40 mm (1½ in) size and larger. All wiring to be installed in conduit or approved raceway.
.5 Provide separate conduit for power wiring for each motor or starter. Do not install control wiring in the same conduit as power wiring.
3.2 GROUNDING
.1 Ground electrical equipment and wiring in accordance with Canadian Electrical Code and Local Authority's Rules and Regulations.
.2 Install grounding conductors, outside electrical rooms and electrical closets, in conduit and concealed.
.3 Make connections to neutral and equipment with brass, copper or bronze bolts and connectors.
.4 Ground all motors with separate green insulated copper ground conductor installed in power feeder conduit, wired from ground terminal in starter to a ground lug bolted directly to motor frame inside terminal box of motor. Size ground conductor per Table 16 of the Canadian Electrical Code. Minimum conductor size to be #12 AWG.
3.3 DISCONNECT SWITCHES
.1 Motors:
.1 Provide disconnect switches for motor driven equipment provided under Division 20; .1 unfused: where line feeder is provided directly by Division 26, .2 fused: where line feeder is provided by Division 20 from a splitter box, motor starter rack, or MCC.
.2 Location: .1 Within 9 meters and line-of-site of motors serving non-refrigeration equipment. .2 Within 3 meters and line-of-site of equipment containing refrigeration compressors, and equipment serving refrigeration compressors such as air-cooled condensers.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MOTORS, STARTERS, WIRING, AND ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 22 OF 27 .2 Non-Motor Equipment:
.1 Provide disconnect switch for the following type of equipment provided under Division 20; .1 VAV terminal boxes
.2 Location: .1 Immediately adjacent to equipment served.
.3 Disconnects for the above equipment may be provided by the equipment manufacturer.
3.4 SEISMIC RESTRAINT
.1 Provide seismic restraints for electrical conduit greater than 63 mm (2½ in) trade size, for cable trays, or for busducts. Restraints may be omitted where hanger rods are less than 300 mm (12 in) from top of conduit, tray or busduct to bottom of support for hanger and where rod hangers and anchorage are not subject to bending moments.
3.5 MOTOR WINDING TEMPERATURE PROTECTION
.1 Provide control wiring between PTC sensors in three phase motors and control units in starters.
3.6 VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES
.1 Install variable speed drives in accordance with manufacturer's requirements.
.2 Where a separate disconnect is installed between the drive and the controlled equipment, provide interlock wiring between disconnect status contact switch, and VSD, to prevent drive from operating if disconnect switch is open.
.3 Conduct impact vibration test to determine first natural harmonic of equipment, and program VSD skip speed function to prevent operation at this speed.
.1 nominal skip speed range equal to ± 10% of measured harmonic frequency, or as determined on site.
3.7 EQUIPMENT SERVICE LIGHTS (MARINE LIGHTS)
.1 Mount switches in accessible location on outside of plenum. Provide one switch for each fan system.
.2 Provide minimum of one marine light per 3 m (10 ft) width of plenum.[][
3.8 CAPACITORS FOR POWER FACTOR CORRECTION
.1 The following schedules lists capacitor ratings to be provided alongside individually mounted starters and wired to line side of overload relays and after starter main contacts.
kW (HP) KVAR
7.46 (10) 3 11.2 (15) 4 14.9 (20) 5 18.6 (25) 6 22.4 (30) 7 29.8 (40) 9
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MOTORS, STARTERS, WIRING, AND ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 23 OF 27 kW (HP) KVAR
37.3 (50) 11 44.7 (60) 14 55.9 (75) 16 74.6 (100) 21 93.2 (125) 26 111.8 (150) 30 149.1 (200) 37.5
.2 Following schedule lists capacitor ratings to be provided in MCC's for various motor kW (hp) loadings.
kW (HP) KVAR
37.2 (50) 12 44.7 (60) 15 59.7 (80) 20 74.6 (100) 24 82.0 (110) 26 89.5 (120) 30 96.9 (130) 33 104.3 (140) 35 111.8 (150) 37 119.3 (160) 40
3.9 DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITY - PROVIDED BY MECHANICAL DIVISION 20:
.1 Provide the following work under Division 20.
.2 Trades providing or supplying equipment is responsible for termination of wiring in equipment.
.3 Motor starters:
.1 motor starters, and/or disconnect switch as required, together with remote "push-to-test" pilot lights and switches, for each motor or electrically connected item supplied under Mechanical Division 20,
.2 where starters and/or disconnects are grouped together, without MCC or Motor Control rack, provide and mount starters and/or disconnects on back board or panel,
.3 power wiring, conduit and fittings from load side of starters and or disconnects to motor or electrically connected item provided under Mechanical Division 20, .1 for two speed starters, size both high and low speed conductors for capacity of high speed motor rating.
.4 wire final 300 mm to 450 mm (12 in to 18 in) of motor connections in flexible liquid tight conduit, with insulated throat connectors.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MOTORS, STARTERS, WIRING, AND ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 24 OF 27 .4 Distributed equipment:
.1 power wiring from adjacent junction box to electric reheat coils, electric pipe heating systems, electric plumbing fixtures and trap seal primers, fan powered boxes, fan coil units, unit heaters and cabinet unit heaters,
.2 wiring and conduit from this junction box to connect starter, thermostat or other operating control and device being electrically powered,
.3 in mechanical rooms feed miscellaneous equipment from MCC 120 VAC distribution panels, unless otherwise shown.
.5 Terminal unit boxes:
.1 120 VAC power wiring from adjacent junction box, serving each group of 12 terminal boxes, and extend and connect to each terminal unit controller.
.2 exception: 3 phase, 208 V and higher voltages, provided by Division 26 direct to terminal unit box.
.6 Control power:
.1 control power including wire and conduit,
.2 in service rooms: .1 control power fed from [normal and emergency 120 VAC distribution panels provided in each MCC][dedicated normal and emergency power breaker panels which are provided by Division 26 in each main mechanical room], .2 provide breaker protection and power wiring from breaker panels to controllers.
.3 in all other areas: .1 control power fed from [four (4) dedicated designated power breakers which are provided by Division 26 in each electrical distribution closet][adjacent junction boxes to group of control devices being electrically powered]. .2 control wiring, conduit and relays to interlock starters and connect safety and operating controls as shown.
.7 Medical gas equipment;
.1 Wiring and conduit from adjacent junction boxes to control and alarm devices being electrically powered.
.8 Equipment service lights (marine lights):
.1 Wiring and conduit from adjacent junction boxes, and switches and fixtures.
.9 Smoke management/control of fans and dampers:
.1 By division 26.
3.10 DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITY - PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL DIVISION 26:
.1 The following work is provided under Division 26.
.2 Motor starters;
.1 Conduit and power wiring to line side of remotely located starters and to line terminals of Motor Control Centres (MCC).
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MOTORS, STARTERS, WIRING, AND ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 25 OF 27 .2 For starters grouped together, without MCC or Motor Control rack : conduit, power wiring and splitters, and branch circuit wire and conduit up to line terminals in disconnect switches and/or starters.
.3 Distributed equipment;
.1 Power wiring to electric reheat coils, electric pipe heating systems, electric plumbing trap seal primers, fan powered boxes, fan coil units, unit heaters and cabinet unit heaters, terminated in a junction box installed adjacent to motor or device being connected, and
.2 junction boxes for above.
.4 Terminal unit boxes, supply and return;
.1 120 Volt, single phase power supply with a junction box for each group of terminal boxes with maximum of 12 terminal boxes fed from one junction box.
.2 3 phase, 208 V and higher voltages: separate feed and connection to each terminal unit controller.
.5 Control power for Division 20;
.1 [dedicated 6 @ 15 A normal, and 6@15 A emergency power breaker panels, complete with breakers, are provided in each main mechanical room.
.2 four (4) dedicated normal [and emergency] power breakers are provided in each electrical distribution closet,][
.3 120 Volt, single phase power supply with a junction box at each control device,]
.4 junction boxes for above.
.6 Medical Gas equipment:
.1 Dedicated emergency power circuits for central and distributed medical gas alarm panels at 120 volt 60 Hz single phase, terminated in junction boxes installed adjacent to devices being connected, and
.2 junction boxes for above.
.7 Wiring to equipment service lights (marine lights):
.1 120 VAC power terminated in an outlet box on an adjacent wall, column or ceiling, and
.2 junction boxes for above.
.8 Fire Alarm System control of fans and dampers:
.1 FAS control modules located at/near each fan starter or damper actuator, and wiring between control module and damper motor and fan starter,
.2 FAS control modules located at each applicable BAS controller, and wiring between control module and BAS controller,
.3 termination in BAS control unit by Div 20.
.9 Power wiring to smoke dampers and combination smoke fire dampers:
.1 Provide emergency or normal power as shown to each motorized smoke or combination smoke and fire damper.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MOTORS, STARTERS, WIRING, AND ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 26 OF 27 3.11 WIRING DIAGRAMS
.1 Attached device legend and wiring diagrams to be read in conjunction with equipment specifications, control sequences, and motor/starter schedules for implementation of control sequences and identification of components required in each starter or AFD.
.2 Wiring from MCC or distribution panel to each AFD to be in individual, separate, rigid steel conduit. Do not combine wiring from any other source within AFD conduit.
.3 Wiring diagrams:
.1 Division Interface Coordination Diagram
.2 Device Legend
.3 Type "A"Start/Stop 3 Phase
.4 Type "B"Hand-Off-Auto 3 Phase
.5 Type "F3" Auto-Test 3 Phase, Dedicated Smoke Exhaust Fans
.6 Motor Winding Temperature Protection
.7 Type "L" and "E" 1 Phase starters
.8 Type "F1" Auto-Test 1 Phase, Dedicated Smoke Exhaust Fans
3.12 SHIPPING
.1 Ship motors from factory;
.1 packed in Styrofoam or similar material or
.2 fastened to hardwood skid or pallet for fork truck handling
.3 protected against dirt and moisture during transit and outdoor storage.
.4 clearly identified with permanent ink marking on packing.
.2 Motors attached to equipment:
.1 protected against dirt and moisture during transit and outdoor storage.
.2 rotated by hand at one month intervals.
3.13 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION EQUIPMENT – LOW VOLTAGE
.1 installation
.1 Arrange and pay for 100 mm (4 in) reinforced concrete pad with bevelled edges under floor mounted power factor correction units, sealed with paint or concrete sealer.
.2 Set channels and anchor bolts for equipment on concrete pad.
.3 Connect power and control wiring
.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
.1 Arrange and pay for services of manufacturers field service representative;
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MOTORS, STARTERS, WIRING, AND ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 27 OF 27 .1 to supervise installation and ensure equipment is properly set up prior to energization. .2 to calibrate and test instruments and meters, .3 to ensure voltage and current are balanced and within capacity rating. .4 to measure operating kVAR. .5 to determine that terminal to case resistance is greater than 1000 megohm for two bushing capacitors. .6 to check that discharge time constant for one bushing capacitors is less than 60 s and residual capacitor voltage is reduced from crest value of nominal rated voltage to less than 50 V. .7 to verify harmonic profile and retune to meet specification where .
.2 Submit certified test results to [Engineer][Consultant].
3.14 ELECTRIC PIPE HEATING SYSTEM
.1 installation of heating cables
.1 Size total length of cable in accordance with manufacturer's installation requirements.
.2 Use manufacturer's approved terminating devices.
.3 Secure heating cables to pipes, fittings, valves using cable ties or straps, before application of insulation.
.4 Install thermostat inside building, with capillary tube strapped to pipe before application of insulation.
.5 Check each length of cable for continuity, short circuits and grounds, before and after application of pipe insulation.
.6 Replace damaged or faulty cable.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 16 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT FLAX CONNECTIONS, EXPANSION JOINTS, ANCHORS & GUIDES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 6
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Provide flexible connections, expansion joints, anchors and guides as shown.
1.2 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS
.1 ASTM A53 Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and hot dipped, zinc-coated, welded and Seamless
.2 ASTM F1120 Standard Specification for Circular Metallic Bellows Type Expansion Joints for Piping Applications
.3 ASME B31.1 Power Piping Code.
1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
.1 Provide design services, sealed by a professional engineer licensed in the province of Ontario, for pipe anchors including pipe stress design and resulting forces and moments at point of building attachment for the following pipe sizes and/or systems.
.1 any piping system using expansion joints,
.2 chilled water : NPS 10 and larger
.3 hot water heating, max 93°C (200°F) : NPS 8 and larger
.4 glycol heating or cooling systems, in accordance with temperatures and pipe sizes described above.
1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS
.1 Submit manufacturers product data sheets for expansion joint equipment showing
.1 Manufacturer, model number, piping service, pressure and temperature rating.
.2 Design allowances for axial, lateral and angular movement.
.3 Nominal size and overall dimensions.
.2 Submit sealed design drawings for pipe anchors, and include;
.1 plan drawings showing location of anchors and guides,
.2 fabrication details,
.3 pipe expansion forces,
.4 resulting reaction force and bending moments at building connection,
.5 building fastening details.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 16 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT FLAX CONNECTIONS, EXPANSION JOINTS, ANCHORS & GUIDES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 6 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CONTROLLED FLEXING EXPANSION JOINTS
.1 Application:
.1 for axial, lateral or angular movements, as shown.
.2 for operating pressure and temperature as shown
.3 factory tested to 1 ½ times maximum working pressure; furnish test certificates.
.2 Construction:
.1 bellows hydraulically formed, [single][two] ply, [austenitic stainless steel][monel][inconel] for specified fluid,
.2 two piece nickel iron reinforcing or control rings,
.3 flanges or weld ends to match service pipe jointing specification,
.4 austenitic stainless steel liner oriented with direction of flow,
.5 carbon steel painted shroud . .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Flexonics .2 Adsco .3 Metraflex .4 Badger
2.2 EXTERNALLY PRESSURIZED EXPANSION JOINTS
.1 Application:
.1 for axial movements, as shown.,
.2 for operating pressure and temperature as shown,
.3 factory tested to 1 ½ times maximum working pressure. Furnish test certificates.
.2 Construction:
.1 bellows hydraulically formed, [single][two] ply, [austenitic stainless steel][monel][inconel] for specified fluid,
.2 internal steel liner,
.3 internal and external guides. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Flexonics .2 Adsco .3 Hyspan .4 Metraflex
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 16 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT FLAX CONNECTIONS, EXPANSION JOINTS, ANCHORS & GUIDES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 6 2.3 EXPANSION COMPENSATOR (BELLOWS TYPE)
.1 Construction:
.1 pressure external to bellows,
.2 anti-torque device, limit stops and internal guides,
.3 bronze construction with female solder type ends for copper pipe,
.4 bronze construction with screwed ends for brass pipe,
.5 steel construction with stainless steel bellows and screwed ends or weld ends for steel pipe,
.6 selected for 1035 kPa (150 psi) working pressure. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Flexonics .2 Adsco .3 Hyspan .4 Metraflex
2.4 FLEXIBLE RUBBER JOINTS
.1 Construction:
.1 spool type,
.2 two filled arches,
.3 control units,
.4 retaining rings, and
.5 neoprene covers. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 UniRoyal Rubber - Style 4140 .2 Garlock Canada Limited - Style 204 .3 Metraflex
2.5 FLEXIBLE METAL HOSE CONNECTIONS
.1 Construction:
.1 corrugated inner hose of bronze or stainless steel,
.2 outer jacket of bronze or stainless steel braided wire mesh,
.3 screwed or female soldered end connections up to NPS 2, flanged NPS 2½ and above,
.4 selected for 1034 kPa (150 psi) working pressure and 93 degrees C (200 degrees F) working temperature,
.5 designed to absorb 150 mm (6 in) transverse movement,
.6 flexible length not less than six times nominal size.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 16 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT FLAX CONNECTIONS, EXPANSION JOINTS, ANCHORS & GUIDES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 4 OF 6 .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Flexonics .2 Hyspan .3 Metraflex
2.6 GUIDES
.1 Construction:
.1 fabricated from steel
.2 guide spider clamped to pipe
.3 guide body with split bolted housing and angle bracket base. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Flexonics Series PGT .2 Adsco Model E .3 Hyspan Series 9500 .4 Advanced Thermal System Type GA
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
.1 Provide expansion loops in preference to expansion joints, where space permits.
3.2 EXPANSION JOINTS INSTALLATION
.1 Selected to compensate for thermal expansion in pipe between anchors with not less than 25% safety factor calculating expansion from -18 degrees C (0 degrees F) ambient up to maximum possible operating fluid temperature, but not less than 93 degrees C (200 degrees F).
.2 Provide expansion joint types as follows:
.1 Expansion compensators type: .1 domestic hot water supply and recirculation piping up to and including NPS 3, .2 heating system piping up to and including NPS 2 size.
.2 Ring controlled or externally pressurized type: .1 domestic hot water and recirculating water piping NPS 3 ½ size and larger, .2 heating system and chilled water piping NPS 2 ½ size and larger,
.3 Flexible rubber joints: .1 condenser water supply and return,
3.3 FLEXIBLE METAL HOSES INSTALLATION
.1 Provide flexible metal hoses as follows:
.1 on suction and discharge connections of domestic water booster pumps,
.2 on piping connections to domestic hot water tanks,
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 16 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT FLAX CONNECTIONS, EXPANSION JOINTS, ANCHORS & GUIDES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 5 OF 6 .3 on discharge connections of sump and sewage pumps,
.4 in steam, hot water, chilled water, or glycol piping connections to coils and humidifiers in air supply units when units are supported with spring hangers or vibration isolators
.5 on heating hot water connections to reheat coils, and
.6 as shown for expansion compensation,
.2 Hose selection:
.1 Selected at not less than manufacturers catalogued minimum active length for the configuration, and not more than 1.5 times this minimum recommended length.
.3 Support or guide piping firmly adjacent to flexible connections and prevent pipes from swaying.
.4 Where flexible connections are to be installed at steam coils locate hoses between control valve and coil on steam supply side and on main condensate line leaving coil or bank of coils on return side.
.5 Where flexible connections are to be installed at chilled and/or hot water coils locate hoses on supply side between strainer and coil and on return side between coil and control valve.
3.4 PIPING ANCHORS INSTALLATION
.1 Design anchors suitable for locations shown.
.2 Fabricate piping anchors from structural steel angles, channels, or plates secured between piping and building structure:
.1 single leg design, where distance between side of pipe and building attachment point is less than or equal to 200 mm (8 in),
.2 splayed leg design, for all other distances.
3.5 PIPE GUIDES INSTALLATION
.1 Guide locations:
.1 as shown, and
.2 for each expansion joint using two guides on each side of and adjacent to joint; .1 Locate the first guide within 4 x pipe diameters from joint. .2 Locate the second guide within 10-14 x pipe diameter from first guide.
.2 Guides:
.1 factory fabricated type, pipe rolls, or structural steel shapes
.2 secured to building structure and arranged to restrict lateral displacement and bowing of pipe adjacent expansion joint,
.3 with supporting steel detailed on shop drawings produced by licensed professional engineer to withstand anchor force shown at nearest adjacent anchor.
.3 Guide may be omitted between joint and anchor where an anchor is located within 900 mm (3 ft) of expansion joint.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 16 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT FLAX CONNECTIONS, EXPANSION JOINTS, ANCHORS & GUIDES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 6 OF 6 3.6 INSPECTION OF ANCHOR AND GUIDE INSTALLATION
.1 Make arrangements and pay for expansion joint manufacturer's field representative to review anchors and guides around expansion joints on;
.1 steam piping
.2 domestic hot water and recirculating water piping NPS 3 ½ size and larger
.3 heating system and chilled water piping NPS 2 ½ size and larger
.2 Submit a written report, prepared by field representative, confirming that expansion joints, anchors, and guides are installed in accordance with joint manufacturers recommendations.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 19 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT METERS AND GAUGES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 6
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Provide liquid temperature, pressure and flow measuring devices as shown.
1.2 RELATED WORK
.1 Section 21 05 13 - metering for fire protection water systems.
.2 Section 22 05 13 - metering for city water service.
.3 Section 23 11 23 - metering for building natural gas service.
.4 SHOP DRAWINGS / PRODUCT DATA
.5 Submit manufacturer's catalogue literature for thermometers and pressure gauges
.1 Stop cocks
.2 Siphons
.3 Wells
.4 Switching valves
.5 Isolation diaphragms
.6 Retrofit conversion kits
.6 Include schedule of thermometer and pressure gauges showing for each instrument:
.1 identification number,
.2 location,
.3 type,
.4 range and
.5 accessories.
1.3 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS;
.1 CGSB 14.4 Thermometers, Liquid in Glass, Self-Indicating, Commercial/Industrial Type
.2 CGSB 14.5 Thermometers, Bimetalic, Self-Indicating, Commercial/Industrial Type
.3 ASME B40.100 Pressure Gauges and Gauge Attachments
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FLOW INDICATORS
.1 Construction:
.1 Give visual flow indication.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 19 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT METERS AND GAUGES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 6 .2 Equipped with dual flow scale calibrated in l/s and USGPM.
.3 Protected against accidental breakage of any glass indicators.
.4 In-line type for pipe sizes up to NPS 1½. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 ITT Bell & Gossett - Thermoflow
2.2 FLOW MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS (LIQUIDS)
.1 Primary flow elements:
.1 Orifice type, with isolating valves.
.2 Flow element in combination with meter:
.1 accuracy of ± 1% of reading over minimum of 10:1 turndown.
.2 repeatability of ± 0.1%.
.3 complete with [4-20 mA or DC] output differential pressure (DP) transmitter with three valve manifold for isolation and testing.
.4 equipped with dual flow scale calibrated in l/s and USGPM.
.5 used with [4-20 mA or DC] output differential temperature transmitter, with temperature RTD's in thermowells with extension necks, for measurement of energy flow in kW and BTU/hr. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Preso Industries Limited .2 ITT Bell & Gossett .3 Bailey
2.3 FLOW METER - LIQUIDS - ELECTROMAGNETIC
.1 Provide bidirectional electromagnetic flow meter.
.2 Construction:
.1 flow sensor
.2 measurement register with digital indicator
.3 additional contacts for remote monitoring
.4 measuring range from 0.5 m/s (1.5 ft/s) to 4 m/s (12 ft/s)
.5 dual flow scale calibrated in l/s and USGPM.
.6 class 150 flanges
.7 accuracy of ± 1% of full range.
.8 repeatability of ± 0.1%. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Neptune Trident .2 Schlumberger Flumag.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 19 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT METERS AND GAUGES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 6 .3 Down's Controls .4 Bailey
2.4 FLOW METER – CONDENSATE & MAKE-UP
.1 Construction:
.1 suitable for intermittent flow and maximum capacity as listed.
.2 maximum pressure drop 7 kPa (1 psi) at full flow.
.3 maximum operating temperature: 95?C (200?F).
.4 accuracy of ± 1% of reading.
.5 equipped with dual flow scale calibrated in l/s and USGPM.
.6 contacts for remote monitoring and/or initiation of system chemical feed pumps after each 200 litres (50 US gallons) .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Neptune Hot Water Trident
2.5 THERMOMETERS AND PRESSURE GAUGES - SELECTION CRITERIA
.1 General:
.1 normal operating reading to be between half and two thirds of full scale range and
.2 expected maximum and minimum readings to be within scale range.
.3 thermometers to have both Fahrenheit and Celsius scales.
.4 pressure gauges to have both psi and kPa scales.
.2 Product identification
.1 Pressure gauges and thermometers to be selected from manufacturers standard product line. .1 Standard of Acceptance .2 Dresser - Ashcroft .3 Trerice .4 Weksler - Baker Instruments .5 Winter's Thermogauges .6 Weiss
.3 Model designations from Trerice catalogue are used to establish quality standards and construction details to allow assessment of products from other unlisted manufacturers.
2.6 DIRECT READING THERMOMETERS
.1 Solar powered 178mm (7 in) industrial, variable angle type, passivated thermistor, cast aluminum epoxy coated case, with solar cell and 11mm (7/16 in) LCD display.
.1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Trerice SX9
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 19 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT METERS AND GAUGES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 4 OF 6 .2 Industrial, variable angle type, liquid filled, [aluminum or polypropylene][brass][chrome plated zinc] case, 230 mm (9 in) scale length, to CGSB 14.4
.1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Trerice - A400 Series
.3 125 mm (5 in) bi-metal dial type, variable angle, stainless shell case and stem with calibration screw, to CGSB 14.5
.1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Trerice - B85600 Series
2.7 REMOTE READING THERMOMETERS
.1 115 mm (4½ in) liquid filled or gas activated type, stainless steel capillary, stainless steel spring armour, stainless steel bulb and phenolic, cast aluminum, or stainless steel case for surface mounting.
.1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Trerice - L80300 Series (liquid filled) .2 Weskler - Baker Instruments - 413BE (gas activated) .3 Dresser - Ashcroft 600A Series (gas activated)
2.8 THERMOMETER WELLS
.1 in copper pipe : brass.
.2 in steel pipe : brass or stainless steel.
.3 test wells:
.1 manufactured from bar stock or forged brass with cap and chain, compatible with thermometers used.
.2 registered with Boiler and Pressure Vessels Inspection Branch, Technical Standards & Safety Authority, Ontario (TSSA), and have C.R.N. Registration numbers. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Trerice 5550 Series
2.9 TEMPERATURE WELL CONVERSION KITS
.1 . Retrofit kit to convert straight liquid filled thermometers wells to accept bi-metal dial thermometers.
2.10 PRESSURE GAUGES
.1 For direct pressure measurement
.1 115 mm (4½ in) dial type, silicone-free dampening, black solid front case, ½% accuracy, adjustable pointer to ASME B40.100 Grade 2A. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Trerice - 450B
.2 For differential pressure measurement
.1 115 mm (4½ in) dial type, silicone-free dampening, black solid front case, ½% accuracy, adjustable pointer and maximum registering pointer to ASME B40.100 Grade 2A., complete with impulse snubber and 3-way switching valve. .1 Standard of Acceptance
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 19 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT METERS AND GAUGES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 5 OF 6 .1 Trerice - 450B
.3 Accessories:
.1 pressure snubbers, brass or T303 stainless steel construction: .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Trerice - 872
.2 needle valves, rising stem, brass or T316 stainless steel construction. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Trerice - 735 / 740
.3 .3 coil syphons, sched 40 carbon steel. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Trerice - 885
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 METERING DEVICES
.1 Installation
.1 Install flow measuring devices in horizontal straight pipe runs, free of valves and fittings.
.2 Length of straight pipe before and after metering elements: .1 not less than 1 m (3 ft) before and 1 m (3 ft) after or, .2 as recommended by manufacturer.
.3 Mount meter readout units and provide piping and wiring to complete installation.
3.2 THERMOMETER AND PRESSURE GAUGES - GENERAL INSTALLATION CRITERIA
.1 Install thermometers and gauges not more than 3 m (10 ft) from floor or platform, or install remote reading thermometers and gauges, with dial mounted at eye level, on steel or aluminum plate.
.2 Provide nameplates for each gauge and thermometer as specified in Section 20 19 00 Identification.
3.3 THERMOMETER INSTALLATION
.1 Install thermometers in wells.
.2 Install wells with extension necks in piping and equipment to be insulated.
.3 Install thermometers on inlet and outlet of;
.1 heat exchangers.
.2 water heating and cooling coils.
.3 water boilers.
.4 chillers.
.5 cooling towers.
.6 domestic hot water tanks, and
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 19 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT METERS AND GAUGES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 6 OF 6 .7 as shown.
3.4 PRESSURE GAUGE INSTALLATION
.1 Install pressure gauges on inlet and outlet of;
.1 heat exchangers,
.2 water heating and cooling coils,
.3 steam piping to heating coils
.4 water boilers,
.5 chillers,
.6 cooling towers,
.7 domestic hot water tanks,
.8 steam boilers,
.9 condensate receivers,
.10 dearators, and
.11 as shown.
.2 Install needle valves on pressure gauges.
.1 For differential pressure gauge, provide needle valve on each sensing line.
.3 Install pressure snubbers on pressure gauges at;
.1 suction and discharge sides of oil pumps, and positive displacement pumps,
.2 compressed air; at compressors, dryers and receivers.
.4 Install coil syphons on steam and condensate pressure gauges.
3.5 TESTING AND CALIBRATION
.1 Make calibration checks on flow measuring instruments before system balancing is started.
.2 Instrument systems that fail to meet accuracy and repeatability criteria to be returned to manufacturer for re-calibration and/or repair.
.3 Heading 3
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 23 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT VALVES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 11
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Provide valves in piping systems throughout project.
1.2 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS
.1 Temperature and pressure ratings, material composition, and manufacturer's testing procedures conforming to latest specifications from:
.1 Manufacturers Standardization Society of Valve and Fittings Industry (MSS), and
.2 ASTM A216 Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for Fusion Welding, for High Temperature Service, or
.3 British Standards Institution (BSI) Kitemarks, or
.4 supplied by manufacturer operating with ISO 9001 certification.
.2 Valves subject to registration in pressure piping service to have valid & current Canadian Registration Numbers (CRN) in accordance with:
.1 TSSA Act, O.Reg. 220/01 local boiler inspection authority,
.2 CSA B51 Boiler, Pressure Vessel, and Piping Code.
1.3 QUALITY AND EQUIVALENCE
.1 Valve selections are in general identified by model designations taken from manufacturers catalogues to indicate physical properties and quality standards not otherwise described..
.2 Companies, and/or trade names listed below are acceptable for various valve types, where products offered are essentially similar to those identified by manufacturer or model number under "Standard of Acceptance" designation.
.1 for gate, globe, angle, double regulating, and check valves .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Crane .2 Bonney Forge .3 Dahl Bros .4 Neo Valves .5 Nibco, .6 Trueline .7 Toyo Valves (Red &White) .8 Kitz .9 S.A. Armstrong .10 Watts
.2 for silent check valves .1 Standard of Acceptance
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 23 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT VALVES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 11 .1 NIBCO .2 Valmatic .3 APCO .4 Durabla .5 Mueller Steam
.3 for butterfly valves .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 NIBCO .2 Flowseal .3 Crane .4 Challenger .5 Keystone .6 Demco/WKM .7 Kitz .8 Toyo Valves(Red&White) .9 Milwaukee Valve .10 Jenkins .11 M A Stewart D & S Series
.4 for plug valves (with CGA approval when used in gas service) .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Kitz .2 Toyo .3 Rockwell .4 Newman Hattersley
.5 for ball valves .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Kitz .2 Bray .3 Dahl Bros .4 Neo Valves .5 Nibco .6 Toyo Valve (Red&White) .7 MAS M A Stewart .8 American Valve
.6 for grooved piping valve products .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Victaulic .2 Nibco .3 Gruvlock
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 23 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT VALVES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 11 .4 Couplox .5 Mueller Steam
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SELECTION CRITERIA
.1 Valves to be line size, selected as follows
.1 for shut-off or isolating service, valves to be .1 Gate .2 Butterfly .3 Ball or .4 Plug
.2 for flow balancing and shut-off service valves to be .1 Double regulating, or .2 Plug and .3 to incorporate adjustable limit stops.
.3 at discharge of pumps check valves to be silent or spring assisted or combination check and flow control valves.
.2 On mains and risers, drain valves to be selected as follows
.1 On mains NPS 4 and under .1 NPS ¾ brass threaded ball valve of appropriate pressure rating with hose thread, cap and chain
.2 On mains NPS 5 and over .1 NPS 1 brass threaded ball valve of appropriate pressure rating with hose thread, cap and chain.
2.2 SPRINKLER AND STANDPIPE VALVES
.1 Valves to be ULC and FM listed for fire protection.
.2 Gate valves up to NPS 2, threaded
.1 1200 kPa Class 150 bronze body, solid wedge bronze disc, rising stem, OS & Y, screw in yoke bonnet, .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Crane 459 .2 Nibco T-104-0
.3 Gate valves NPS 2½ and over, flanged
.1 1200 kPa to ASTM A216 class B, 175 CWP non shock, cast iron body with flat face flanges, bronze or bronze faced solid wedge disc, bronze seat rings, rising stem, OS & Y, bolted bonnet .1 Crane 467 .2 Nibco F-607-OTS
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 23 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT VALVES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 4 OF 11 .4 Butterfly valves up to NPS 2½, threaded
.1 1200 kPa, bronze body, stainless steel disc, with lever handle .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Milwaukee BB2-100
.5 Swing check valves NPS 2½ and over, flanged
.1 1200 kPa,to ASTM A216 class B, 175 CWP, cast iron body with flat faced flanges, regrind, renew bronze disc and seat ring, bolted cover, .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Crane 375 .2 Nibco F-908-W
.6 Double check valves and backflow preventors
.1 Isolate automatic sprinkler system to comply with Plumbing Code, Ontario Regulation 815/84.
.2 ULC and FM listed for fire service.
.3 Double check valve assemblies to be in accordance with CSA Standard B64.5-1976
.4 Backflow preventer assemblies to be in accordance with CSA Standard B64.4-1976. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Hersey
2.3 DOMESTIC WATER VALVES
.1 Gate valves NPS 2 and under, soldered
.1 1000 kPa,to MSS SP-80, Class 150,bronze body, solid wedge bronze disc, rising stem, screw in, or union bonnet. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 NIBCO S-134 .2 Kitz 43 .3 Toyo 299 .4 Crane 1334
.2 Gate valves NPS 2 and under, threaded
.1 1000 kPa, to MSS SP-80, Class 150, bronze body, solid wedge disc, rising stem, screw in, or union bonnet. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 NIBCO T-131 .2 Kitz 42 .3 Toyo 298 .4 Crane 431
.2 1000 kPa to 2000 kPa, to MSS SP-80,Class 300, bronze body, solid wedge disc, rising stem, union or screw in bonnet. .1 Standard of Acceptance
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 23 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT VALVES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 5 OF 11 .1 NIBCO T-174A .2 Kitz 37 .3 Toyo 318A .4 Crane 634E .5 Newman Hattersley #C1174
.3 Gate valves NPS 2½ and over flanged
.1 850 kPa, to MSS SP-70,Class 125, cast iron body with flat faced flange, bronze or bronze faced solid wedge disc with bronze seat rings, rising stem, OS & Y, bolted bonnet. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 NIBCO-617-0 .2 Kitz 72 .3 Toyo 421A .4 Crane 465 ½ .5 Newman Hattersley #504
.2 1000 kPa, to ASTM A216 grade WCB, Class 150, cast steel body with raised faced flange, flexible Type 416 stainless steel disc and hard faced seat rings, rising stem, OS & Y, bolted bonnet. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Kitz 150 SCLS .2 Crane 47XUT .3 Beric 101-RF-AA08-H .4 Bonney Forge 1-11-RF .5 Newman Hattersley #C1481
.3 1000 kPa to 2000 kPa, to ASTM A216 grade WCB, Class 300, cast steel body with raised faced flange, flexible Type 416 stainless steel disc and hard faced seat rings, rising stem, OS & Y, bolted bonnet. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Kitz 300 SCLS .2 Crane 33½ XU-F .3 Beric 103-RF-AA08-H .4 Bonney Forge 3-11-RF .5 Newman Hattersley #C1482
.4 Globe valves NPS 2 and under, soldered
.1 850 kPa,to MSS SP-80, 300 CWP, bronze body, renewable composition PTFE disc, threaded over bonnet., lock shield handles as indicated. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 NIBCO S-235-Y .2 Kitz 10 .3 Crane 1334/1320 .4 Newman Hattersley 13 with NPT copper adaptors
.5 Globe valves NPS 2 and under, threaded
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 23 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT VALVES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 6 OF 11 .1 1000 kPa,to MSS SP-80, Class 150, bronze body, renewable composition PTFE disc, union bonnet, lock shield handles as indicated. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 NIBCO T-235-Y .2 Kitz 09 .3 Toyo 221 .4 Crane7TF .5 Newman Hattersley 13
.6 Butterfly valves NPS 2 to NPS 12, for roll grooved piping
.1 2000 kPa, Class 300, Iron body, grade E dual seal disc, with lever handle up to NPS 3 and gear operators NPS 4 and up. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Victaulic - Vic 300 for steel pipe .2 NIBCO GD-4765 for steel pipe .3 Victaulic - Vic 608 for copper pipe .4 Mueller Steam 89G
.7 Swing check valves NPS 2 and under, soldered
.1 850 kPa,to MSS SP-80, bronze body, bronze swing disc, regrindable seat, screw-in cap, .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 NIBCO S-413 .2 Kitz 23 .3 Toyo 237 .4 Crane 1342 .5 Newman Hattersley 47 with NPT copper adaptors
.8 Swing check valves NPS 2 and under, threaded
.1 850 kPa, to MSS SP-80, Class 125, bronze body, bronze swing disc, regrindable seat, screw- in cap .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 NIBCO T-413 .2 Kitz 22 .3 Toyo 236 .4 Crane 37 .5 Newman Hattersley 47
.9 Swing checks NPS 2 ½ and over, flanged
.1 850 kPa, to MSS SP-71, Class 125, cast iron body with flat faced flange, renewable bronze seat rings, bronze faced iron or bronze disc, bolted cap. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 NIBCO F-918 .2 Kitz 78
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 23 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT VALVES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 7 OF 11 .3 Toyo 435A .4 Crane 373 .5 Newman Hattersley 651
.10 Ball valves up to NPS 2
.1 1000 kPa (150PSIG) two piece bronze body and chrome plated bronze Solid ball, PTFE seat rings, solder joint or NPT to copper adapters, full port. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 NIBCO S-FP-600 (soldered) .2 NIBCO T-FP-600 (threaded) .3 Kitz 59(soldered) .4 Kitz 58 (threaded) .5 Crane 9302 (threaded) .6 Newman Hattersley 1999 (soldered) .7 Newman Hattersley 1969F (threaded) .8 Victaulic 722 (threaded) .9 Toyo 5044A & 5049A
2.4 HEATING AND COOLING WATER VALVES
.1 Gate valves NPS 2 and under, threaded
.1 1000 kPa rising stem to MSS SP-80-1990, Class 125, with bronze body and bronze solid wedge disc, screw in bonnet. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 NIBCO T-111 .2 Kitz 24 .3 Toyo 293 .4 Crane 428 .5 Newman Hattersley #608
.2 Gate valves NPS 2½ and over, flanged
.1 850 kPa rising stem to MSS SP-70-1990, 200WOG, Class 125 with flat faced flanges, cast iron body, bronze trim, OS & Y and bolted bonnet. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 NIBCO F-617-0 .2 Kitz 72 .3 Toyo 421A .4 Crane 465½ .5 Newman Hattersley #504
.3 Globe valves NPS 2 and under, threaded
.1 1000 kPa to MSS SP-80, Class 150, bronze body, renewable PTFE composition disc, union bonnet and lockshield handles where shown. .1 Standard of Acceptance
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 23 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT VALVES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 8 OF 11 .1 NIBCO T-235-Y .2 Kitz 09 .3 Toyo 221 .4 Crane 7TF .5 Newman Hattersley #13
.4 Globe valve NPS 2½ and over, flanged
.1 850 kPa to MSS SP-85, 200WOG, Class 125, flat faced flanges, cast iron body, bronze trim, OS & Y bolted bonnet, bronze disc and seat ring. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 NIBCO F-718-B .2 Kitz 76 .3 Toyo 400A .4 Crane 351 .5 Newman Hattersley #731
.5 Globe valves NPS 2½ and over, flanged
.1 1000 kPa to ASTM A216 Gr WCB, Class 300, cast steel body, exelloy and stellite trim, OS & Y and bolted bonnet. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Kitz 300SCJS .2 Bonney Forge 3-31-RF .3 Beric 203-RF-EA08-H .4 Crane 151XU .5 Newman Hattersley #C1882
.6 Ball valves NPS 2 and under, threaded
.1 1000 kPa (150PSIG), full port, two piece bronze body, chrome plated Solid bronze ball, PTFE seat and seals. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 NIBCO T-FP-600 .2 Kitz 58 .3 Toyo 5044A .4 Newman Hattersley #1969F .5 Victaulic 722
.7 Butterfly valves NPS 2½ to 12, for grooved end pipe:
.1 1000 kPa Class 150, long neck design malleable or ductile iron body, EPDM Grade "E" dual seal coated disc for 93?C working temperature, lever operator to NPS 4, gear operator NPS 6 to 12 .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Victaulic Series 300 .2 NIBCO GD-4765 .3 Mueller Steam 89G
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 23 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT VALVES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 9 OF 11 .8 Butterfly valves NPS 2½ and over
.1 1000 kPa Class 150, Cast or Ductile Iron body, EPDM Liner, Stainless steel stem suited for working temperature of 93°C. Lever operator to NPS 4, gear operator NPS 6 to 12 .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 NIBCO LD-3010 .2 Kitz 6122EL/EG .3 Toyo 918BESL .4 Demco NE Series 222xx-5-114351 (285psig) .5 Newman Hattersley #45-313321 .6 MAS D & S Series Butterfly
.2 High performance type for working pressures over 1000 kPa, ANSI B16.34 temperature and pressure rated carbon steel lug body with holes drilled and tapped. .1 316 or 17-4 stainless steel disc and shaft, Teflon seat complete with titanium or 316 stainless steel spiral wound back-up ring to provide bubble tight shut-off under system pressure from either side, when installed with single flange. .2 with locking handles up to NPS 4 and gear operators for NPS 6 and over. .3 ANSI 150 temperature and pressure rated and suitable for working pressures 1000 kPa to 1964 kPa at 37.8°C, factory tested to minimum of 2067 kPa at 37.8°C. .1 Standard of Acceptance 1. Flowseal 2. DeZurik BHP Series 3. Keystone K-Lok Series 4. WKM B5113-02-S02-11-HL 5. WKM B5113-02-S02-11-WG ( Gear Operator)
.9 Swing check valves NPS 2 and under, soldered
.1 1000 kPa to MSS SP-80, Class 125, bronze body, bronze swing disc, screw in cap, regrindable seat. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 NIBCO S-413-B .2 Kitz 23 .3 Toyo 237 .4 Crane 1342 .5 Newman Hattersley #47 with NPT copper adaptors
.10 Swing check valves NPS 2 and under, threaded
.1 1000 kPa to MSS SP-80, Class 125, bronze body, bronze swing disc, screw in cap, regrindable seat. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 NIBCO S-413-B .2 Kitz 22 .3 Toyo 236 .4 Crane 37
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 23 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT VALVES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 10 OF 11 .5 Newman Hattersley #47
.11 Swing check valves NPS 2½ and over, flanged
.1 1000 kPa to MSS SP-71, Class 125, cast iron body, flat faced flange, renewable bronze seat ring, bronze disc, bolted cap. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 NIBCO F-918-B .2 Kitz 78 .3 Toyo 435A .4 Crane 373 .5 Newman Hattersley #651
.12 Silent check valves NPS 2 and under, threaded
.1 1000 kPa Class 125, cast iron or bronze body, globe style, (non flapper), bronze trim, stainless steel spring. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 APCO 300 Series .2 Durabla SCV .3 NIBCO T-480 .4 Kitz 36
.13 Silent check valves NPS 2½ and over, flanged
.1 Class 125, cast iron body globe style, bronze trim, stainless steel spring .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 NIBCO 910 .2 APCO 600 Series .3 Valmatic series 1800 .4 Durabla GLC .5 Mueller 105MAP
.14 Silent check valves NPS 2, for grooved end pipe
.1 300 pound design, ductile iron body, stainless steel clapper, Grade E EPDM liner, suitable for 93ºC operating temperature. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Victaulic 712
.15 Silent check valves NPS 2½ and over, for grooved end pipe
.1 300 pound design, ductile iron body, ductile iron or bronze disc, nickel seat, EPDM liner, suitable for 93ºC operating temperature .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Victaulic 716 .2 Mueller 74G
.16 Triple duty valves, flanged
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 23 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT VALVES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 11 OF 11 .1 1200 kPa (175 psi) Cast iron body, bronze disc, EPDM seat ring, stainless steel spring, plug type stem, flow measurement ports, tamper-proof setting. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 S.A. Armstrong FLO-TREX
.17 Triple duty valves, for grooved end pipe
.1 2000 kPa (300 psi) Ductile iron body, butterfly check valve assembly, flow measurement ports, tamper-proof setting. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Victaulic "triple service"
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 VALVE INSTALLATION
.1 Install shut off valves at:
.1 branch take-offs,
.2 to isolate piping to each piece of equipment, and
.3 in locations shown.
.2 Install valves in upright position with stem above horizontal
.3 Remove internal parts of valves before soldering, welding or brazing pipe to valve body.
.4 Arrange valve hand wheels and operating levers to be accessible
.5 In equipment rooms and service spaces provide chain operators for valves mounted more than 2m (6 ft) above floor or access platform. Chains to extend to 1.5m (4 ft-6 in) above floor or platform and to be hooked on clips secured to building structure, clear of walking aisles.
.6 Install double regulating valves with five pipe diameters of straight pipe on inlet side and two pipe diameters on outlet side.
.7 Install triple duty or throttling valves where shown in pump discharge piping with ten pipe diameters of straight pipe on the inlet side and two pipe diameters on outlet side.
.8 Supply one flow meter for double regulating and triple duty valves and turn over to operating staff during operations and maintenance training. Obtained signed receipt showing time, date, and name of recipient.
.9 Install butterfly valves between weldneck flanges.
.10 Provide drip assemblies above valves installed in vertical steam lines and ahead (upstream) of valves installed in horizontal steam lines.
.11 Provide warm up by-pass valves around isolating valves, NPS 3 and larger, on feeds from high pressure steam headers and where branches are taken from high pressure mains. Bypass valves to be globe valves suitable for steam temperature and pressure, NPS 1 around isolating valves from NPS 3 to NPS 4 and NPS 2 for isolating valves NPS 6 and larger.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 29 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 8
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Provide pipe hangers and supports, for piping, ducts, conduits, bus ducts and cable trays.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
.1 Product data to show:
.1 upper attachment.
.2 hanger rods.
.3 pipe attachment.
.4 riser clamps.
.5 shields and saddles.
.6 inserts.
.2 Submit details for supports, guides, and anchors for glass, fibre-reinforced plastic, and plastic piping systems.
.3 Submit design drawings for custom fabricated trapeze hangers, sealed by a professional engineer licensed in the project location jurisdiction.
.1 Shop drawing details: .1 construction detail drawings for each loading condition, .2 span deflection calculations, .3 building attachment load calculations and type.
.2 Provide services of engineer who sealed the custom trapeze hanger shop drawings to conduct a general review of the completed installation on site.
1.3 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS;
.1 ASME B31.1 Pressure Piping Code
.2 ASME B31.9 Building Service Piping
.3 Manufacturers Standardization Society of Valve and Fittings Industry (MSS)
.1 MSS SP-58 Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials Design and Manufacture
.2 MSS SP-69 Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application
.3 MSS SP-77 Guidelines for Pipe Support Contractual Relationships
.4 MSS SP-90 Guidelines for Terminology for Pipe Hangers and Supports
.4 The Ontario Building Code
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 29 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
.1 Hangers, supports, sway braces, to be made up from stock or production parts, manufactured and fabricated in accordance with ASME B31.1 and MSS SP-58, SP-69, and SP-90.
.2 Select elements of pipe support systems to provide adequate factors of safety under loads applied by gravity, by temperature induced expansion and contraction, by internal pressure in mechanically jointed plain end pipe, by change of momentum in fluid flow.
2.2 PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
.1 Pipe support products to be selected from manufacturers' standard product line
.1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Anvil .2 Unistrut .3 Myatt .4 Hunt Erico .5 Taylor .6 National Concrete Accessories - Acrow Richmond .7 Pipe Shields .8 Portable Pipe Hangers .9 Hilti
.2 Model designations from these manufacturer's catalogue are used to establish quality standards and construction details to permit assessment of products from other manufacturers.
2.3 UPPER ATTACHMENTS
.1 Surface mount on concrete:
.1 carbon steel plate with clevis and malleable iron socket and expansion case and bolt with minimum of two expansion cases and bolts for each hanger. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Anvil plate, Fig. 49 socket, Fig. 290 expansion case .2 Myatt cut plate, double angle clip, Fig. 535 socket, Fig. 480 expansion case
.2 Do not use explosive drive pins in any section of Work without obtaining prior approval.
.2 Steel framed construction:
.1 steel beam (bottom flange) and cold piping NPS 2 and under: .1 beam clamp to MSS SP-58, type 30, ULC listed. .1 Standard of Acceptance 1. Anvil Fig. 218 2. Myatt Fig. 500
.2 steel beam (bottom flange) and cold piping NPS 2½ and larger and hot piping: .1 heavy beam clamp assembly to MSS SP-58, type 28 or 29, or
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 29 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 8 .2 fabricated equivalent, ULC listed. .1 Standard of Acceptance 1. Anvil Fig. 228 or 292 2. Myatt Fig. 510 X-HEAVY, or 511 X-HEAVY.
.3 steel beam (top flange) and cold piping and hot piping NPS 2 and under: .1 steel jaw, hook rod with nut, spring washer and plain washer, to MSS SP-58, type 25, ULC listed. .1 Standard of Acceptance 1. Anvil Fig. 227 2. Myatt Fig. 506
.4 steel joists and cold piping NPS 2 and under: .1 steel washer plate with double locking nuts. .1 Standard of Acceptance 1. Anvil Fig. 60 2. Myatt Fig. 545
.5 steel joists and cold piping NPS 2½ and larger and hot piping: .1 steel washer plates with double locking nut, carbon steel clevis and malleable iron socket. .1 Standard of Acceptance 1. Anvil washer plate - Fig. 60, clevis - Fig. 66, socket - Fig. 290. 2. Myatt washer plate - Fig. 545, clevis - Fig. 530, socket - Fig. 480.
2.4 HANGER ROD
.1 Carbon steel threaded rod;
.1 electro-galvanized finish in mechanical rooms and outdoors.
.2 black steel finish in other areas. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Anvil Fig. 146 .2 Myatt Fig. 432
2.5 HORIZONTAL PIPE SUPPORT - SUSPENDED
.1 Hot or cold suspended piping, including conduits, where horizontal movement is 25 mm (1 in) or less and hanger rod is longer than 300 mm (12 in).
.1 steel or cast iron piping: .1 adjustable clevis to MSS SP-58, type 1, ULC listed, sized for outside dimension of pipe and insulation. .1 Standard of Acceptance 1. Anvil Fig. 260 2. Myatt Fig. 124 .2 opening clevis, ULC listed, sized for outside dimension of pipe and insulation. .1 Standard of Acceptance
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 29 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 4 OF 8 1. Hilti SLC Speed Lock
.2 copper piping: .1 adjustable clevis to MSS SP-58, type 1, copper plated. .1 Standard of Acceptance 1. Anvil Fig CT-65 2. Myatt 151 CT
.2 Suspended hot steel or copper piping having horizontal movement in excess of 25 mm (1 in) or hot steel piping with hanger rod 300 mm (12 in) or less:
.1 trapeze or yoke style pipe roller to MSS SP-58, type 43. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Anvil Fig. 171 or fig. 181 .2 Myatt Fig. 261 or fig. 258
.3 Glass drainage piping:
.1 galvanized, padded, adjustable swivel ring to MSS SP-69. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Kimax No. 7290
2.6 HORIZONTAL PIPE SUPPORT - BOTTOM SUPPORTED
.1 Hot and cold steel and copper piping:
.1 adjustable pipe roller stand to MSS SP-58, type 44. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Anvil Fig. 177 .2 Myatt Fig. 262
2.7 TRAPEZE HANGERS
.1 Performance:
.1 Manufactured: .1 to product load listings.
.2 Custom fabricated: .1 maximum deflection between supports: 1/250 (0.4%) of span .2 minimum factor of safety: 5 times load to ultimate tensile or compressive strength.
.2 Construction:
.1 Carbon steel shapes, to suit load application: .1 hollow steel section, .2 equal leg El section, or .3 double C channel "strong-back", with welded clips.
.2 Hanger rods:
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 29 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 5 OF 8 .1 as specified above, and .2 minimum two support rods, .3 rods selected for minimum factor of safety of 5 times load to ultimate tensile or compressive strength of rod.
.3 Pipe restraint:
.1 restrain pipes from lateral movement with: .1 bolt-on angle brackets or pipe U-bolts for manufactured hangers, .2 welded-on angles for fabricated hangers.
.4 Finish:
.1 electro-galvanized finish in mechanical rooms and outdoors.
.2 black steel finish in other areas. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Anvil Fig 45, 46, 50
2.8 VERTICAL PIPE SUPPORTS:
.1 Steel or cast iron pipe:
.1 floor supported,[black][galvanized] carbon steel riser clamps to MSS SP-58, type 42, ULC listed, field-welded pipe lugs. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Anvil Fig. 261 .2 Myatt Fig. 182 or 183
.2 suspended, [black][galvanized] carbon steel riser clamps to MSS SP-58, type 42, ULC listed, 4 or 6 bolt pattern, field-welded pipe lugs. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Anvil fig. 40 .2 Myatt fig. 190 or 191
.2 Copper pipe:
.1 carbon steel, copper finished, riser clamps to MSS SP-58, type 8. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Anvil Fig. CT-121 .2 Myatt Fig. 150CT
2.9 RODDING FOR MECHANICAL JOINT PIPE
.1 Plain end cast iron and asbestos cement drain waste and vent pipe, NPS 5 and over,
.1 bell clamps and rodding at each joint .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Myatt Fig. 175 in configuration Fig. 176 .2 Anvil Fig. 595 with Fig. 594 washers .3 Taylor Fig. 35
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 29 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 6 OF 8 .2 .2 bell clamp and rodding at each tee branch .1 Myatt Fig. 175 in configuration Fig. 180 .2 Anvil Fig. 595 with Fig. 594 washers .3 Taylor Fig. 35
2.10 SADDLES AND SHIELDS AT PIPE SUPPORTS
.1 Cold steel piping, and copper, stainless, glass and plastic piping, NPS 1½ and over:
.1 galvanized steel protection shield, with foam glass or calcium silicate insulation or high density insert. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Anvil Fig. 167 .2 Myatt Fig. 251
.2 Hot steel piping NPS 1½ and over:
.1 protective saddle welded to pipe with insulation inserted between saddle and pipe. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Anvil Fig. 160 to 166 .2 Myatt Fig. 210 to 240
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 COORDINATION WITH CONCRETE WORK
.1 Supply and deliver inserts to site in ample time to be built into work.
.2 Set and correctly locate inserts for pipes and equipment hangers. Secure inserts firmly to formwork before concrete is poured.
3.2 HANGER INSTALLATION
.1 Install hangers for steel pipe with spacing and hanger rod diameter in accordance with table 1.
.1 Exception: fuel oil and natural gas piping.
.2 Install hangers for copper pipe with spacing and hanger rod diameter in accordance with table 2.
.1 Exception: natural gas piping.
.3 Install hangers for cast iron soil pipe with hanger spacing and hanger rod diameter in accordance with table 3.
.1 In addition, provide a hanger at or adjacent to each hub or joint.
.4 Refer to Section 23 11 13 for hanger spacing for Fuel Oil Piping.
.5 Refer to Section 23 11 23 for hanger spacing for Natural Gas Piping.
Table 1: Hanger Spacing for Steel Piping Pipe Size Rod Maximum NPS Diameter Spacing
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 29 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 7 OF 8 Pipe Size Rod Maximum NPS Diameter Spacing ½ 10 mm (3/8 in) 1.8 m (6 ft) 3/4 to 1¼ 10 mm (3/8 in) 2.1 m (7 ft) 1½ 10 mm (3/8 in) 2.7 m (9 ft) 2 10 mm (3/8 in) 3.0 m (10 ft) 2½ 13 mm (½ in) 3.3 m (11 ft) 3 13 mm (½ in) 3.3 m (12 ft) 4 16 mm (5/8 in) 4.2 m (14 ft) 6 16 mm (3/4 in) 5.1 m (17 ft) 8 22 mm (3/4 in) 5.7 m (19 ft) 10 22 mm (7/8 in) 6.7 m (22 ft) 12 22 mm (7/8 in) 7.0 m (23 ft)
Table 2: Hanger Spacing for Copper Piping Pipe Size Rod Maximum NPS Diameter Spacing (Copper)
½ 10 mm (3/8 in) 1.5 m (5 ft) 3/4 to 1¼ 10 mm (3/8 in) 1.8 m (6 ft) 1½ 10 mm (3/8 in) 2.4 m (8 ft) 2 10 mm (3/8 in) 2.7 m (9 ft) 2½ 13 mm (½ in) 3.0 m (10 ft) 3 13 mm (½ in) 3.0 m (10 ft) 4 16 mm (5/8 in) 3.0 m (10 ft)
Table 3: Hanger Spacing for Cast Iron Soil Piping Pipe Size Rod Maximum NPS Diameter Spacing (CI Soil Pipe)
3 13 mm (½ in) 1.5 m (5 ft) 4 16 mm (5/8 in) 1.5 m (5 ft) 6 16 mm (3/4 in) 1.5 m (5 ft) 8 22 mm (3/4 in) 1.5 m (5 ft) 10 22 mm (7/8 in) 1.5 m (5 ft}
.6 Hanger spacing and hanger rod diameter for steel or copper flexible joint roll groove pipe to be as shown in table above for appropriate pipe material with not less than one hanger between joints and with anchors and guides located to maintain piping true to line and grade.
.7 Glass, plastic, and other special piping to be supported, anchored and guided to pipe manufacturer's requirements.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 29 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 8 OF 8 .8 In steel framed construction, support piping from structural members. Where structural members are not suitably located for upper hanger attachments and inserts of adequate capacity can not be installed in floor slabs over, provide supplementary steel framing members;
.1 fabricate supplementary steel from standard HSS sections, single EL section, double C "strongback" sections, or pipe rolls,
.2 size supporting steel to limit span deflection to 1/250 (0.4%) between support points,
.3 mechanically fasten supplementary steel to structural steel.
.9 Offset hangers so that rods are vertical in operating position.
.10 Provide hanger within 300 mm (12 in) of each horizontal elbow and tee.
.11 Clamp and rod tees, elbows, and joints, in plain end mechanical joint pipe NPS 5 and over.
.12 Riser clamps:
.1 Weld lugs onto steel piping.
.2 Solder copper pipe to copper riser clamps.
.13 Trapeze hangers
.1 Shim pipes on common trapeze hangers to slope each pipe in required direction.
.2 Mechanical fasten shim plates to hanger. Shim plates and pipe lateral restraints may be fastened as one unit.
3.3 SADDLES AND SHIELDS
.1 On cold insulated piping, provide insulation shields between insulation and pipe support.
.2 On hot insulated piping, weld protective saddles to pipe at pipe support locations.
.3 No saddles or shields are required on un-insulated piping.
3.4 LOAD NUT RETENTION REQUIREMENTS
.1 Adhere fastening nuts, including top and bottom load nuts, and clevis bolt nuts, to threaded rods or fittings with Loctite 266.
.2 For steel framed buildings, industrial buildings, and areas subject to high structure born vibration, provide double-nutting on pipe and equipment hangers in addition to use of Loctite 266, as follows:
.1 Double-nut the top load nut on the building attachment point.
.2 Double-nut the lower load nut on the pipe, duct or equipment hanger.
.3 Double-nut the clevis bolt nuts.
3.5 INSULATION SHIELD RETENTION REQUIREMENTS
.1 Modify insulation shields by punching two slots 6mm x 12mm (1/4" x ½") near each corner of one end of the shield. Provide stainless steel bandclamps to secure the insulation shield to the pipe (outside of the insulation).
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 48 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT VIBRATION ISOLATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 7
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Isolate motor driven mechanical equipment.
.2 Provide restraints for equipment mounted on vibration isolation to limit movement during start-up and normal operation.
.3 Isolator and base type designations are taken from appropriate chapter of current ASHRAE Applications Handbook.
.4 Base type, isolator type and minimum static deflection are shown in equipment schedules and equipment selection sheets.
.5 Information shown in equipment schedules is to establish minimum standards, vibration isolation equipment to be selected to maintain noise levels in building below RC levels in following schedule.
AREA NOISE CRITERIA (NC level)
Offices - private 32 to 34 -open plan 36 to 38 -business machine areas 40 to 42
.6 Coordinate vibration isolation with seismic requirements.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
.1 Show vibration isolation for each piece of equipment hung from the structure or supported from the floor.
.2 Submit product data sheets for isolation components.
.3 Show fabrication details, location and size of anchor bolts and concrete requirements for inertia bases.
.4 Provide vibration isolation equipment by one manufacturer.
.1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Vibron / Kinetics .2 BVA .3 KorfundMason .4 Tecoustics
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 RESILIENT ISOLATOR TYPE 1 (R1)
.1 Rubber waffle or ribbed pads:
.1 30 durometer natural rubber, minimum of 13 mm (½ in) thick,
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 48 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT VIBRATION ISOLATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 7 .2 selected for maximum loading of 350 kPa (50 psi).
.2 Rubber-steel-rubber pads:
.1 two layers of rubber waffle or ribbed pad, 13 mm (½ in) thick, as specified above,
.2 bonded to 6 mm (¼ in) steel plate with holes sleeved and fitted with isolation washers.
.3 Neoprene jacketed pre-compressed moulded fibreglass.
2.2 RESILIENT ISOLATOR TYPE 2 (R2)
.1 Elastomer rubber:
.1 threaded insert,
.2 hold down bolts.
.2 Neoprene, 50 mm (2 in) free height:
.1 natural frequency not to exceed 15 Hz at full load,
.2 capable of sustaining load of 110 kg (250 lb) with maximum deflection of 5 mm (3/16 in).
2.3 ELASTOMERIC MOUNTS (E1)
.1 Construction:
.1 colour coded neoprene in shear with
.2 maximum durometer of 60,
.3 threaded insert,
.4 two bolt down holes,
.5 ribbed top and bottom surfaces.
2.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SPRING MOUNTS
.1 Isolator springs:
.1 designed so that ratio of lateral to axial stiffness is equal to or greater than 1.2 times ratio of static deflection to working height,
.2 selected for 50% travel beyond rated load,
.3 cadmium plated,
.4 colour coded.
.2 Mounts:
.1 zinc or cadmium plated hardware,
.2 rubber isolation washers,
.3 housings coated with rust resistant paint,
.4 levelling devices, and
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 48 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT VIBRATION ISOLATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 7 .5 6 mm (¼ in) thick ribbed rubber sound pad bonded to load plate.
.3 Clearance between metal parts : 6 mm (¼ in) minimum.
2.5 SPRING ISOLATOR TYPE 1 (S1)
.1 Open spring isolators:
.1 extra stiff springs with ratio of lateral to axial stiffness of 1.0.
2.6 SPRING ISOLATOR TYPE 2 (S2)
.1 Controlled spring isolators with
.1 heavy rigid steel base frames,
.2 built-in vertical limit stops,
.3 removable spacers, and
.4 extra stiff springs with ratio of lateral to axial stiffness of 1.0.
2.7 SPRING ISOLATOR SNUBBER TYPE 3 (S3)
.1 Open spring isolators:
.1 horizontal arrangement
.2 heavy rigid steel equipment base mount, and structure mount
.3 open spring, with 25 mm (1 in) deflection range.
.4 isolator bushings.
2.8 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ISOLATION HANGERS
.1 General
.1 swivel arrangement to permit hanger box or rod to move through 20 degree arc without metal to metal contact.
2.9 HANGER TYPE 1 (H1)
.1 Spring hanger:
.1 welded steel housing with one coat anti-rust paint,
.2 colour coded spring,
.3 retaining cups,
.4 elastomeric washers.
2.10 HANGER TYPE 2 (H2)
.1 Rubber isolation hanger:
.1 welded steel housing with one coat anti-rust paint,
.2 25 mm (1 in) colour coded neoprene in shear with maximum durometer of 60,
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 48 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT VIBRATION ISOLATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 4 OF 7 .3 threaded insert.
2.11 HANGER TYPE 3 (H3)
.1 Horizontal thrust restraint:
.1 spring and elastomeric element
.2 housed in box frame with rods and angle brackets to connect unit between isolated equipment and fixed object, and
.3 fitted with means to adjust maximum start-stop movement to 9 mm (3/8 in).
2.12 ACOUSTIC BARRIERS FOR ANCHORS AND GUIDES
.1 Manufactured from 25 mm (1 in) thick neoprene isolation with duck reinforcing material.
2.13 EQUIPMENT BASE TYPE A
.1 Direct isolation:
.1 used where equipment is unitary and rigid
.2 motor slide rails welded to unit.
2.14 EQUIPMENT BASE TYPE B
.1 Prefabricated steel base:
.1 welded from structural sections and
.2 reinforced for drive with; .1 isolation elements attached to base brackets and .2 adjustable motor slide rails.
.3 minimum vertical section of base selected on basis of motor size from following;
Motor Size Motor Size kW Vertical Side Horsepower mm (in) up to 3 up to 2.2 75 (3) 7.5 5.5 100 (4) 20 15 150 (6) 50 37 200 (8) over 50 37 250 (10)
2.15 EQUIPMENT BASE TYPE C
.1 Concrete filled inertia base:
.1 Type B base and,
.2 full depth perimeter structural section or formed plate channel frame with; .1 welded in place reinforcing rods running in both directions and
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 48 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT VIBRATION ISOLATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 5 OF 7 .2 1 mm (20 ga) metal pans, .3 base section filled with concrete, vibrated into place.
.3 spring mount units carried by gusseted brackets welded to frame and
.4 'T' shaped bases to support pump elbows.[][
2.16 BASE TYPE D
.1 Roof curb isolation rails:
.1 manufactured with structural steel or aluminum upper and lower members, with .1 continuous flexible reinforced water and air tight seal fastened to upper and lower members,
.2 protected by removable metal weather shield.
.3 supported from lower members by stable steel springs, with
.4 maximum deflection 50 mm (2 in) and
.5 closed cell neoprene gaskets.
.6 constructed with neoprene cushioned restraints to resist wind load in any direction.]
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
.1 Install vibration isolation equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and locate isolation for equipment to provide stable support under saddles, frames and projections of equipment.
3.2 APPLICATION
.1 Provide additional steel in bases and rails to obtain rigidity and uniform load distribution.
.2 Pumps, fans and motor driven equipment to be mounted on vibration isolation as shown in schedules.
.3 Packaged boilers, and water chillers, located in mechanical areas on framed slabs:
.1 supported on Type S1 spring isolators,
.2 located as so that piping systems and equipment is isolated from building structure.
.4 Packaged boilers, water chillers, and cooling towers, located in mechanical areas where floor slab is directly in contact with ground:
.1 supported on Type R1 rubber-steel-rubber pads.
.5 Reciprocating air compressors in any location within building to be supported on
.1 individual Type 'C' inertia bases with
.2 Type 3 spring isolators.
.6 Suspended fans to be supported on
.1 Type A or B base with
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 48 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT VIBRATION ISOLATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 6 OF 7 .2 Type H3 hangers.
.7 Provide Type S3 horizontal thrust restraints for high pressure horizontal discharge fans developing over 1.5 kPa (6 in wg), arranged symmetrically on either side of unit and attached at centre line of thrust.
.8 Block and shim bases level at correct operating height.
.1 Bases to clear housekeeping pads by: .1 25 mm (1 in) minimum for concrete and .2 50 mm (2 in) minimum for steel.
.9 Make pipe, duct and electrical connections to isolated equipment so as to maintain isolation system flexibility.
.10 Piping connected to isolated equipment:
.1 supported with; .1 spring mounts or spring hangers with static deflection of twice deflection of isolated equipment at first point of support and .2 25 mm (1 in) minimum static deflection at remaining supports.
.2 .2 installed with distance between support points selected as for regular pipe hangers and using spring type for .1 first three supports for piping up to NPS 4. .2 first four supports for piping NPS 5 to NPS 8. .3 first six supports for piping NPS 10 and over.
.3 Isolated, with acoustic barrier material, at anchors and guides within pipe shafts, duct shafts, equipment and fan rooms, and up to first anchor outside these rooms or areas.
.11 Where piping crosses building expansion joint
.1 provide spring hangers at first two support locations of piping at either side of joint line.
.12 Where isolation is bolted to floor, housekeeping slab or overhead structure:
.1 provide vibration isolation rubber washers.
.13 Where pumps are mounted on vibration isolators
.1 provide flanged or grooved coupling steel removable spool pieces on inlet and discharge connections to allow future installation of flexible hoses,
.2 locate spool pieces between system isolating valve and pump with flange to flange lengths as follows;
Pipe size Spool Length Pipe Size Spool Length (inches) (inches) (mm) (mm)
2 18 50 450 2½ & 3 24¼ 65 & 75 616 4 & 5 24 100 & 125 625 6 to 12 25 150 to 300 635
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 48 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT VIBRATION ISOLATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 7 OF 7 .14 Where ducts attach to resiliently mounted equipment, flexible connections will be provided by ductwork installer.
3.3 START-UP AND SET-UP
.1 After installation of connections to resiliently mounted equipment;
.1 remove shims and blocking and adjust mountings to level equipment,
.2 adjust connections, hangers, snubbers, and restraints,
.3 ensure that there is no physical contact between isolated equipment and building structure.
.2 On completion of installation and start-up of equipment;
.1 make arrangements for manufacturer/supplier of Vibration Isolation equipment to visit site, check performance of systems, inspect installation, adjust seismic restraints, and submit written recommendations,
.2 make corrections to installation in accordance with manufacturer/suppliers recommendations,
.3 provide notice 24 hours in advance of this site visit.
3.4 TESTING
.1 Engage and pay for an experienced sound and vibration professional to take measurements of sound and vibration generated by HVAC systems.
.2 Co-operate with manufacturer/supplier of Sound Attenuation equipment in this measurement and testing.
.3 Sound measurements to extend over full audio frequency range and to be taken in areas adjacent to mechanical equipment rooms, duct and pipe shafts, and main electrical rooms.
.4 Submit outline of tests to be performed, details of instrumentation to be used and floor plans showing test locations prior to commencing work.
.5 Provide notice one week in advance of commencement of tests.
.6 Submit complete report of tests addressing noise and vibration levels measured in occupied areas and adequacy of Sound Attenuation and Vibration Isolation equipment.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 53 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT IDENTIFICATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 5
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Provide equipment nameplates, piping and duct identification, and valve tags.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
.1 Submit list of nameplates, with proposed wording, prior to engraving.
.2 Submit sample board with pipe and duct identification materials.
1.3 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS
.1 Medical gas pipe marking : to CSA Z7396.1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
.1 Manufactured identification systems:
.1 laminated vinyl or polyester,
.2 resistant to chemical, ultraviolet,
.3 minimum operating temperature: -25 degrees C (-12 degrees F)
.4 maximum operating temperature: 121 degrees C (250 degrees F) .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Brady - identification tapes, bands, and markers. .2 Seton - Setmark Pipe Markers. .3 Smillie McAdams Summerlin. .4 Craftmark Identification Systems.
2.2 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES
.1 Identification plates are in addition to manufacturers plates.
.2 Identification plates:
.1 provided for equipment identified with number designations in schedules and equipment selection sheets.
.2 marked with equipment type, number and service following wording and numbering used in contract documents. Examples: .1 F-1 Auditorium Supply Fan .2 P-3 Condenser Water Pump
.3 laminated plastic
.4 white face and black centre
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 53 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT IDENTIFICATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 5 .5 minimum size 90mmx40mmx2.5mm (3 in x 1½ in x 1/10 in),
.6 engraved with 10mm (1/2 in) high lettering.
2.3 PIPING IDENTIFICATION
.1 Self-adhesive manufactured pipe markers and colour bands:
.1 50mm (2 in) wide tape wrapped around pipe or covering with ends overlapping one pipe diameter but not less than 25mm (1 in) for colour bands,
.2 minimum 20 mm (3/4") high lettering,
.3 colour band tape with flow direction arrows,
.4 waterproof and heat resistant plastic marker tags for pipes and tubing 20mm (¾ in) nominal and smaller.
.5 applicable WHIMS pictogram for identification of material hazard
.2 Flexible coil-wrap manufactured markers::
.1 plastic coated markers with integral printing, or
.2 plastic cover with field applied self-adhesive markers
.3 applicable WHIMS pictogram for identification of material hazard
.3 applicable WHIMS pictogram for identification of material hazard
2.4 DUCTWORK IDENTIFICATION
.1 Paint stencilled letters 25mm (1 in) high showing;
.1 duct service,
.2 fan number, and
.3 arrows showing direction of flow,
2.5 VALVE IDENTIFICATION
.1 Brass valve tags:
.1 brass with stamped numbers and letters filled with black enamel
.2 approximately 25mm (1") square for plumbing valves and 25mm (1") diameter for heating or chilled water systems.
.3 non-ferrous chain or S-hook,
.4 indicating valve type and size
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
.1 Locate nameplates to be easily read.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 53 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT IDENTIFICATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 5 .2 Do not paint over plates.
.3 Fasten securely with mechanical fasteners.
.4 Provide standoffs on insulated equipment.
3.2 PIPING IDENTIFICATION
.1 Provide manufactured tape markers:
.1 self-adhesive type on indoor piping,
.2 flexible coil-wrap on outdoor piping..
.3 Install markers on cleaned and prepared surfaces.
.2 Provide stencil markers:
.1 Paint stencilled letters and numbers identification marks showing pipe service, pipe size and showing direction of flow.
.2 Paint flow direction arrows adjacent to each identification mark.
.3 Paint colour bands adjacent to each identification mark.
.3 Locations:
.1 maximum every 15m (50 ft) along length of pipe, except for medical gas, natural gas and fuel oil,
.2 maximum every 6 m (20 ft) along length of pipe for natural gas and fuel oil,
.3 before and after barriers, floors and walls,
.4 within 1 m (3 ft) of and behind access doors ,
.5 within 1 m (3 ft) of piping termination point.
3.3 DUCTWORK IDENTIFICATION
.1 Paint stencilled letters 25mm (1 in) high showing;
.1 duct service,
.2 fan number, and
.3 arrows showing direction of flow,
.2 Locations:
.1 exposed ducts,
.2 concealed ducts next to access doors, and
.3 throughout length of ducts at intervals not exceeding 15m (50 ft).
.3 Stencil indication on prepared surfaces, and locate on both sides of any penetration.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 53 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT IDENTIFICATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 4 OF 5 3.4 VENTILATION DIAGRAMS
.1 Prepare line diagrams of ventilating systems showing supply, return, and exhaust air quantities in each room, Supply, return, and exhaust air quantities from each floor and location of air handling equipment.
.2 Submit two copies of ventilation diagrams, encased in clear plastic, bound in vinyl covered, hardbacked 210mmx297mm (8½ inx11 in) three-ring binders.
3.5 VALVE IDENTIFICATION
.1 Provide every valve on job, except where located in fire hose cabinets, on radiation, unit heaters, fixture stops or within site of equipment or apparatus they control, with a numbered tag showing valve type and size, attached to valve stem or wheel handle with non ferrous chain or S-hook. Consecutively number valves in each system, use a letter designation for valve type, and size designation to be NPS as a number. (c.f. tag marked 22 B 2 would be valve tag #22 on ball valve, size 2 NPS)
.2 Tags to be brass with stamped numbers and letters filled with black enamel, approximately 25mm (1 in) square for plumbing valves and 25mm (1 in) diameter, round, for valves on heating or chilled water systems.
.3 Prepare flow diagrams for each system showing pumps, heat transfer equipment, schematic piping and tagged valves. Include tag schedule for each system, designating number, service, function, size, and location of each tagged item and normal operating position of each valve.
.4 Submit two copies of valve tag schedules, encased in clear plastic, bound in vinyl covered, hardbacked 210mm x 297mm (8½ in x 11 in) three ring binders.
3.6 PIPE AND VALVE IDENTIFICATION CLASSIFICATION
.1 Colour coding and service identifiers to be in accordance with CGSB-24.3-92 Identification of Piping Systems.
.1 Use colour coding system schedule as follows:
Primary Classification Secondary Legend Type and Classification Direction Arrows
Yellow 505-101 Orange 508-102 Black 512-101 Green 503-107 Purple 511-101 White 513-101 Blue 202-101 Black 512-101 Red 509-102 Yellow 505-101 White 513-101
Pipe and Valve Identification Pipe Marker Legend Valve Tag CGSB Background Legend Legend Hazard Colour Colour Classificat ion
Cold Water C.W. Low Green White
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 05 53 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT IDENTIFICATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 5 OF 5
Pipe and Valve Identification Pipe Marker Legend Valve Tag CGSB Background Legend Legend Hazard Colour Colour Classificat ion
Chilled Water Supply CH.W.S. Low Green White Chilled Water Return CH.W.R. Low Green White Chilled Water CH.W. Low Green White Dom Hot Water Supply D.H.W.S. Low Green White Hot Water Heating Supply
up to 120C H.W.H.S. Hazardous Yellow Black Hi Temp Water Supply above 120C H.T.W.S. Hazardous Yellow Black Make-up Water M.U.W. Low Green White Storm Sewer S.S. Low Green None Sanitary Sewer SAN.S. Low Green None Refrigerant Suction (include refrigerant No.) REF.S. (No.) Hazardous Yellow Black Vent (plumbing) V.P. Low Green White Vent V. Hazardous Yellow Black
.2 Use existing coding system for building additions and alterations.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 07 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL INSULATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 26
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Insulate and finish: ducts, casings, and plenums; valves, pipe and fittings; and equipment.
.2 Provide fire rated insulation on piping as shown.
1.2 RELATED WORK
.1 The following Work is specified in other Sections of Division 20.
.1 Section 21 12 13: fire protection of standpipe risers.
.2 Section 23 31 13: fire protection of ventilation ductwork.
1.3 QUALITY
.1 Manufacturers and products are listed in this Section to establish quality and manufacturing standards. Products from other manufacturers with explicitly similar characteristics are acceptable.
1.4 QUALIFICATIONS
.1 Provide insulation and covering by recognized specialist applicator with an established reputation for this type of work.
1.5 SAMPLE BOARDS
.1 Submit sample assembly of each type of insulation and covering. Mount samples on PVC coroplast board with typewritten label beneath each sample indicating service and material specification.
1.6 MATERIAL TEST CRITERIA
.1 Insulation, adhesives, coatings, sealers, and tapes:
.1 maximum flame spread rating of 25, and
.2 maximum smoke developed rating of 50.
1.7 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS
.1 Material and method of application to comply with or be tested in accordance with following Standards;
.1 NFPA 90-A Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems
.2 ASHRAE/IES 90.1 Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings
.3 NFPA 255 Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials
.4 CAN/ULC-S102 Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Flooring, Floor Covering, and Miscellaneous Materials and Assemblies
.5 ASTM C411 Standard Test Method for Hot Surface Performance of High Temperature Thermal Insulation
.6 ASTM C518 Standard Test Method for Steady State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of Heat Flo Meter Apparatus
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 07 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL INSULATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 26 .7 ASTM C533 Standard Specification for Calcium Silicate Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation
.8 ASTM C534 Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form
.9 ASTM C547 Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation
.10 ASTM C552 Standard Specification for Cellular Glass Thermal Insulation
.11 ASTM C553 Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications
.12 ASTM C612 Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation
.13 ASTM C1126 (Gr.1) Standard Specification for Faced and Unfaced Rigid Cellular Phenolic Thermal Insulation
.14 ASTM C1290 Standard Specification for Flexible Fibrous Glass Blanket Insulation Used to Externally Insulate HVAC Ducts.
.15 CGSB 51-GP-52MA Vapour Barrier, Jacket and Facing Material for Pipe, Duct, and Equipment Thermal Insulation.
.16 CGSB 51.53-95 Poly(Vinyl Chloride) Jacket Sheeting, for Insulated Pipes Vessels and Round Ducts.
1.8 DEFINITIONS
.1 In this Section;
.1 "Concealed": as applied to mechanical services and equipment located in space above hung ceilings, and within trenches, pipe and/or duct shafts, non-accessible chases and furred spaces.
.2 "Exposed": as applied to remainder of mechanical services and equipment which are not "concealed" as defined above. For greater certainty, the following locations are Exposed: .1 Services in tunnels, .2 Services in space beneath raised floors. .3 Trenches located in boiler rooms.
.3 "Conditioned air": HVAC air supplied from air handling units with chilled water or refrigerant cooled coils.
.4 "Unconditioned space": rooms or spaces that are not supplied with conditioned air, including ceiling spaces which are not part of a ceiling return plenum system
.5 "Outdoor": mechanical services and equipment located outside of the building envelope including services located beneath overhangs and soffits, and exposed to any outdoor condition including temperature, sun exposure, or precipitation.
.6 "Mastic": heavy consistency waterproof compound for outdoor applications used in conjunction with reinforcing fabric, that remains adhesive and generally pliable with age, to provide either a breathable or vapour barrier finish to insulation.
.7 "Coating": light-consistency compound used to provide either a breathable or vapour barrier finish to insulation, used in conjunction with reinforcing fabric.
.8 "Lagging" or "Jacket": final finish protective layer for insulation, including mastics, coatings, adhesive films, PVC, and metal finishes; provides breathable, vapour barrier, and weather- protective finish depending on application.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 07 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL INSULATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 26 .9 "Surface temperature" for purpose of equipment temperature, is equal to the gas or vapour design operating temperature, or the liquid supply operating temperature.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPE INSULATION
.1 Type P-1 rigid glass fibre:
.1 meeting ASTM C547,
.2 moulded or scored and folded from boards,
.3 jacket of kraft bonded to aluminum foil reinforced with glass fibre yarn,
.4 noncombustible,
.5 thermal performance: 0.033 W/m/Cºs @ 24 ºC (0.23 btu/hr/in/sq ft/Fº @ 75 ºF)
.6 suitable for service with jacket at: 66 ºC (150 ºF) and un-jacketed material at 454 ºC (850 ºF) .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Johns Manville - Manville Micro-Lok .2 Manson Alley-K .3 Owens Corning .4 Knauf Fiberglass
.2 Type P-2 calcium silicate:
.1 meeting ASTM C533,
.2 moulded or block type,
.3 asbestos-free,
.4 thermal performance: 0.058 W/m/Cº @ 149 ºC (0.40 btu/hr/in/sq ft/Fº @ 300 ºF),
.5 suitable for service at: 649 ºC (1200 ºF). .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Johns Manville - Manville Thermo-12/Blue .2 Owens Corning .3 Knauf Fiberglass
.3 Type P-3 cellular glass :
.1 meeting ASTM C552,
.2 moulded or block type,
.3 density 128 kg/m3 (8 lb/cu ft),
.4 thermal performance: 0.043 W/m/Cº @ 0 ºC (0.32 btu/hr/in/sq ft/Fº @ 75 ºF),
.5 suitable for service at: 482 ºC (900 ºF). .1 Standard of Acceptance
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 07 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL INSULATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 4 OF 26 .1 Pittsburgh Corning Foamglas
.4 Type P-4 flexible elastomeric closed cell foam:
.1 meeting ASTM C534,
.2 tubular with self sealing seams,
.3 thermal performance: 0.04 W/m/Cº @ 24 ºC (0.28 btu/hr/in/sq ft/Fº @ 75 ºF),
.4 suitable for service at: 82 ºC (180 ºF). .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 ARMACELL - AP Armaflex SS Pipe Insulation .2 Rubatex
.5 Type P 5 phenolic rigid:
.1 meeting ASTM C1126 (Gr.1),
.2 moulded,
.3 kraft jacket bonded to 1 mil aluminum foil reinforced with glass fibre yarns,
.4 meeting 25/50 flame spread/smoke developed when tested to ASTM E84,
.5 thermal performance: 0.019 W/m/Cº@ 24ºC (0.13 btu/hr/in/sq ft/Fº @ 75ºF),
.6 suitable for service at: 73ºC to+121 ºC ( 100ºF to 250ºF). .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Kingspan Koolphen K
.6 Type P-6 fire-rated pipe insulation:
.1 WH, ULC, or UL classified inorganic material, non-combustible, listed for protection of metallic piping,
.2 meeting ASTM C518,
.3 flexible blanket, 2 hour fire rating,
.4 foil encapsulated,
.5 suitable for service between:-173 ºC to 1260 ºC (-280 ºF to 2300 ºF). .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Royal Quickstop Quickwrap
2.2 EQUIPMENT INSULATION
.1 Type E-1 low temperature mineral fibre blanket:
.1 meeting ASTM C553,
.2 flexible (for irregular curved surfaces),
.3 jacket of kraft bonded to aluminum foil reinforced with glass fibre yarn,
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 07 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL INSULATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 5 OF 26 .4 thermal performance: 0.035 W/m/Cº @ 24 ºC (0.24 btu/hr/in/sq ft/Fº @ 75 ºF),
.5 suitable for service with jacket at: 121 ºC (250 ºF) and un-jacketed material at 177 ºC (350 ºF). .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Johns Manville - Manville 812 Spin-Glas .2 Owens Corning .3 Knauf Fiberglass
.2 Type E-2 low temperature mineral fibre board :
.1 meeting ASTM C612,
.2 rigid for flat surfaces or,
.3 scored board for curved surfaces 250 mm (10 in) dia and over,
.4 jacket of kraft bonded to aluminum foil reinforced with glass fibre yarn,
.5 thermal performance: 0.033 W/m/Cº @ 24 ºC (0.23 btu/hr/in/sq ft/Fº @ 75 ºF),
.6 density: 48 kg/m3 (3.0 lb/cu ft),
.7 suitable for service with jacket at: 66 ºC (150 ºF) and un-jacketed material at: 232 ºC (450 ºF). .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Johns Manville - Manville 814 Spin-Glas .2 Owens Corning .3 Knauf Fiberglass
.3 Type E-3 high temperature mineral fibre board:
.1 meeting ASTM C612,
.2 rigid for flat surfaces,
.3 thermal performance: 0.033 W/m/Cº @ 24 ºC (0.23 btu/hr/in/sq ft/Fº @ 75 ºF),
.4 density: 48 kg/m3 (3.0 lb/cu ft),
.5 suitable for service at: 454 ºC (850 ºF). .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Johns Manville - 1000 Series Spin-Glas .2 Owens Corning .3 Knauf Fiberglass
.4 Type E-4 high temperature mineral fibre blanket:
.1 meeting ASTM 612,
.2 flexible (for irregular curved surfaces),
.3 thermal performance: 0.039 W/m/Cº @ 24 ºC (0.27 btu/hr/in/sq ft/Fº @ 75 ºF),
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 07 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL INSULATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 6 OF 26 .4 density: 16 kg/m3 (1.0 lb/cu ft),
.5 suitable for service at: 538 ºC (1000 ºF). .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Johns Manville - HTB 26 Spin-Glas .2 Owens Corning .3 Knauf Fiberglass
.5 Type E-5 calcium silicate block:
.1 meeting ASTM C553,
.2 rigid moulded block, radiused for pipe sizes NPS 8 and smaller, and segmented blocks for NPS 10 and larger
.3 thermal performance: 0.058 W/m/Cº @ 149 ºC (0.40 btu/hr/in/sq ft/Fº @ 300 ºF),
.4 suitable for service at: 649 ºC (1200 ºF).
.5 hydraulic finishing cement .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Johns Manville - Manville Thermo-12/Gold .2 Owens Corning .3 Knauf Fiberglass
.6 Type E-6 flexible elastomeric closed cell foam:
.1 meeting ASTM C534,
.2 sheet self-adhering, roll type,
.3 thermal performance: 0.04 W/m/Cº @ 24 ºC (0.28 btu/hr/in/sq ft/Fº @ 75 ºF),
.4 suitable for service at: 82 ºC (180 ºF). .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Armstrong - AP Armaflex Self-Adhering Sheet Insulation .2 Rubatex
.7 Type E 7 low temperature phenolic board:
.1 meeting ASTM C1126 (Gr.1),
.2 rigid for flat surfaces,
.3 thermal performance: 0.019 W/m/Cº@ 24ºC (0.13 btu/hr/in/sq ft/Fº @ 75ºF),
.4 density: 35 kg/m3 (2.2 Ib/cuft),
.5 suitable for service at: 73ºC to+121 ºC ( 100ºF to 250ºF). .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Kingspan Koolphen K
.8 Type E-8 removable/reuseable high temperature insulation blankets:
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 07 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL INSULATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 7 OF 26 .1 Custom fabricated, removable insulation covers for hot surfaces,
.2 suitable for outdoor use,
.3 maximum touch-safe temperature protection : 95 ºC (203 ºF) to UL2200.
.4 insulation: high density, fire resistant mineral or fibreglass insulation suitable for system operating temperature.
.5 cover: silicone impregnated fibreglass cover, for temperatures up to 260 ºC (500 ºF).
.6 internal liner: silicone impregnated fibreglass fabric, or stainless steel knitted wire mesh.
.7 single piece construction
.8 metal identification tag, referenced equipment served.
.9 tie-straps with D-rings, or Velcro closures. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Firwin Corporation .2 Thermohelp Canada Inc.
2.3 DUCT INSULATION
.1 Type D-1 mineral fibre blanket :
.1 meeting ASTM C1290,
.2 flexible blanket,
.3 jacket of aluminum foil reinforced with glass fibre yarn bonded to fire resistant kraft,
.4 thermal performance: 0.040 W/m/Cº @ 24 ºC (0.27 btu/hr/in/sq ft/Fº @ 75 ºF),
.5 suitable for service at: 121 ºC (250 ºF),
.6 density: 12 kg/m3 (0.75 lb/cu ft). .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Johns Manville - Manville Microlite Type 75 .2 Manson - Alley Wrap .3 Owens Corning .4 Knauf Fiberglass
.2 Type D-2 mineral fibre board:
.1 meeting ASTM C612,
.2 rigid board,
.3 jacket of aluminum foil reinforced with glass fibre yarn bonded to fire resistant kraft,
.4 thermal performance: 0.033 W/m/Cº @ 24 ºC (0.23 btu/hr/in/sq ft/Fº @ 75 ºF),
.5 density: 48 kg/m3 (3.0 lb/cu ft),
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 07 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL INSULATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 8 OF 26 .6 suitable for service with jacket at: 66 ºC (150 ºF) and un-jacketed material at: 232 ºC (450 ºF). .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Johns Manville - Manville 800 Series Spin-Glas .2 Owens Corning .3 Knauf Fiberglass
.3 Type D-3 flexible elastomeric closed cell foam:
.1 meeting ASTM C534,
.2 sheet self-adhering, roll type,
.3 Thermal Performance: 0.04 W/m/Cº @ 24 ºC (0.28 btu/hr/in/sq ft/Fº @ 75 ºF),
.4 Suitable for service at: 82 ºC (180 ºF). .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Armstrong - AP Armaflex Self-Adhering Sheet Insulation and .2 Rubatex
.4 Type D-4 phenolic board:
.1 meeting ASTM C1126 (Gr.1),
.2 rigid for flat surfaces,
.3 thermal performance: 0.019 W/m/Cº@ 24ºC (0.13 btu/hr/in/sq ft/Fº @ 75ºF),
.4 density:35 kg/m3 (2.2 Ib/cuft),
.5 suitable for service at 73ºC to +121ºC ( 100ºF to 250ºF). .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Kingspan Koolphen K
2.4 INSTALLATION PRODUCTS
.1 Adhesives
.1 Contact bond cement: .1 Quick setting for metal surfaces. .1 Standard of Acceptance 1. Bakor - No. 200-37
.2 Waterproof vapour retarder: .1 for flexible elastomeric closed cell foam: .1 Standard of Acceptance 1. Armaflex 520 2. Rubatex R-373
.3 Lap seal adhesive: .1 for joints and lap sealing of vapour barriers. .1 Standard of Acceptance
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 07 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL INSULATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 9 OF 26 1. Childers CP-80 2. Foster 87-75
.4 Contact adhesive: .1 for fibrous insulation. .1 Standard of Acceptance 1. Childers CP-82 2. Foster No. 85-20
.5 Lagging adhesive - fire retardant coating. .1 for insulation except elastomeric closed cell foam. .1 Standard of Acceptance 1. Bakor - No. 120-09 2. Childers CP 50A-HV2 3. Foster 30-36 at 1.25 m2/l (15 sq ft/gal) .2 for use with elastomeric closed cell foam. .1 Standard of Acceptance 1. Childers CP-56 Adhesive
.2 Vapour barrier tape
.1 Colour matched and foil faced
.2 UL 181A listed. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Johns Manville - Zeston Z-Tape .2 MacTac Canada Limited - Vinyl Scrim or Foil Scrim Kraft .3 Compac Corp. .4 Fattal Canvas Inc. - Insultape
.3 Insulation cement
.1 Hydraulic-setting finishing type. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Johns Manville - Zeston Z-10 or Z-20PK Insulation
.4 Weld Pins, Studs and Clips
.1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Midwest Fasteners .2 Continental Studwelding
.5 Staples
.1 Monel, flare type, minimum size 12 mm (½ in).
.6 Tie Wire
.1 1.6 mm (16 ga) stainless steel with twisted ends.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 07 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL INSULATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 10 OF 26 .7 Caulking
.1 Fast-drying colour matched flexible butyl elastomer based vapour barrier sealant. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Tremco
2.5 COATINGS AND MASTICS
.1 Indoor applications, breathable coating (Hot work):
.1 fire resistive, abrasion resistive. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Foster 30-36 .2 Bakor 120-09
.2 Indoor applications, vapour barrier coating (Cold work):
.1 fire resistive, flexible. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Foster 30-80 / 30-90 .2 Bakor 120-09 with 130-12
.3 Outdoor applications, breathable mastic (Hot work):
.1 fire resistive, abrasion resistive, flexible, grey in colour. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Foster 46-51 .2 Bakor 120-10
.4 Outdoor applications, vapour barrier mastic (Cold work):
.1 fire resistive, non-asphalt, white in colour .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Foster 60-38 .2 fire resistive, asphalt based, black in colour: .2 Standard of Acceptance .1 Foster 65-05
2.6 FIELD APPLIED JACKET MATERIALS
.1 Glass fabric reinforcing material:
.1 for use with elastomeric closed cell foam: .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Leno 10 x 10 weave glass cloth
.2 Reinforcing fabric for outdoor mastics:
.1 Leno weave, synthetic fibre. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Foster Mast-A-Fab
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 07 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL INSULATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 11 OF 26 .3 PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) jacket material:
.1 20 or 30 mil thickness, with permeability not more than 0.09 perms,
.2 fitting covers, one piece, pre moulded,
.3 self sealing longitudinal joints. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Johns Manville - Manville Zeston 2000 .2 ACWIL Insulations .3 Sure Fit Systems
.4 pressure sensitive, colour matching vinyl tape.
.4 Canvas jacket material:
.1 ULC listed plain weave cotton fabric at 220 g/m2 (6 oz/sq yd), treated with fire retardant lagging adhesive. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Fattal's Thermocanvas .2 Alpha Maritex 3451 RW .3 Clairmont Diplag 60 .4 Glass-Cell FR
.5 Self-adhesive weather barrier membrane:
.1 self-adhering membrane of rubberized asphalt compound with siliconized release paper,
.2 laminated to glass scrim reinforced aluminum foil,
.3 self-sealing with penetration of self-tapping screws.
.4 water vapour permeance 0.05 perms. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Bakor - Foilskin .2 Polyguard Products Alumaguard 60
.6 Metal jacket:
.1 straight pipe, duct or plenum: .1 stucco embossed aluminum not less than 0.45 mm (0.016 in) thick sheet or, .2 corrugated stainless steel not less than 0.25 mm (0.010 in) thick sheet.
.2 Fittings: .1 Custom made swaged ring or lobster back covers on bends and die shaped fitting covers over fitting, valves, strainers, flanges, and grooved couplings.
.3 Bands: .1 12 mm (½ in) wide stainless steel with mechanical fasteners. .1 Standard of Acceptance 1. Alcan Canada Products - Thermaclad Type 1
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 07 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL INSULATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 12 OF 26 2. Childers Products Inc. - Fab Straps
.7 Protective finish for elastomeric cellular foam insulation
.1 Indoors: .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 SB Armaflex Finish
.2 Outdoors: .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 WB Armaflex Finish
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSULATION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
.1 Apply insulation after pressure and leakage testing is completed and accepted, and heat tracing is installed.
.2 Surfaces to be clean and dry before application of insulation.
.3 Store and use adhesives, mastics, and insulation cements at ambient temperatures and conditions recommended by product manufacturers.
.4 Do not apply insulation on chrome plated surfaces of piping, valves, fittings, and equipment.
.5 Cut and bevel insulation around nameplates and pressure vessel stamps.
.6 Neatly finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions.
3.2 JACKET COVER GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
.1 Make jacket materials detachable at valves, unions, strainers, traps and other equipment requiring access.
.2 Use fitted removable covers, or insulated removable metal covers on manholes and access openings.
.3 Cut jacket materials used for covering to allow 50 mm to 100 mm (2 in to 4 in) longitudinal overlap and similar circumferential overlap onto adjacent sheets.
.1 On vertical pipes arrange circumferential overlap on adjacent sheets outside of sheet below and under sheet above.
.4 PVC sheeting (indoor use only):
.1 Fittings : seal PVC fitting covers at throat and heel seams by solvent bonding and secured over insulation by banding or taping ends to adjacent pipe covering with vapour barrier tape.
.2 Hot piping and equipment; .1 secure sheeting with colour matched tape around circumference, at least two places per section of sheet. .2 Overlap adjacent sheets by minimum of 50 mm (2 in) and staple fasten the sheets. .3 Do not seal edges with vapour barrier tape.
.3 For cold and dual temperature piping systems;
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 07 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL INSULATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 13 OF 26 .1 seal edges and circumferential edges of PVC fitting covers with colour matched vapour barrier tape extending over adjacent pipe insulation, and with an overlap on itself of at least 50 mm (2 in) on downward side.
.5 Mastics, Coatings and fabric:
.1 Indoor installation: cover with canvas and multiple coats of coating, in accordance with coating manufacturer's listing.
.2 Outdoor installation: cover with multiple coats of mastic with reinforcing fabric, in accordance with manufacturer's listing.
.3 Use vapour barrier coatings and mastics for cold and dual temperature piping.
.4 Use breather coatings and mastics for hot piping.
.5 Apply mastics and coatings when ambient temperature is above 4 ºC (40 ºF), unless manufacturer's instructions permit colder ambient conditions.
.6 Metal:
.1 Use lock-on systems or secure sheeting with bands 450 mm (18 in) apart.
.2 Joint sealing: .1 Hot pipe and equipment: do not seal joints. .2 Cold and dual temperature pipe and equipment: seal joints with caulking.
.3 Equipment curved surfaces: custom made swaged ring or lobster back covers.
3.3 HOT PIPING SYSTEMS INSULATION
.1 Insulate hot piping systems including pipe, valves and fittings, with the following operating temperature conditions:
.1 Steam and associated condensate at 867 kPa (126 psi) and over: >176 ºC (350 ºF).
.2 Steam and associated condensate up to 860 kPa (125 psi): up to 176 ºC (350 ºF)
.3 Boiler feed water: up to 176 ºC (350 ºF).
.4 Safety relief valve piping, up to 2800 mm (8 ft) above floor or work surface, or within 1200 mm (4ft) horizontally of a work surface: up to 176 ºC (350 ºF).
.5 Hot water heating: 93 ºC (200 ºF).
.6 Domestic hot water: 40 to 60 ºC (105 to 140 ºF)
.2 Select insulation thickness and type based on pipe size and fluid operating temperature.
Hot Piping Systems, Insulation Type and Thickness Fluid Design Operating Nominal Pipe Size Temp. Range (NPS)
C F Insulation < 1 1 to 1¼ 1½ to <4 4 to <8 8 and over Type 177 and 351 and P-2 65 mm 75 mm 75 mm 100 mm 100 mm over over (2½ in) (3 in) (3 in) (4 in) (4 in)
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 07 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL INSULATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 14 OF 26 Hot Piping Systems, Insulation Type and Thickness Fluid Design Operating Nominal Pipe Size Temp. Range (NPS) 122 to 176 251 to 350 P-1 50 mm 65 mm 75 mm 90 mm 90 mm (2 in) (2½ in) (3 in) (3½ in) (3½ in) 94 to 121 201 to 250 P-1 38 mm 38 mm 50 mm 50 mm 90 mm (1½ in) 1(½ in) (2 in) (2 in) (3½ in) P-5 20 mm 20 mm 25 mm 38 mm 38 mm (3/4 in) (3/4 in) (1 in) (1½ in) (1½ in) 61 to 93 141 to 200 P-1 38 mm 38 mm 38 mm 38 mm 38 mm (1½ in) (1½ in) (1½ in) (1½ in) (1½ in)
P-5 20 mm 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm (3/4 in) (1 in) (1 in) (1 in) (1 in) 40 to 60 105 to 140 P-1 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm 38 mm 38 mm P-4 (1 in) (1 in) (1 in) (1½ in) (1½ in)
P-5 20 mm 20 mm 20 mm 25 mm 25 mm (3/4 in) (3/4 in) (3/4 in) (1 in) (1 in)
3.4 COLD AND DUAL TEMPERATURE PIPING SYSTEMS INSULATION
.1 Insulate cold and dual temperature piping systems including pipe, valves and fittings for surface temperatures as listed, with the following operating temperature conditions;
.1 Domestic cold water 4.4 ºC (40 ºF).
.2 Non-potable water, cold 4.4 ºC (40 ºF).
.3 Domestic hot water 40.5 to 60 ºC (105 to 140 ºF).
.4 Non-potable water, hot 40.5 to 60 ºC (105 to 140 ºF).
.5 Drainage system 5.5 ºC (42 ºF) .1 [horizontal storm water piping from roof drain body to first vertical riser,][ .2 horizontal storm water piping,] .3 underside of roof drain bodies, .4 horizontal sanitary piping, .5 sanitary drainage piping in ceiling spaces and where exposed .6 exposed drain traps for handicap lavatory and sink fixtures.
.6 Chilled water 4.4 ºC (40 ºF)
.7 Condenser water, outdoors 10 ºC (50 ºF)
.8 Condenser water, indoors 10 ºC (50 ºF)
.9 Dual temperature exterior zone piping: 4 ºC (40 ºF).
.10 Equipment drains on chilled water fancoils and water-cooled DX air conditioning units: 10 ºC (50 ºF).
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 07 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL INSULATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 15 OF 26 .11 Refrigeration suction piping, valves, fittings, and accessories 4 ºC (40 ºF) and below.
.2 Select insulation thickness and type based on pipe size and fluid operating temperature from the following table:
Cold and Dual Temperature Piping Systems, Insulation Type and Thickness Fluid Design Operating Nominal Pipe Size Temp. Range (NPS)
C F Insulation < 1 1 to 1¼ 1½ to <4 4 to <8 8 and over Type 40.5 to 60 105 to 140 P-1 P-4 25 mm 25 mm 38 mm 38 mm 38 mm (1 in) (1 in) (1½ in) (1½ in) (1½ in)
P-5 20 mm 20 mm 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm (3/4 in) (3/4 in) (1 in) (1 in) (1 in) 4.4 to 16 40 to 60 P-1 20 mm 25 mm 38 mm 38 mm 50 mm (3/4 in) (1 in) (1 ½ in) (1 ½ in) (2 in) P-4 13 mm 20 mm 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm (½ in) (3/4 in) (1 in) (1 in) (1 in) P-5 (13 mm 20 mm 20 mm 20 mm 20 mm (½ in) 3/4 in) 3/4 in) 3/4 in) 3/4 in) Below 4.4 Below 40 P-4 25 mm 38 mm 38 mm 38 mm 38 mm (1 in) (1½ in) (1½ in) (1½ in) (1½ in)
P-5 ------20 mm 20 mm 25 mm for NPS (3/4 in) (3/4 in) (1 in) 2 ½ and larger
3.5 APPLICATION OF INSULATION TO PIPE AND FITTINGS
.1 Straight pipe sections:
.1 Locate insulation joints and cover seams in least visible locations; stagger adjacent longitudinal seams.
.2 Secure pipe insulation with bands or vapour barrier tape at centre of each section and at each end and at not more than 900 mm (3 ft) intervals.
.3 Elastomeric closed cell insulation self-adhered or provide 100% coverage of contact adhesive.
.2 Elbows:
.1 Use matching preformed fibreglass or phenolic insulation fittings or mitred segments of insulation at pipe elbows and wrap joints with vapour barrier tape.
.2 Number of mitred segments to be sufficient to maintain thickness of insulation around throat of elbow.
.3 Where glass fibre pipe insulation is used; .1 elbows NPS ½ to NPS 1 ½ , use mitred corners. .2 elbows NPS 2 to NPS 4 may be wrapped with glass fibre blanket to thickness equal to that of adjoining insulation, using 50 mm (2 in) wide strips with a minimum of 25
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 07 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL INSULATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 16 OF 26 mm (1 in) overlap on each pass, and provided with 100% coverage of vapour barrier tape, for all locations.
.4 Finish elbows with jacket of same material as rest of piping system.
.3 Flanges:
.1 Insulate flanges with same material as pipe. .1 Build up insulation shoulders on each side of flange, minimum 50 mm (2 in) wide, until flush to outside diameter of flange. .2 Add insulation collar around outside of flange same thickness as pipe insulation, with width equal to flange plus insulation shoulders.
.2 Finish flange with jacket of same material as rest of piping system.
.4 Fittings, valves, strainers and joints of grooved piping systems:
.1 Where glass fibre pipe insulation is used, wrap with two layers of insulation of thickness equal to that of adjoining insulation and finish with jacket of same material as rest of piping system.
.2 Where phenolic or elastomeric insulation is used; .1 Provide insulation, mitred, cut and glued, to cover fittings, valves and strainers from flange to flange or coupling to coupling. .2 At grooved couplings, butt pipe insulation to each side of coupling and provide section of oversized insulation overlapping at least 75 mm (3 in) on either side. .3 Secure insulation by banding and tape ends to adjacent pipe covering with vapour barrier tape.
.3 Finish with same material as used for pipe.
.5 Pipeline accessories - Hot piping:
.1 Applicable systems: fluid operating temperatures > 93 ºC (200 ºF).
.2 Provide removable fitted insulation covers for the following pipeline items [located within 2100 mm (7 ft) above a floor or work surface]: .1 valves .2 strainers .3 pressure reducing valves .4 safety valves .5 meters .6 steam separators
.3 Allow free movement of valve actuator.
.6 Pipeline accessories - Hot piping:
.1 Applicable systems: fluid operating temperatures > 93 ºC (200 ºF).
.2 Use detachable fabricated box type insulated metal jackets over the following pipeline items: .1 valves .2 strainers .3 pressure reducing valves .4 safety valves
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 07 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL INSULATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 17 OF 26 .5 meters .6 steam separators
.3 Allow for free movement of valve actuator.
.4 For strainers, provide a two piece detachable end-cap or top-cap as applicable, to permit removal of strainer and for installation of blow-down valve on Y-style strainers.
.7 Pipeline accessories - Cold and dual temperature piping:
.1 Provide type E6 (elastomeric foam) insulation adhered to pipeline accessories with 100% adhesive coverage. .1 valves .2 strainers .3 air separators .4 meters
.2 At locations requiring access, extend insulation to create collar around bolted connection, and install a compression fit piece of insulation to cover equipment.
.3 Finish with same material as used for pipe.
.8 Hangers and supports:
.1 Cold and dual temperature pipe: steel piping all sizes, and other piping of copper, glass, stainless steel or plastic NPS 1½ or larger; .1 provide inserts between insulation protection shields and pipe at each hanger or support, .2 fabrication: Type P-5 (phenolic) or P-3 (cellular glass) insulation, .3 size: 225 mm (9 in) long for lines up to and including NPS 2, and 450 mm (18 in) for lines NPS 2½ and over, .4 cover inserts with vapour barrier wrapping and overlap adjacent insulation approximately 300 mm (12 in) at each end and seal, .5 seal vapour barrier wrapping over insert and adjacent jacket with vapour barrier adhesive then tape with vapour barrier tape at each end of the wrapping and on each side of hanger, .6 install insulation protection shields between hanger or pipe roll support and vapour barrier and any recovering.
.2 Hot pipes: steel piping NPS 1½ or larger; .1 provide insulation insert inside protective saddle welded to pipe at each hanger or support, .2 fabrication: same insulation as specified for service, .3 size: 225 mm (9 in) long for lines up to and including NPS 2 and 450 mm (18 in) for lines NPS 2 and over, .4 cover inserts and protective saddle with "all purpose jacket" material and overlap adjacent insulation approximately 300 mm (12 in) at each end and seal, .5 hanger or pipe roll support to be in contact with "all purpose jacket" and any recovering.
.9 Sleeves through fire and smoke separations:
.1 Hot pipes:
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 07 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL INSULATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 18 OF 26 .1 Interrupt covering and associated adhesives and insulation at fire and smoke separations and provide fire stopping.
.2 Cold pipes: .1 pass insulation through opening, and provide additional installation requirements including metal jacket as required to suit the fire-stop product listing.
.10 Drainage systems - additional requirements:
.1 Insulate pipe and fittings with Type E 1 (low temperature mineral fibre blanket), E 6 (flexible elastomeric closed cell foam) or Type P 4 (elastomeric closed cell foam) insulation 25 mm (1 in) thick.
.2 Apply insulation on roof drain bodies with 100% coverage of adhesive.
.11 Cold and dual temperature pipe insulation systems - additional requirements:
.1 Insulate around anchor plates with type E-1 (low temperature mineral fibre blanket) or E-6 (flexible elastomeric closed cell foam) insulation and seal with vapour barrier tape.
.2 Maintain integrity of vapour barrier through sleeves, around fittings and at hangers and supports.
.3 Secure longitudinal laps and butt joints of pipe insulation vapour retardant jacket to be secured with .1 UL listed pressure sensitive tape and vapour barrier mastic or, .2 self sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips or, .3 75 mm (3 in) wide strips of jacket material adhered in place with vapour barrier adhesive. .4 Where pipe insulation outside diameter exceeds 300 mm (12 in) band insulation with additional 75 mm (3 in) wide circumferential strips of jacket material at 500 mm (24 in) centres, adhered in place with vapour barrier adhesive.
3.6 PROTECTION AND FINISHING OF PIPE INSULATION - INDOORS
.1 Mechanical damage protection:
.1 Protect exposed pipe insulation at floor line with 1.2 mm (18 ga) stainless steel jacket approximately 100 mm (4 in) high, secured to floor slab. Fastenings to be concealed by floor plate. .1 For piping systems using metal finishes, this protection cover replaces a portion of the specified pipe cover. .2 For piping systems using other finishes, this protection cover is in addition to the specified pipe cover.
.2 Cover exposed insulated piping inside of building with [PVC jacket material][coated canvas] material.
.3 Cover exposed insulated piping [on steam systems over 860kPa (125 psig) inside of building with metal sheeting material.
3.7 FIRE RATED PIPE INSULATION
.1 Provide two (2) hour rating of type P-6 insulation on tube or pipe, where shown.
.2 Install insulation, including pipe hangers, in accordance with manufacturer's listing.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 07 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL INSULATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 19 OF 26 3.8 HOT EQUIPMENT INSULATION
.1 Insulate hot equipment where surface temperature of equipment in normal service is greater than 60ºC (140ºF).
.1 Equipment surface operating temperature < 200ºC (400ºF): .1 Heat exchangers (shell and tube, plate and frame). .2 Domestic water heaters. .3 Domestic hot water storage tanks. .4 Radiant Ceiling Panels (back side, facing into ceiling space) .5 Boilers. .6 Boiler feed water heaters. .7 Boiler feed pumps. .8 Deaerators (both head and storage tank). .9 Fuel oil heaters. .10 Flash tanks. .11 Induced draft fans. .12 Condensate receivers. .13 Blow off tanks.
.2 Equipment surface operating temperature > 200ºC (400ºF): .1 Breechings. .2 Stacks and chimneys .3 Engine exhaust systems .4 Engine SCR emission control systems
.3 Equipment insulation is not required on: .1 equipment that is supplied with factory applied and finished insulation and jacketing.
.4 Insulation type and thickness in accordance with following table:
Hot Equipment, Insulation Type and Thickness
Equipment Description Surface Insulation Type Insulation Thickness Temperature Equipment with surface temperature less than 200C (400F) E-1 to E-3 40 mm (1½ in) between 60C (140F) and 200C (400F), not otherwise identified. Expansion tank less than 200C (400F) E-2 40 mm (1½ in) Domestic hot water tank & heaters less than 200C (400F) E-2 40 mm (1½ in) Radiant ceiling panels less than 200C (400F) E-1 50 mm (2 in) Boilers less than 200C (400F) E-3 to E-5 50 mm (2 in) Equipment with surface temperature greater than 200C E-4, E-5 50 mm (2 in) above 200C (400F), not otherwise (400F) identified.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 07 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL INSULATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 20 OF 26 3.9 APPLICATION OF INSULATION TO HOT EQUIPMENT
.1 Type E-1 (low temperature mineral fibre blanket) [][and Type E-4 (high temperature mineral fibre blanket)]:
.1 apply on curved surfaces with radius of curvature less than 250 mm (10 in).
.2 Type E-2 (low temperature mineral fibre board)[ and Type E-3 (high temperature mineral fibre board)]:
.1 apply on flat surfaces and curved surfaces with radius of curvature greater than 250 mm (10 in).
.3 Installation:
.1 Place insulation with joints staggered, sealed and tightly butted.
.2 [Attach to equipment surfaces with weld pins, studs or clips in staggered rows at 300 mm (12 in) on centre in both directions. Apply speed washers when insulation has been placed on metal pins and cut off excess pin length flush with speed washer.][Attach to equipment surfaces with adhesive, applied in strips 150 mm (6 in) wide at 300 mm (12 in) on centre].
.3 At nozzles, manholes, and access doors; .1 terminate insulation with straight cut with space of 25 mm (1 in) at connection; .2 seal cut with insulation cement bevelled away from flanged or union connections; and .3 cover flanged joint, union, manhole and access doors with removable and replaceable aluminum insulated box overlapping adjacent insulation by 50 mm (2 in) and secured with bands.
.4 For irregular shaped portions of equipment use preformed insulation fittings, mitred segments of pipe insulation, or flexible blanket insulation with compressed portions built-up to specified thickness.
.4 Type E-5 (calcium silicate block) insulation:
.1 Apply using high temperature adhesive,
.2 Place insulation in double layers with joints tightly butted and staggered and fill voids and openings in assembly with insulating cement.
.3 Secure insulation with 1.6 mm (16 ga) stainless steel wire or bands 300 mm (12 in) apart. Use welded studs, clips, flanges or angles as anchors for wire and bands.
.4 For irregular shaped portions of equipment, pipe couplings and flanged nozzles; use mitred segments of insulation secured with stainless wire or wrap with type E-4 (high temperature mineral fibre blanket) insulation to thickness equal to that of adjoining insulation.
3.10 PROTECTION AND FINISHING HOT EQUIPMENT INSULATION - INDOOR
.1 Surface temperature < 200 ºC (400 ºF):
.1 E-1 and E-2 insulation: .1 finish with [breathable canvas coating][PVC jacket][metal jacket].
.2 E-3 to E-5 insulation : .1 finish with metal jacket.
.2 Surface temperature > 200 ºC (400 ºF):
.1 E-4 and E-5 :
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 07 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL INSULATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 21 OF 26 .1 finish with metal jacket.
3.11 COLD EQUIPMENT INSULATION
.1 Insulate cold equipment where surface temperature of equipment in normal service is less than 14 ºC (60 ºF)
.1 Insulated equipment: .1 Heater exchangers (shell and tube, plate and frame). .2 Chilled water pumps. .3 Cooling tower/condenser water pumps for winter free-cooling .4 Cold water booster pumps. .5 [Chilled water expansion tanks.] .6 Chillers. .7 Cold water meter assembly. .8 Chilled water storage tank. .9 Water dealkalizer. .10 Water softener. .11 Indoor cooling tower basin. .12 Sand filters for cooling tower system. .13 Glycol cooling system expansion tanks .14 Evaporative cooling unit sumps.
.2 Equipment insulation is not required on:
.1 equipment that is supplied with factory applied and finished insulation and jacketing.
.3 Cold equipment insulation thickness: 25 mm (1 in) except as otherwise noted.
3.12 APPLICATION OF COLD EQUIPMENT INSULATION
.1 General:
.1 Type E 1 (low temperature mineral fibre blanket) or E 6 (flexible elastomeric closed cell foam): .1 apply on curved surfaces with radius of curvature less than 250 mm (10 in) and on irregular curved surfaces.
.2 Type E 2 (low temperature mineral fibre board), E 6 (flexible elastomeric closed cell foam) or E 7 (low temperature phenolic board): .1 apply on flat surfaces, and curved surfaces with radius of curvature greater than 250 mm (10 in).
.3 Installation: .1 Secure insulation in place with bands 300 mm (12 in) apart with joints staggered and sealed. .2 For irregular shaped portions of equipment, pipe couplings and flanged nozzles use preformed insulation fittings, mitred segments of pipe insulation, type E 6 (flexible elastomeric closed cell foam) or type E 1(low temperature flexible blanket) insulation secured with stainless wire. .3 After E 1 (low temperature flexible blanket) and E 2, (low temperature mineral fibre board) insulation is applied, seal holes, corners and jambs with 75 mm (3 in) wide foil faced vapour barrier tape.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 07 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL INSULATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 22 OF 26 .4 After E 6 (flexible elastomeric closed cell foam) insulation applied seal butt joints, holes and corners with adhesive.
.2 Cold pumps:
.1 Insulate pump casing: .1 one layer of 20 mm (¾ in) type E 6 (flexible elastomeric closed cell foam) insulation adhered to clean oil free metal surfaces by compression fit method with full coverage of adhesive.
.2 Construct removable, replaceable insulated box consisting of: .1 1.6 mm (16 ga) aluminum or stainless steel sheeting, .2 lined with 50 mm (2 in) thick E 6 (flexible elastomeric closed cell foam), or .3 25 mm (1 in) thick E 7 (phenolic board). .4 Maintain access to packing gland for service with box in place. .5 Vapour seal joints between adjacent insulation and metal casing after box is in place.]
.3 Centrifugal refrigeration machines:
.1 Insulate evaporator shell; .1 two staggered layers of 20 mm (¾ in) type E 6 (flexible elastomeric closed cell foam) insulation adhered to clean oil free metal surfaces by compression fit method with full coverage of adhesive.
.2 Insulate refrigeration lines, oil cooler piping, purge lines, and other parts subject to sweating: .1 20 mm (¾ in) type P-4 / E 6 (flexible elastomeric closed cell foam).
.3 Insulate evaporator heads and water boxes with removable, replaceable insulated boxes consisting of: .1 1.6 mm (16 ga) aluminum or stainless steel sheeting, .2 lined with 50 mm (2 in) thick type E 6 (flexible elastomeric closed cell foam), or .3 25 mm (1 in) thick E 7 (phenolic board). .4 Vapour seal joints between adjacent insulation and metal casing after box is in place. .5 Attach boxes so that they may be removed without disturbing casing insulation.
3.13 FINISHING COLD EQUIPMENT INSULATION - INDOORS
.1 E 1 (low temperature mineral fibre blanket), E 2 (low temperature mineral fibre board) and E 7 (phenolic board) :
.1 finish with [vapour barrier canvas coating][PVC jacket][metal jacket].
.2 E 6 (flexible elastomeric closed cell foam) insulation:
.1 apply thin coat of lagging adhesive, and apply glass mesh.
.2 When dry apply indoor or outdoor finish at 400 square feet per gallon. Apply second coat of same material, at same rate of application, after four hours.
3.14 AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS INSULATION
.1 Externally insulate air handling system components:
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 07 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL INSULATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 23 OF 26 .1 Conditioned air supply unit casings and plenums, and free standing conditioned air supply fans for both recirculating and non-recirculating type systems, with cooling coils.
.2 Conditioned air supply ducts including downstream of reheat coils.
.3 Heating only supply air ducts and plenums up to the space served but not in the space itself.
.4 Unconditioned supply air ducts and plenums that pass through unheated rooms or spaces.
.5 Return air ducts and plenums in unheated spaces.
.6 Outside air intake ducts and plenums. For non-recirculating type ventilation systems without cooling coils, terminate plenum or casing insulation 300 mm (12 in) downstream of final heating coil.
.7 Mixed air plenums and ducts. For recirculating type ventilation systems without cooling coils, terminate outside air intake insulation 300 mm (12 in) downstream of mixing plenum.
.8 Sheet metal blank-off plates behind unused sections of air intake louvers.
.2 Externally insulate ductwork located outdoors:
.1 Supply ducts.
.2 Conditioned supply ducts.
.3 Return ducts.
.4 Exhaust ducts, including kitchen exhaust ducts, with more than 3 m (10 ft) length of duct on roof. .1 Excluding fan discharge duct.
.3 External insulation is not required on:
.1 casings, ducts or plenums which have been lined with acoustic insulation,
.2 free standing supply fans, supply ducts and plenums for systems without cooling coils except as noted above for ducts in unheated spaces, and fresh air and mixed air plenums and ducts,
.3 portions of intake ducts or plenums, unit casings and conditioned air plenums which are of double wall insulated construction,
.4 pre-insulated flexible ducts.
.5 factory insulated air handling units.
.4 Application to rectangular duct systems
.1 Exposed: .1 25 mm (1 in) thick type D-2 (mineral fibre board) or 20 mm (3/4 in) thick D-4 (phenolic board).
.2 Concealed: .1 25 mm (1 in) thick type D-1 (mineral fibre blanket), D-2 (mineral fibre board) or 20 mm (3/4 in) thick D-4 (phenolic board).
.3 Outdoor: .1 25 mm (1 in) thick type D-2 (mineral fibre board) or 20 mm (3/4 in) thick D-4 (phenolic board).
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 07 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL INSULATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 24 OF 26 .5 Application to round and oval duct systems
.1 Exposed, and concealed: .1 25 mm (1 in) thick type D-1 (mineral fibre blanket) or D-2 (mineral fibre board).
.2 Outdoor: .1 two layers of 25 mm (1 in) thick type D-3 (elastomeric), staggered joints.
.6 Application to plenums and casings
.1 Exposed: .1 Apply two, 25 mm (1 in) thick layers of type D-2 (mineral fibre board), D-3 (flexible elastomeric closed cell foam) or one 25 mm (1 in) thick D-4 (phenolic board).
.7 General installation requirements:
.1 Type D-1 (mineral fibre blanket) flexible insulation: .1 wrap tightly onto the duct work with circumferential and longitudinal joints overlapped minimum of 50 mm (2 in).
.2 Type D-2 (mineral fibre board) insulation: .1 secure with bands or vapour barrier tape at centre of each section and at each end and at not more than 900 mm (3 ft) intervals.
.3 Type D-3 (flexible elastomeric) .1 wrap tightly onto ductwork and secure with 100% adhesive coverage.
.4 Type D-4 (phenolic board) .1 [ ]
.5 Attach insulation to the duct surface with mechanical fasteners and speed clips at 300 mm (12 in) longitudinal centres in both directions, with not less than 2 rows per side and bottom.
.6 Where ductwork is 600 mm (24 in) or greater in width, or more than 450 mm (18 in) in diameter, secure insulation on underside with [adhesive, applied in strips 150 mm (6 in) wide 300 mm (12 in) on centre.
.7 Cover angles or standing seams on the outside of plenums, casings and ducts which extend beyond face of applied rigid insulation with; .1 same material and thickness as adjacent ductwork .2 Extend this insulation 75 mm (3 in) on each side of the angle and place tight around the projecting leg of the angle. .3 Apply rigid insulation overlapping edge of flexible insulation on angle so that outstanding part of insulated angle projects through work.
.8 Seal longitudinal laps and butt joints of vapour barrier jacket with 75 mm (3 in) wide strips of jacket material securely adhered in place with vapour barrier adhesive.
.9 Cut and mitre rigid insulation at elbows and fittings and attach to ductwork with 50% coverage of adhesive, and mechanical fasteners with speed clips.
.10 Attach speed washers when insulation has been placed on metal pins and cut off excess pin length flush with speed washer. Re-cover washers with vapour barrier tape.
.11 At junctions between external insulation and acoustic insulation, overlap external insulation 300 mm (12 in) over acoustic lining.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 07 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL INSULATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 25 OF 26 3.15 PROTECTION AND FINISHING INSULATED DUCTWORK, CASINGS, AND PLENUMS - INDOORS
.1 General:
.1 Use standoffs for duct mounted control accessories.
.2 Interrupt covering of ducts, including associated adhesives and insulation, where ducts penetrate fire separations, at electric resistance heaters, and at fuel-burning heaters or furnaces.
.2 Mechanical protection of exposed duct insulation at floor line:
.1 Protect duct insulation at floor line with 1.2 mm (18 ga) stainless steel jacket approximately 100 mm (4 in) high, secured to floor sleeve.
.2 Protect ductwork, casings, and plenums where any portion is located less than 2.4 m (8 ft) above the finished floor: .1 Fasten 75 mm x 75 mm x 0.4 mm (3 in x 3 in x 26 ga) stucco embossed aluminum angles to bottom corners of horizontal ductwork, .2 provide same to top, bottom and vertical corners of casings and plenums and to corners of vertical ductwork, and .3 cover edges of angles with vapour barrier tape.
.3 Concealed ductwork:
.1 Tape longitudinal laps and butt joints of vapour barrier jacket, and patch speed washers using vapour barrier tape.
.4 Exposed ductwork, casings, and plenums:
.1 Finish with coated canvas.
3.16 PROTECTION AND FINISHING PIPING, EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, CASINGS, AND PLENUMS - OUTDOORS
.1 General:
.1 Protect insulated piping, equipment, ductwork, casings, and plenums installed outdoors with weather protective jacketing.
.2 Piping, equipment, and ductwork, surface temperature < 200 ºC (400 ºF) - Mastic and Metal:
.1 Build-up insulation on top of rectangular ducts to create a roof pitch, minimum slope of 1%.
.2 Apply outdoor mastic finish with reinforcing membrane, and re-cover with aluminum jacket secured with bands at maximum 450 mm (18 in) centres. .1 use vapour barrier mastic for cold and dual temperature piping, cold equipment, and all ductwork, .2 use breather mastic for hot piping and hot equipment. .3 Arrange metal overlap joints to sheet water, and caulk corners, joints, seams and penetrations of sheeting with clear silicone.
.3 Piping, equipment, and ductwork, surface temperature < 200 ºC (400 ºF) - Self Adhesive Membrane:
.1 Build-up insulation on top of rectangular ducts to create a roof pitch, minimum slope of 1%.
.2 Apply self-adhesive weather barrier membrane sheeting, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions..
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 07 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT MECHANICAL INSULATION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 26 OF 26 .3 Provide FSK jacket on un-faced insulation.
.4 Attach membrane with mechanical fasteners on underside of ductwork, plenums and casings, and seal washers with 100 x 100 mm (4 x 4 in) patches of membrane material.
.5 Attach membranes to sides and top of insulation, an lap as required. Roll-out membrane using a laminate roller.
.4 Hot equipment, surface temperature > 200 ºC (400 ºF) - Mastic and Metal:
.1 Build-up insulation on top of rectangular ducts to create a roof pitch, minimum slope of 1%.
.2 Apply outdoor breather mastic finish with reinforcing membrane, and re-cover with stucco embossed aluminum jacket secured with bands at maximum 450 mm (18 in) centres.
.3 Arrange metal overlap joints to sheet water, and caulk corners, joints, seams and penetrations of sheeting with clear silicone.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 08 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT START-UP AND PERFORMANCE TEST REPORTING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 7
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Site Work (by trades on site):
.1 Performance testing and balancing of relocated exhaust fan.
.2 Leak testing of refrigerant piping and start-up of relocated condenser and associated A/C unit.
.3 Flushing, disinfecting and testing of new piping to section 20 05 01.
.4 Pressure testing of new piping to section 20 05 01.
.2 Pre-fabricated Module (by manufacturer):
.1 Performance testing and balancing of heating, ventilating, air conditioning and liquid systems.
.2 Survey of installed automatic controls and verification of functional performance.
.3 Provision of start-up & commissioning report for all mechanical and controls systems.
.4 Measuring and reporting space acoustic(noise) levels.
.5 Measuring and reporting vibration isolation equipment.
.6 Rechecking of testing and balancing during the alternate (heating/cooling) season.
.7 Performance and leak testing of pre-fabricated lab complete with all mechanical, electrical and controls equipment installed.
.8 Start-up and commissioning of all mechanical, electrical and controls components within the pre-fabricated module as per section 1.4.3 below.
1.2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS
.1 Air and water balancing : to section 20 08 05
.2 Flushing, disinfecting and testing of piping: to section 22 05 01
.3 Acoustic measurement : to section 20 08 06
.4 Vibration measurement: to section 20 08 13
.5 Factory testing, and calibrating of equipment or control systems.
1.3 RELATED WORK IN OTHER CONTRACTS
.1 Air and water balancing: separate contract.
1.4 COORDINATION
.1 Coordinate the work of testing companies:
.1 Site Work (by trades on site): .1 Schedule sufficient time so that testing and balancing can be completed during after- hours whenever possible.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 08 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT START-UP AND PERFORMANCE TEST REPORTING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 7 .2 Keep Testing and Balancing firm informed of any major changes made during construction and furnish same with a set of project drawings and reviewed Shop Drawings. .3 Furnish balancing devices, test connections access openings, balancing probe inlets and plugs. .4 Clean and pre run all equipment, filters, etc. .5 Provide immediate labour from pertinent mechanical trades and tools, equipment and materials to make equipment and system alterations and adjustments, as required including control adjustments.
.2 Pre-fabricated Module (by manufacturer): .1 Schedule sufficient time so that testing and balancing can be accomplished prior to final construction and shipment of prefabricated module in the factor, and again after prefabricated module has been shipped, re-assembled and installed on site. .2 Keep Testing and Balancing firm informed of any major changes made during construction and furnish same with a set of project drawings and reviewed Shop Drawings. .3 Furnish balancing devices, test connections access openings, balancing probe inlets and plugs. .4 Clean and pre run all equipment, filters, etc. and place all heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems into full operation and continue same during each working day of testing and balancing. .5 Provide immediate labour from pertinent mechanical trades and tools, equipment and materials to make equipment and system alterations and adjustments, as required including control adjustments. .6 Building Management System technical representatives to operate the BMS during air and water balancing testing. .7 Refrigeration machine manufacturer service representatives conduct performance testing of the refrigeration equipment. Testing and Balancing Firm witnesses and records all test results.
.2 Be responsible for systems constructed, installed and adjusted to provide optimum performance as required by design intent and as outlined in sequence of operations. Perform any re adjusting required as the result of spot checks by the Consultant at no increase in Contract Price.
.3 Pre-fabricated lab and all mechanical, electrical and controls equipment contained therein shall be sufficiently performance tested and commissioned to the satisfaction of the Consultant. A report shall be furnished verifying performance testing, commissioning and compliance to the design intent prior to the shipment of the pre-fabricated module. A second report shall be furnished re-verifying the performance of the system after the prefabricated module has been re-assembled and installed on site. Perform any re-adjusting, as needed, to meet performance requirements at no increase in Contract Price.
.4 General Contractor and/or mechanical sub-trades shall be responsible for carrying the price of all performance and balancing testing and reports, as noted in this section and other sections of the mechanical specification, for “Site Work”.
.5 Pre-fabricated module manufacturer shall be responsible for carrying the price of all performance and balancing testing and reports, as noted in this section and other sections of the mechanical specification, for “Pre-fabricated Module”.
.6 General Contractor, trades and manufacturer shall coordinate to guarantee the performance of the installed system on site.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
.1 Submit layout drawings and Report Format a minimum 14 days prior to start of air and water balancing on site.
.2 Report Format:
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 08 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT START-UP AND PERFORMANCE TEST REPORTING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 7 .1 submit proposed format of initial report,
.2 include a complete list of instruments and tests for which they are to be used as they relate to this project, including date of last calibration.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 NOT USED
PART 3 - REPORT FORMAT
3.1 GENERAL
.1 Include the following information for each test report:
.1 Owner Name
.2 Project Name
.3 Contractor Name
.4 Consultant Name
.5 Name of Test Report
.6 Name and signature of the person submitting the report
.7 Date of report
.2 Submit two (2) copies of test reports in hardcopy form in 3-"D" ring binders, indexed for each type of report, separately bound from the Operations and Maintenance manuals. Provide two (3) copies of the same reports in Adobe Acrobat version 7 PDF format.
PART 4 - START-UP AND PERFORMANCE REPORTS
4.1 REQUIRED REPORTS – SITE WORK (BY TRADES ON SITE)
.1 Provide the following Start Up and Performance Testing reports:
.1 Equipment start up report
.2 Authorities report
.3 Air and water balancing report
.4 Refrigerant piping leak test report
4.2 REQUIRED REPORTS – PREFABRICATED MODULE (BY MANUFACTURER)
.1 Provide the following Start Up and Performance Testing reports:
.1 Equipment start up report
.2 Air and water balancing report
.3 Acoustic survey report
.4 Vibration survey report
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 08 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT START-UP AND PERFORMANCE TEST REPORTING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 4 OF 7 .5 Controls / BMS operation report
.6 Sensor (flow, temperature, sensor, air flow, etc.) operation report
.7 Commissioning / Performance report (before and after installation on site)
4.3 EQUIPMENT START UP REPORT
.1 Provide a test report in spreadsheet format which summarizes the following data for each piece of equipment which is powered or has automatic controls:
.1 equipment ID and name,
.2 motor insulation megger test result (initialed by contractor),
.3 motor rotation (bump test) result (initialed by contractor),
.4 equipment Start Up report status (initialed by contractor),
.5 Manufacturer Start Up report status - status and initialed by contractor,
.6 test completion date.
.2 Provide a test report in spreadsheet format which summarizes the following data for testing of piping systems:
.1 system name
.2 system limits (if system is not tested in its entirety),
.3 type of test (pneumatic, hydrostatic),
.4 pressure at start of test,
.5 pressure at end of test,
.6 duration of test,
.7 contractor dated and initialed,
.8 expansion tank initial pressure,
.9 expansion tank final pressure,
.10 chilled & heating water storage tank leak tests,
.11 backflow preventers have been tested status and initialed by contractor,
.12 pressure relief valves installed - record set point and initialed by contractor.
.3 Equipment/System Start Up Test Report
.1 Provide a separate start up report for each piece of the following equipment. The SMACNA "Systems Ready to Balance Check List", where applicable, may be used for this report. .1 HVAC Units .2 Duct Systems .3 Pumps .4 Boilers, and boiler auxiliaries .5 Refrigeration Equipment
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 08 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT START-UP AND PERFORMANCE TEST REPORTING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 5 OF 7 .6 Hydronic piping systems .7 Chilled and heating water tanks
.4 Manufacturer's Start Up Test
.1 Provide a separate start up report for each piece of the following equipment, utilizing the manufacturer's start up check list. This report may be prepared by the manufacturer's service representative: .1 chemical water treatment - pipe cleaning, .2 chemical water treatment - passivating and inhibition, .3 refrigeration equipment, .4 packaged AC equipment, .5 heating boilers (electric), .6 dearators, .7 packaged humidity steam generators, .8 packaged dehumidifiers .9 adjustable frequency drives, .10 Building Automation Systems.
4.4 AUTHORITIES REVIEW (SITE WORK ONLY)
.1 Submit copies of authorities having jurisdiction inspection and test reports, including:
.1 Plumbing and drainage municipal inspector reports
.2 TSSA pressure vessel and piping inspection reports
.3 ESA field certification reports
4.5 AIR AND WATER BALANCING
.1 Provide air and water balancing report: to Section 20 08 05.
4.6 ACOUSTIC SURVEY
.1 Provide acoustic survey test report: to Section 20 08 06.
4.7 VIBRATION SURVEY
.1 Provide vibration survey test report: to Section 20 08 13.
4.8 CONTROLS / BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
.1 Provide controls test reports: to Section 25 08 00.
PART 5 - SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE TESTS (PRE-FABRICATED MODULE ONLY)
5.1 PERFORMANCE DATA
.1 In addition to tests specified elsewhere, perform the following equipment performance tests. If contractor's standard forms provide for additional data, also submit such additional data.
.1 Chiller and subsequent pump performance at 25%, 50%, 75% and 100% loading. This system shall be tested twice, with each test involving alternating pumps (100% redundant). Testing shall include:
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 08 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT START-UP AND PERFORMANCE TEST REPORTING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 6 OF 7 .1 Peak KW power at peak tonnage load; .2 NPLV kW power at 25%, 50%, 75% and 100% loading; .3 IPLV kW power at 25%, 50%, 75% and 100% loading;
.2 Electric boiler performance and energy usage at 30%, 50% and 100% loading. This system shall be tested twice, with each test involving alternating pumps (100% redundant). Testing shall include: .1 Peak kW power at peak load.
.3 Fan-coil performance, including measured air flow (CFM), air velocity (FPM) and static pressure (in w.c) at 30%, 50% and 100% capacity;
.4 ERV supply/return air flow (CFM), air velocity (FPM) and static pressure measurements (in w.c) at minimum setting (150 CFM);
.5 Verification of installed flow, pressure, temperature, air flow, etc sensors. All sensors shown to be installed in all HVAC piping or ductwork shall be tested against sensors and equipment that are known to be accurate. A report shall be furnished showing: .1 Sensor data as detected by installed sensor; .2 Sensor data as detected by testing equipment; .3 % error of installed sensor.
.6 Include nameplate data and as-tested results.
PART 6 - REPORT SUBMISSIONS
6.1 DEFICIENCIES
.1 Immediately report to Consultant, any deficiencies in the systems or equipment performance resulting in design requirements being unobtainable.
6.2 DRAFT REPORT
.1 On completion of the start up, testing, adjusting and balancing of all systems, submit to the Consultant, two (2) typewritten copies of a full report on all tests, adjustments, and balancing performed.
.2 Attachments including systems schematics with numbered terminals for referring to data above.
6.3 SPOT CHECKS
.1 After review of the Draft Report by the Consultant and at the Consultants direction, retest up to 50% of all measurements in locations as directed by the Consultant, at no cost extra to the contract.
.2 If results indicate unusual testing inaccuracy, omissions, or incomplete balancing/adjustment, in the opinion of the Consultant, re balance entire affected system(s) at no increase in Contract Price.
6.4 INTERIM REPORT
.1 After completion of any retesting described above, submit three (3) typewritten copies of the interim report, in a 3 hole "D" style binder, and two (2) CD or DVD electronic copies in PDF format.
.2 This report is required to obtain Substantial Performance of the Contract.
6.5 FINAL REPORT
.1 Submit to Consultant following completion of alternate season testing and balancing. Submit three (3) typewritten copies, and two (2) CD or DVD PDF in the same formats as the initial report specified above.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 08 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT START-UP AND PERFORMANCE TEST REPORTING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 7 OF 7 6.6 ACCEPTANCE
.1 The Substantial Performance of the Mechanical Work will be considered reached when the interim Start Up and Performance Testing report is reviewed by the Consultant and in the opinion of the Consultant all systems have been satisfactorily installed, operated tested, balanced, and adjusted to meet the specified and intended performance.
.2 The substantial performance is not dependant upon alternate season testing.
.3 The total performance of the Mechanical Subcontract (Contract) will not be considered reached until the alternate season testing and balancing is completed and the final report submitted and reviewed by the Consultant.
6.7 ADDITIONAL TESTING
.1 The Consultant may request such additional testing in connection with this project as he deems necessary.
.2 Perform additional testing and balancing at the rates quoted. Costs will be deducted from the Contractor's allowance for the additional Testing and Balancing work as approved by the Consultant.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 08 05 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 8
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Test, adjust, and balance (TAB) air handling systems and hydronic systems as follows:
.1 Site Work (by trades on site): .1 Relocated exhaust fan and/or any relocated equipment resulting from the work on site;
.2 Pre-fabricated Module (by manufacturer): .1 Fan-coil units, ERVs/HRVs, chillers, boilers, pumps, etc., as shown on the mechanical drawings.
1.2 QUALIFICATIONS AND PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
.1 Balancing to be performed under supervision of recognized expert with an established reputation in this field.
.1 TAB contractor to be a member of AABC or NEBB .
.2 Perform testing and balancing in accordance with:
.1 SMACNA Testing, Adjusting and Balancing guidelines,
.2 Associated Air Balancing Council standards for Total System Balance.
1.3 PREPARATORY WORK
.1 Review design drawings, sequences of operation, specifications, shop drawings, interference drawings and other related documentation to become familiar with their intended performance.
.2 Carry out site visits during later stages of construction to ensure that arrangements for TAB are incorporated.
.3 Carry out factory tours during equipment construction stages to ensure that arrangements for TAB are incorporated.
.4 Confirm proper placement of thermometer wells, test ports, pressure gauge cocks, balancing valves, balancing dampers and splitter dampers, and access doors.
.5 Submit TAB schedule, with descriptive data outlining procedures and sample forms showing method of data presentation, three months before start of TAB work on site.
.6 Provide details of specific procedures to be used for determining test parameters from test measurements and criteria proposed to establish compliance with specification requirements.
.7 List instruments to be used, method of instrument application (by sketch) and correction factors.
.8 Calibrate instruments in accordance with recognized standards, and submit calibration curves not more than three months before commencement of TAB.
.9 TAB measurements to commence when building is "closed in" and work is sufficiently advanced to include;
.1 Installation of ceilings, doors and windows.
.2 Application of sealing, caulking, and weather stripping.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 08 05 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 8 .3 Normal operation of mechanical systems.
1.4 SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT AND RELATED CONTROLS REQUIRING TAB
.1 Air handling systems.
.2 Hydronic systems including
.1 Heating and cooling equipment and piping systems.
.2 Domestic water equipment and cold, hot and recirculation hot water piping systems.
PART 2 - AIR MOVING SYSTEMS
2.1 PARAMETERS
.1 Listed below is an outline of the information to be established in the TAB process:
.1 Air flow related; .1 Air velocity .2 Flow cross sectional area. .3 Static pressure. .4 Velocity pressure.
.2 Temperature related; .1 Wet bulb. .2 Dry bulb.
.3 Equipment related; .1 rotational speed (rpm) .2 Electrical power, .3 Voltage. .4 Current draw.
.2 Measurement are required at and around equipment to establish air side performance of;
.1 Fans.
.2 Coils.
.3 Filters.
.4 Dampers.(fresh, return and relief)
.5 Humidifiers.
.3 Measurement are required to characterize system performance;
.1 at main ducts.
.2 at branch ducts.
.3 at sub-branch ducts.
.4 at each supply, exhaust and return air inlet and outlet.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 08 05 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 8 .5 in each thermostatically controlled zone.
2.2 GENERAL CRITERIA
.1 Balance systems so that fans operate at lowest possible speed and static pressure consistent with delivery of specified air quantity at most remote terminal point.
.2 Set-up supply fans with sufficient speed to deliver required air quantity when filters are loaded to manufacturers recommended maximum pressure drop. Temporarily block filters to achieve maximum pressure drop at design air flow.
.3 Air quantities at each exhaust system inlet and supply system outlet are to be measured and throw and pattern is to be adjusted at each supply outlet.
2.3 FAN PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT
.1 Measure air quantity by taking anemometer traverses across a coil or at a filter bank or by pitot tube traverse in a straight section of duct at fan suction or discharge.
.2 Measure static pressure difference between fan inlet and discharge, motor amperage and fan speed in rpm. Determine motor input power from a curve showing power output as a function of motor amperage for the particular motor.
.3 Plot results of measurements on fan characteristic curve supplied by fan manufacturer and the air volume, static pressure and fan speed lines should form a triangle enclosed by a rectangle with a dimension of not more than 15% of the rated static pressure by a dimension of not more than 10% of the specified air quantity. Input power taken from the fan characteristic should be within 10% of the power determined from the motor amperage readings.
.4 If required precision is not obtained, readings to be repeated. If subsequent testing shows that the required precision is unobtainable then fan manufacturer is to submit written report explaining actual fan performance and provide new characteristic curve showing actual performance for fan "as installed".
.5 Measure static pressure loss across cooling coils, heating coils and individual filter banks and tabulate readings with manufacturers published pressure loss figures for the actual measured air volume.
2.4 VFD EQUIPPED FAN-COIL AIR BALANCING AND TESTING PROCEDURE
.1 Set system to operate with 100% return air, set room thermostats at a fixed design indoor temperature, set fan discharge temperature at design point.
.2 Method of Operation 1 – Typical Air Flow
.1 Supply and return motorized dampers shall be open, by-pass motorized damper shall be closed.
.2 Fan shall be cycle to 25%, 50%, 75% and 100% capacity using adjustable frequency drive (AFD) and/or integrated unit controller.
.3 Air volume (CFM) and velocity (FPM) measurements shall be recorded for each speed, and shall be measured at: .1 Unit outlet/supply; .2 Unit inlet/return; .3 Duct by-pass between supply and return.
.4 Differential pressure (kPa and inches w.c) between supply and return shall be measured and recorded for each speed.
.3 Method of Operation 2 – ACH
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 08 05 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 4 OF 8 .1 Supply, return and by-pass motorized dampers shall be actuated and fan-speed shall be modulated to achieve the following: .1 Maximum supply air into the room shall not exceed 96 CFM; .2 Minimum supply air into the room shall not exceed 5 CFM; .3 Incremental increases in air supply shall not exceed 9 CFM (+/- 10%). .4 Air volume (CFM), velocity (FPM) measurements and motorized damper position (%open) shall be recorded for the minimum and maximum values above, and shall be measured at: .1 Unit outlet/supply; .2 Unit inlet/return; .3 Duct by-pass between supply and return. .5 Similar to 2.4.3.4 above, supply air into the room shall be incrementally increased by 9 CFM (+/- 10%) and CFM, FPM and %open damper position shall be measured and recorded for all incremental supply air flow increases into the room.
.4 Refer to Sequence of Operation on mechanical drawings for additional detail.
2.5 FRESH AIR ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE - HRV
.1 Set system to operate with 100% fresh air (ie: return motorized dampers at fan-coil units to closed position, and supply and by-pass dampers to modulate as needed).
.2 HRV ventilation dampers to the fan-coil units and HRV exhaust dampers from the room shall remain open. Supply and by-pass motorized dampers shall be actuated and fan-coil fan-speed shall be modulated to achieve the following:
.1 Maximum supply air into the room shall not exceed 96 CFM;
.2 Minimum supply air into the room shall not exceed 5 CFM;
.3 Incremental increases in air supply shall not exceed 9 CFM (+/- 10%).
.4 Air volume (CFM), velocity (FPM) measurements and motorized damper position (%open) shall be recorded for the minimum and maximum values above, and shall be measured at: .1 FCU outlet/supply; .2 FCU by-pass duct; .3 HRV supply to FCU; .4 HRV exhaust from room
.3 Similar to 2.5.2.4 above, supply air into the room shall be incrementally increased by 9 CFM (+/- 10%) and CFM, FPM and %open damper position shall be measured and recorded for all incremental supply air flow increases into the room.
.4 Refer to Sequence of Operation on mechanical drawings for additional detail.
2.6 AIR QUANTITY MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE
.1 Branch air quantities to be determined using pitot tube traverses in accordance with the procedures outlined in "Testing, Balancing and Adjusting of Environmental Systems" by William G. Eads, P.E., issued by SMACNA.
PART 3 - HYDRONIC SYSTEMS
3.1 PARAMETERS
.1 Listed below is an outline of the information to be established in the TAB process;
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 08 05 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 5 OF 8 .1 Flow.
.2 Pressure.
.3 Temperature.
.4 Specific gravity.
.5 Rotational speed (rpm).
.6 Electrical .1 power .2 Voltage. .3 Current draw.
.2 Measurement are required at and around equipment to establish fluid side performance of;
.1 Coils.
.2 Boilers.
.3 Pumps.
.4 Makeup (water) systems.
.5 Domestic hot water heaters.
.6 Humidifiers.
3.2 GENERAL CRITERIA
.1 Use calibrated venturi tubes, orifices or other metered fittings and pressure gauges in conjunction with permanent and portable type flow meters to determine flow rates for system balance.
.2 Effect system balancing with automatic control valves open to heat transfer elements and bypasses closed.
.3 Base flow balance on (in order of preference):
.1 double regulating valves, or globe valves associated with flow measuring elements (flow meters),
.2 temporary non-invasive flow meters,
.3 differential pressure measurement across heat transfer elements, and checked against manufacturer's literature, or
.4 temperature difference across various heat transfer elements in the system where flow metering devices are not installed. This method may only be used at design heat transfer conditions.
.4 Adjust systems to provide specified pressure drops and flows through heat transfer elements prior to thermal testing.
.5 Perform balancing by measurement of temperature differential in conjunction with air balancing.
.6 Adjust water distribution systems by means of double regulating valves, globe valves, balancing cocks, valves and fittings. Do not use shut-off valves for balancing unless indexed.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 08 05 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 6 OF 8 .1 Butterfly valves on discharge side of pumps may be used if they are one trade size smaller than system pipe size. Include Cv values and flow vs valve position curve with balancing report.
.7 Where available pump capacity is less than total flow requirements of individual system parts, full flow in any part may be simulated by temporary restriction of flow to other parts.
PART 4 - EQUIPMENT TESTING
4.1 PERFORMANCE DATA
.1 Submit the following data as a minimum. If contractor's standard forms provide for additional data, also submit such additional data.
.1 Some equipment tests may need to be performed during the alternate season testing.
.2 Include nameplate data and as-tested results.
.2 Water Chillers:
.1 manufacturer and model,
.2 refrigerant type and weight,
.3 entering and leaving condenser water temp,
.4 entering and leaving condenser water pressure,
.5 entering and leaving chilled water temp,
.6 entering and leaving chilled water pressure,
.7 condenser and evaporator water flow rate.
.3 Hydronic Heating Equipment (Boilers, Heaters, etc):
.1 manufacturer and model,
.2 entering and leaving water temperature,
.3 entering and leaving water pressure,
.4 water flow rate,
.4 Motors:
.1 manufacturer,
.2 model or Serial number,
.3 amperage and voltage,
.4 horsepower,
.5 RPM,
.6 corrected full load amperage,
.7 measured amperage and voltage,
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 08 05 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 7 OF 8 .8 calculated BHP (kW).
.5 Fans:
.1 manufacturer,
.2 model or Serial number,
.3 flow rate
.4 RPM,
.5 static pressures (suction and discharge),
.6 pulley size, type and manufacturer,
.7 belt size and quantity.
.6 Pumps:
.1 manufacturer,
.2 model or Serial number,
.3 flow rate,
.4 developed pump head,
.5 RPM.
PART 5 - REPORT PRESENTATION AND VERIFICATION
5.1 REQUIRED REPORTS
.1 Provide the following reports:
.1 Air and water balancing report
5.2 REPORT FORMAT
.1 Reports to incorporate approved standard forms, with values expressed in SI and (Imperial) units.
.2 Include "as-built" system schematics showing flow quantities and measurement points. Use as-built drawings and ventilating line diagrams for references.
.3 Submit four hard copies of TAB reports, with index tabs, in "D" ring binders, for verification.
.4 Submit two soft copies of TAB reports in Adobe Acrobat V7 PDF format.
5.3 ACCURACY
.1 Adjust systems until operating values within plus or minus 5% of design values are achieved.
.2 Measurements to be accurate to within plus or minus 2% of actual values.
5.4 SPOT CHECKS
.1 After review of the Draft Report by the Consultant and at the Consultants direction, retest up to 30% of all measurements in locations as directed by the Consultant, at no cost extra to the contract.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 08 05 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 8 OF 8 .2 If results indicate unusual testing inaccuracy, omissions, or incomplete balancing/adjustment, in the opinion of the Consultant, re balance entire affected system(s) at no increase in Contract Price.
5.5 BALANCE POSITION MARKING
.1 Mark the balance position of dampers and valves at the completion of the final testing:
.1 Ductwork: indicate with arrow using paint or permanent marker,
.2 Exposed ductwork in public areas: self-adhesive label, placed adjacent to balancing damper, neatly filled in with % open or degree open value.
.3 Valves: self-adhesive label, placed on piping (insulated or not) adjacent to valve, neatly filled in with either % valve open, or number of valve turns to open.
.2 Additional requirements for Double Regulating Valves:
.1 Remove valve handle or other protective device, and set memory stop to limit valve open travel. Replace valve handle or protective cover.
5.6 RECORD KEEPING
.1 Keep records of trial and final balance and submit preliminary report as each system is completed.
.2 Make spot checks as requested and repeat balancing of system if actual spot check quantities do not agree with preliminary report figures.
5.7 VERIFICATION
.1 Reported measurements will be verified.
.2 Provide instrumentation and manpower to verify results of up to 30% of reported measurements.
.3 Number and location of verification measurements to be at discretion of Engineer.
.4 Where discrepancies are encountered repeat TAB, and resubmit reports.
5.8 COMPLETION
.1 Continue TAB until reports are approved.
.2 The Substantial Performance of the Mechanical Work will be considered reached when the initial Start Up and Performance Testing report is accepted by the Consultant and in the opinion of the Consultant all systems have been satisfactorily installed, operated tested, balanced, and adjusted to meet the specified and intended performance.
.3 The substantial performance is not dependent upon alternate season testing.
.4 The total performance of the Mechanical Subcontract (Contract) will not be considered reached until the alternate season testing and balancing is completed and the final report submitted and accepted by the Consultant.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 08 06 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT ACCOUSTIC TESTING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 2
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Conduct acoustic (noise) measurements for all equipment and for the pre-fabricated module.
.2 Coordinate this work with that required for air and water balancing.
1.2 QUALIFICATIONS
.1 Acoustic measurements and analysis to be performed under supervision of recognized expert with an established reputation in this field.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 ACOUSTIC SURVEY
.1 Test Locations
.1 Provide acoustic noise measurements in locations agreed with the Consultant. As a minimum, the following areas are to be tested: .1 Support Area, .2 Test Chambers, .3 Buffer Area, .4 Fourth Floor Corridor directly below pre-fabricated module; .5 Lab spaces directly below pre-fabricated module;
.2 Test Methods
.3 Test noise levels on the dBA weighting scale over eight bandwidths.
.4 Report results in tabular and graphical plots, including RC curves for each space tested.
.5 Conduct two tests per test location:
.1 Background ambient: building ventilation and air conditioning systems turned OFF, lighting systems turned ON.
.2 perating : building ventilation and air conditioning systems turned ON, but building otherwise not occupied, and process equipment turned off.
.6 Report any objectionable noise or vibration and be prepared to locate cause by instrumentation and analysis (including Octave Band and analysis).
3.2 REPORT FORMAT
.1 Reports to incorporate approved standard forms.
.2 Provide a one (1) page summary for each room/space test and include:
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 20 08 06 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT ACCOUSTIC TESTING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 2 .1 date and time of test,
.2 background and operating test results,
.3 RC bandwidth results for 63 through 8000 Hz in both tabular and graphical formats.
.3 Include reduced architectural floor plan drawings, identifying test locations.
.4 Submit four hard copies of acoustic reports.
.5 Submit two soft copies of acoustic reports in PDF format.
3.3 VERIFICATION
.1 Reported measurements will be verified.
.2 Provide instrumentation and manpower to verify results of up to 10% of reported measurements.
.3 Number and location of verification measurements to be at discretion of Consultant.
.4 Where discrepancies are encountered repeat tests, and resubmit reports.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 22 05 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT PLUMBING GENERAL MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 3
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Provide labour, materials and equipment for installation, testing and putting into operation plumbing and drainage systems.
1.2 QUALIFIED TRADESMEN
.1 Work to be done by qualified and recognized firm with an established reputation in this field using tradesmen holding certificates of competency.
1.3 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS
.1 Ontario Building Code
.2 Regulations of Province, City, or local authority having jurisdiction.
.3 CSA B272 Pre-Fabricated Self Sealing Roof Vent Flashings
.4 AWWA C651, Disinfecting Water Mains.
.5 O.Reg. 212/01 Gaseous Fuels, and related code adoption document.
.6 O.Reg. 215/01 Fuel Industry Certificates
.7 CSA B149.1 Natural Gas and Propane Installation Code
1.4 QUALIFICATIONS
.1 Contractors performing work on natural gas or propane systems to be licensed as a gas and propane installer under O.Reg. 215/01, by the Technical Standards and Safety Authority.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FLASHING
.1 Through-roof penetration flashing, and other waterproofed areas:
.1 manufactured from composite material in accordance with CSA B272,
.2 minimum dimensions of 500 mm x 500 mm (20 in x 20 in),
.3 with sleeve extending at least 150 mm (6 in) above roof.
PART 3 - INSTALLATION
3.1 PIPING
.1 Piping system routing is shown diagrammatically. Locate mains, risers and runouts concealed behind furrings or above ceilings except in mechanical equipment rooms and access spaces where piping is to be exposed.
.2 Determine areas without ceilings from Architectural Drawings and Room Finish Schedules, and in these areas keep piping as high as possible.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 22 05 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT PLUMBING GENERAL MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 3 .3 Anchor, guide and support vertical and horizontal runs of piping to resist dead load and absorb thrust.
3.2 DOMESTIC COLD WATER SYSTEM DISTRIBUTION
.1 Extend existing domestic cold water system with
.1 distribution pipe and fittings,
.2 valves,
.3 premises backflow isolation,
.4 zone or equipment backflow protection.
.2 Minimum water pressure at street level: approximately 500 kPa (70 psi).
.3 Provide valved connections from supply system, to fixtures and other equipment requiring cold water.
3.3 DOMESTIC HOT WATER SYSTEM DISTRIBUTION
.1 Extend existing domestic hot water system with
.1 distribution pipe and fittings
.2 valves
.3 zone or equipment backflow protection.
.2 Provide cold water connections to hot water tank, with shut-off and check valve on supply and valved drain at bottom of tank. Drill check valve disc with 1.6 mm (1/16 in) hole in its centre.
.3 Provide valved connections from hot water supply system to fixtures and other equipment requiring hot water.
3.4 DRAINAGE
.1 Provide roof drains and storm drainage piping system.
.2 Provide waste and vent connections to plumbing fixtures and equipment.
.3 Fittings;
.1 Do not use double hubs, straight crosses, double T's, or double TY's in soil or waste pipe below any fixture.
.2 Do not use branch fittings other than full "Y" or "Y" and an eighth bend, on soil or waste pipe running in horizontal direction.
.3 Do not use quarter bend placed on its side.
.4 Do not use inverted joints below fixtures.
.5 Do not install cleanouts above food preparation or patient treatment areas. In these areas carry rodding connection up to floor cleanout fitted with adjustable gasketted access cover and plug, with cleanout body cast in floor slab above.
.6 Drainage fittings to match connected piping for quality and wall thickness.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 22 05 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT PLUMBING GENERAL MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 3 3.5 FLASHING
.1 Provide flashing for piping penetrations through roofs and other waterproofed areas. Leave flashing ready for Roofing or Waterproofing Trades to make watertight connections.
3.6 VENT TERMINATION (VTR)
.1 Fit vents passing through roof with vent stack sleeve terminating not less than 150 mm (6 in) above roof, above flood level of roof, and 900 mm (3 ft) above or 3500 mm (11.5 ft) horizontally from any air intake, door, or operable window.
3.7 FLUSHING AND DISINFECTING
.1 Provide chemicals and equipment to clean, disinfect and flush domestic water systems in accordance with AWWA C651 and Ontario Building Code[][
.2 Complete piping pressure tests prior to flushing and disinfecting operations. Notify Consultant at least two days in advance of date when disinfecting operations are proposed, so that the Consultant may witness the tests.
.3 Flush watermains through available outlets with sufficient flow to produce velocity of 1.5 m/s, within pipe for 10 minutes, or until foreign materials have been removed and flushed water is clear.
.1 Record quantity of water required to initially fill the system.
.4 Minimum flushing flowrates: Pipe Size Minimum Flow
NPS L/s usgpm
6 38 600
8 75 1200
10 115 1800
12 150 2400
.5 Open and close valves, hydrants and service connections to ensure thorough flushing.
.6 When flushing has been completed to satisfaction of Consultant, introduce strong solution of chlorine into watermain and ensure that it is distributed throughout entire system:
.1 Drain down system to remove flushing water,
.2 Introduce Chlorine close to point of re-filling of system, and evenly add to water as system is refilling, to provide an initial concentration of 50 mg/L
.3 Operate valves, hydrants, and appurtenances while main contains chlorine solution.
.4 Flush line to remove chlorine solution after 24 hours contact time.
.5 Arrange and pay for laboratory testing of water samples taken from newly disinfected main.
.6 Where samples do not meet laboratory test standard for potable water, disinfection procedure and testing is to be repeated until satisfactory results are achieved.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 22 05 23 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT PLUMBING SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 5
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Provide plumbing specialties and accessories.
1.2 PRODUCT DATA
.1 Submit product data sheets for;
.1 Floor drains, cleanouts, traps.
1.3 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS
.1 CSA B125 Plumbing Fittings.
.2 CSA B.64.1.1 Vacuum Breakers, Atmospheric Type
.3 CSA B.64.4 Backflow Preventers, Reduced Pressure Principle Type
.4 CSA B64.10 Manual for the Selection and Installation of Backflow Prevention Devices/Manual for the Maintenance and Field Testing of Backflow Prevention Devices
.5 CSA B79 Floor, Area, and Shower Drains and Cleanouts for Residential Construction
.6 Plumbing and Drainage Institute (PDI) Standard PDI-WH201.Water Hammer Arresters
.7 PDI-G101 Testing and Rating Procedure for Grease Interceptors with Appendix of Sizing and Installation Data.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
.1 Floor, area, combination and roof drains and cleanouts to conform to CSA B79 and to be products of one manufacturer.
.1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Jay R. Smith .2 Mifab .3 Zurn
2.2 FLOOR DRAINS
.1 Construction:
.1 cast iron body
.2 integral double drainage openings, flashing ring and clamping device.
.3 polished nickel bronze adjustable strainer.
.4 integral flange to receive the floor finish.
.5 adjustable galvanized ductile iron tractor grates in mechanical equipment rooms and fan rooms.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 22 05 23 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT PLUMBING SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 5 .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Jay R. Smith 2005 series .2 Mifab F1100 series .3 Zurn Z-415 series [][
2.3 CLEANOUTS
.1 In exposed areas, ceiling spaces and accessible pipe chases,
.1 cast iron caulking ferrule with neoprene jacket and plug secured to body with cap screws.
2.4 TRAP SEAL PRIMERS
.1 Serving 3 to 30 drains:
.1 electric, manifolded units,
.2 components factory assembled in 1.5 mm (16 ga) recessed metal cabinet with hinged stainless steel lockable access door,
.3 atmospheric vacuum breaker,
.4 preset 24 hr clock,
.5 manual over ride switch,
.6 120 Volt solenoid valve,
.7 NPS ¾ or NPS ½ valved inlet water connection,
.8 calibrated water distribution manifold,
.9 NPS ½ outlet compression fittings. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Precision Plumbing Products Model PT-3 thru PT-30 .2 Mifab MI-100
2.5 BACK-FLOW PREVENTERS - REDUCED PRESSURE PRINCIPLE (RP)
.1 Conforming to CSA B.64.4
.2 NPS 3/4 and larger:
.1 two independent check valves with intermediate relief valve,
.2 OS&Y ULC listed resilient seated gate valves,
.3 ball test cocks, and
.4 air gap drain. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Watts No.909 series .2 Cla-val Company Model RP-1 .3 Conbraco 40200 & 40100 Series
.3 NPS ¼ and ½:
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 22 05 23 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT PLUMBING SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 5 .1 two independent check valves with intermediate relief valve,
.2 quarter turn full port resilient seated ball valves,
.3 inlet strainer,
.4 ball test cocks, and
.5 air gap drain. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Watts No.909QT series
2.6 VACUUM BREAKERS
.1 Conforming to CSA B.64.1.1.
.1 NPS ¼ to 3: .1 atmospheric type (AVB), with single float and disc, and .2 large atmospheric port. .1 Standard of Acceptance 1. Watts No.288A series 2. Cash Acme Type V-101
.2 NPS ½ to 2: .1 pressure type (PVB) with spring loaded single float and disc, .2 independent first check, shut off valves, and ball type test cocks. .1 Standard of Acceptance 1. Watts No.800 series
.2 Conforming to CSA B.64.2
.1 NPS ¾, .1 Hose connection type (HCVB) with non-removable single check , and .2 atmospheric vent vacuum breaker. .1 Standard of Acceptance 1. Watts No.8A 2. A.W.Cash Valve Type V-3
2.7 WATER MAKE-UP ASSEMBLIES
.1 Iron body water pressure regulator with;
.1 integral check,
.2 stainless steel strainer,
.3 fast fill /purge lever, and
.4 Iron body diaphragm operated relief valve .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Watts No.1450F series .2 A.W.Cash Valve Type CBL
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 22 05 23 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT PLUMBING SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 4 OF 5 .3 Conbraco
2.8 STRAINERS
.1 "Y" pattern with;
.1 bronze, cast iron or steel bodies ,
.2 screwed or flanged to match pressure class and size restrictions specified for globe valves in section of piping system where strainer is to be installed,
.3 stainless steel baskets with; .1 0.8 mm (1/32 in) diameter perforations for strainers up to NPS 3 size and .2 3.2 mm (? in) diameter perforations for strainers NPS 4 and larger. .3 Baskets with 3.2 mm (? in) diameter perforations to be made from 0.9 mm (0.037 in) stock reinforced with 13 mm x 0.9 mm (½ in x 0.037 in) bands of the same material spot welded to baskets .1 Brobrick B-868 series]
2.9 DIAPHRAGM EXPANSION TANKS
.1 Construction:
.1 carbon steel body
.2 polypropylene liner
.3 stainless steel pipe connections
.4 fixed diaphragm, FDA approved Butyl
.2 Ratings:
.1 Maximum working pressure: 1034 kPa (150 psig)
.2 Maximum working temperature: 115?C (240?F) .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Armtrol - Therm-X-Trol .2 S.A. Armstrong .3 Watts .4 Bell & Gossett .5 Taco
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION GENERAL
.1 Install to conform with Canadian Plumbing Code, provincial codes, and local authority having jurisdiction.
3.2 CLEANOUTS
.1 Install at base of soil and waste stacks, and rainwater leaders and at changes in direction.
.2 Extend cleanouts flush to wall or finished floor unless serviceable from below floor.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 22 05 23 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT PLUMBING SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 5 OF 5 .3 Install cleanouts located in floors clear of obstructions.
3.3 TRAP SEAL PRIMERS
.1 Select and install to prime floor and funnel drain traps.
.2 120V 1ph 60 Hz supply will be brought to electric manifolded units under Division 26 and connected under Division 22.
3.4 BACK-FLOW PREVENTERS AND VACUUM BREAKERS
.1 Install in accordance with CSA B64.10.
.2 Install backflow preventers horizontally, in accordance with manufacturers reccomendations, but not less than 300mm (12") and not greater than 1500mm (60") above the floor.
.3 Pipe discharge from backflow preventer, with air gap, to nearest drain or service sink.
3.5 WATER MAKE-UP ASSEMBLIES
.1 Pipe discharge from relief valve to nearest floor drain.
3.6 STRAINERS
.1 Install with sufficient space to remove basket.
3.7 WATER SYSTEM EXPANSION TANK
.1 Provide lockshield shut-off valve and pressure gauge on water line to expansion tank.
.2 Check and adjust pressure charge in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
.3 Set minimum pressure on tank before domestic hot water piping is warmed up.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 22 11 19 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT PEX TUBE AND FITTINGS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 3
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Provide tube and fittings for systems as shown and as follows:
.1 Potable cold and hot water,
.2 Limitation on use:
.1 Maximum size: NPS 1-1/4
.3 Operating conditions:
.1 Temperature: range of 4°C to 82°C (40°F to 180°F),\
.2 Pressure: less than 690 kPa (100 psi) at 82°C (180°F)
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
.1 Submit shop drawings where pipe assemblies with fittings, elbows and flanges are shop fabricated.
1.3 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS
.1 ASTM F-876 Standard Specification for Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing
.2 ASTM F-877 Standard Specification for Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Plastic Hot and Cold Water Distribution Systems
.3 CSA B137.5 Cross-Linked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing Systems for Pressure Applications
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
.1 PEX tubing and fittings tested in accordance with CAN /ULC S102.2, with a flame spread rating less than 25 and a smoke development classification less than 50.
2.2 DOMESTIC HOT, COLD AND RECIRCULATING PIPING WITHIN BUILDING
.1 PEX tube : cross-linked polyethylene to CSA B137.5;
.1 SDR-9 dimensions.
.2 colour coded blue for cold water, red for hot water
2.3 PIPE JOINTS AND FITTINGS
.1 Fittings, joints, and adaptors:
.1 specifically manufactured brass fittings for PEX SDR-9 tubing.
.2 barb-end, thread-end adaptors, and sweat-connection adaptors.
.3 copper barb-end crimp rings.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 22 11 19 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT PEX TUBE AND FITTINGS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 3 .2 Fixture supply piping:
.1 copper stubout 90° elbows with barb transition ends,
.2 stubout wall bracket.
2.4 MANIFOLDS
.1 Fabricated copper manifold;
.1 brass ball valves for each branch isolation
.2 sweat end connections and/or barbed-end connections
2.5 TUBE SUPPORTS
.1 PEX manufacturers' standard pipe supports:
.1 thermoplastic snap clips mounted in extruded mounting rail.
.2 thermoplastic tube grommets for steel framing openings.
.3 Tube bends:
.1 thermoplastic tube bend supports sized for minimum bending radius. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Watts - WaterPEX
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTRUCTION
.1 Install in accordance with CSA B137.5 and manufacturer's instructions
3.2 INSTALLATION
.1 Install tubing with a minium separation of 450 mm (18") between tubes in accordance with manufacturer's ULC listing requirements. Arrange copper stubout elbows at fixture stops to maintain separation.
.2 Cut piping to length square and clean.
.3 Clean off debris inside and outside of pipe.
.4 Assemble piping and fittings in place, and make final joints.
.5 Install protection grommets where tubing passes through metal frames or metal openings.
.6 Use manufacturer's tube bends to provide minimum 8 x tube O.D. bend radius, or as required by manufacturer.
.1 Increase to 24 x tube O.D. if bend is against the coil bend.
.7 Provide expansion loops on hot water tubing:
.1 270° loops at minimum bend radius at each change plane (eg going from horizontal to vertical drop or riser, and vice versa), and
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 22 11 19 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT PEX TUBE AND FITTINGS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 3 .2 360° loops at minimum bend radius every 50 feet.
.8 Install concealed pipes close to building structure and minimize obstruction to other services in ceiling spaces.
.9 Run exposed piping parallel to walls and conserve headroom and space.
.10 Slope main piping up in direction of flow 1:1000 (? in in 10 ft). Branch piping to have greater slope.
.11 Provide clearance for installation of insulation and access for maintenance of equipment, valves and fittings.
.12 Cap ends during construction to prevent entry of foreign matter.
3.3 FLUSHING AND CLEANING
.1 After pressure test, flush to drain with clean water for minimum of four hours.
.1 Do not use chemical cleaners for cleaning inside or outside of tubing.
.2 Drain and refill system with working fluid.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 22 13 16 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING CAST IRON AND COPPER MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 3
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Provide cast iron pipe and fittings and/or copper tube and fittings for drain, waste and vent services.
.1 For drainage piping serving mechanical service rooms.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
.1 22 13 21 : Drainage Piping - Pumped
1.3 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS
.1 Standards:
.1 CSA B70 Cast Iron Soil Pipe, Fittings, and Means of Joining
.2 CSA B125 Plumbing Fittings.
.3 CSA B158.1 Cast Brass Solder Joint Drainage, Waste, and Vent Fittings
.4 CSA B602 Mechanical Couplings for Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Sewer Pipe.
.5 ASTM A74 Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings
.6 ASTM A888 Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste and Vent Piping Applications
.7 ASME B16.29 Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings - DWV
.8 ASTM B32 Specification for Solder Metal
.9 ASTM B306 Standard Specification for Copper Drainage Tube (DWV)
.10 ASTM C564 Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings.
.11 ASTM C1540 Standard Specification for Heavy Duty Shielded Couplings Joining Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings.
.12 ASTM B828 Standard Practice for Making Capillary Joints by Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy Tube and Fittings.
.13 Canadian Pipe Institute Standard Specification
.14 Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI) Technical Manual
.15 CISPI 301 Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste and Vent Piping Applications
.16 CISPI 310 Specification for Couplings for Use in Connection with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste and Vent Piping Applications
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 22 13 16 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING CAST IRON AND COPPER MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 COPPER DRAIN WASTE AND VENT PIPE AND FITTINGS WITHIN BUILDING
.1 Pipe:
.1 Copper DWV tube, to ASTM B306
.2 Certification markings made by testing agency accredited by Standards Council of Canada.
.2 Fittings
.1 Cast brass to CSA B158.1
.2 Wrought copper to ANSI B16.29
.3 Solder
.1 Tin-antimony 95/5, to ASTM B32 alloy Sb5.
2.2 CAST IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS FOR DRAIN WASTE AND VENT SERVICES
.1 Pipe and fittings:
.1 Cast to CSA B70, ASTM A74 or ASTM A888
.2 with heavy bituminous coating for buried service..[][
.2 Joints above ground:
.1 Plain end made up using mechanical sleeve joints to CSA B602 and ASTM C1540 with neoprene or butyl rubber compression gaskets to ASTM C564, with stainless steel sleeve and not less than four stainless steel drive clamps with stainless steel worms.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
.1 Install suspended piping to grade, parallel and close to walls and ceilings to conserve headroom and space.
.2 Install piping close to building structure to minimize furring. Group piping and run parallel to walls and ceilings.
.3 Lay buried piping in bedding prepared in accordance with Canadian Pipe Institute Standard Specification, on 150 mm (6 in) bed of clean sand, shaped to accommodate hubs and fittings, to line and grade as shown. Backfill with clean sand.
.4 Cut copper tube square, ream tube ends and clean tubing and tube ends before joint assembly.
.5 Before assembling solder joints, clean inside of solder fittings and outside of mating pipe with emery paper and coat with flux.
.6 Solder joints in copper pipe with blow torch or oxy-acetylene flame.
.7 Insert mechanical sleeve joint cast iron pipe and/or fittings in coupling and tighten clamps to coupling manufacturers recommended torque value with torque wrench.
.8 Horizontal mechanical sleeve joint cast iron pipe and fittings NPS 5 and larger and cast iron mechanical joint elbows at base of stacks to be braced in accordance with CISPI Technical Manual.[][
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 22 13 16 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING CAST IRON AND COPPER MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 3 .9 Install cast iron hub-and-spigot joints with neoprene compression gasket and lubrication in accordance with manufacturer requirements.
3.2 TESTING
.1 Test before piping is concealed.
.2 Cut-out and replace leaking soldered fittings, remake joints in cast iron piping, and retest.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 05 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT PIPING SYSTEMS GENERAL MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 3
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Provide heating and cooling piping systems.
1.2 HOT WATER HEATING SYSTEM
.1 Piping design code:
.1 to ASME B31.9 Building Service Piping
.2 System includes:
.1 Boilers,
.2 Pumps,
.3 Expansion tanks,
.4 Radiant panels,
.5 Heating coils,
.6 Controls,
.7 Water treatment.
.3 System design criteria.
.1 Constant temperature system: .1 Supply temperature: 82.2 °C (180 °F) .2 Return temperature: 71.1 °C (160 °F) .3 Maximum working pressure: 900 kPa (125 psi) .4 Design pressure: 1030 kPa (150 psi)
.2 Scheduled temperature systems:
Outdoor Temperature Supply Water Return Water Temperature Temperature
For Radiant Ceiling Panels -23 C (-10 F) 93 C (200 F) 82 C (180 F) 16 C (60 F) 39 C (102 F) ---
.1 Maximum working pressure : 900 kPa (125 psi) .2 Design pressure: 1030 kPa (150 psi)
1.3 COOLING WATER / GLYCOL SYSTEMS
.1 Piping design code:
.1 to ASME B31.9 Building Service Piping
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 05 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT PIPING SYSTEMS GENERAL MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 3 .2 System includes:
.1 Chiller,
.2 Thermal storage tanks,
.3 Circulating pumps,
.4 Expansion tank,
.5 Cooling coils,
.6 Fan coil units,
.7 Mixing tank,
.8 Controls,
.9 Water treatment.
.3 System design criteria:
.1 Chilled water system: .1 Supply temperature: 7.2° C (45° F) .2 Return temperature: 12.7° C (55° F) .3 Maximum working pressure: 900 kPa (125 psi) .4 Design pressure: 1030 kPa (150 psi) .5 Glycol type: propylene .6 Glycol / water mixture by volume: 40 % glycol .7 Water - City of Toronto .1 CaCO3 = [9 grains] .2 32 ppm chloride ions .3 26 ppm sulphate ions
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GLYCOL
.1 Industrial type coolant formulated with corrosion inhibitors.
.2 Propylene glycol:
.1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Dow - Dowfrost .2 Union Carbide - UCARTHERM IBS-26 .3 Interstate Chemical - Intercool P-300 .4 Houghton Chemical - Safe-T-Therm
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 05 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT PIPING SYSTEMS GENERAL MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PIPE INSTALLATION
.1 General layout of mains, risers, run-outs and connection details of piping systems are shown.
.2 Provide bends, expansion loops, hoses or joints to compensate for pipe expansion and contraction.
.3 Anchor, guide and laterally support vertical and horizontal piping to support filled weight and absorb thrust under operating conditions.
.4 Erect piping so that expansion forces, gravity forces and thrust from changes in direction do not stress connections to apparatus.
.5 Mechanical grooved pipe, couplings, fittings and valves may be used for water and glycol piping systems in place of welded, flanged or threaded pipe jointing methods, where operating temperature conditions are in range -30°C through 110°C (-30°F through 230°F).
.6 Separate copper pipe and fitting materials from contact with ferrous material with di-electric couplings.
.7 Install drain valves at low points in water piping systems and in valved run-outs from risers so that system or isolated parts of system can be drained.
.8 Do not use galvanized materials in contact with glycols.
3.2 FILLING OF GLYCOL SYSTEMS
.1 Deliver glycol to site in manufacturer's sealed containers.
.2 After system has been cleaned and tested for leaks, fill with water through temporary water meter to obtain total system volume.
.3 Drain water from system and either fill with pre-mixed glycol solution, or first with calculated volume of concentrated glycol and then make up to system volume with water.
.4 Circulate solution for one week and then take samples for testing for percentage concentration by specific gravity method, in glycol supplier's laboratory.
.5 Submit results of analysis.
.6 If correction of concentration is required, amount of mixture to be drawn from system to be calculated and drained into original containers. To this add water or glycol in calculated amounts to correct concentration in system, and recharged system.
.7 Provide 24 hours notice before draining and refilling to correct concentration.
.8 Circulate after correcting concentration for a further 24 hours and retest concentration. Submit final report with historical data showing dates and times, results of each analysis, calculations and corrections made, and final concentration.
.9 Supply two 80 litre drums of 100% inhibited glycol.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 21 23 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT PUMPS HEATING AND COOLING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 2
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Provide pumps as shown.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
.1 Submit shop drawings or manufacturers' product data sheets and pump curves. Indicate connection points, weights, loading points and electrical characteristics.
1.3 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS
.1 C820 - Energy Efficiency Test Methods for Small Pumps
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
.1 Selected operating point for each pump to be in range between 30% below and 10% above flow at best efficiency point for chosen impeller diameter.
.2 Determine head, power and efficiency test data for small pumps in accordance with C820.
.3 Performance curve, showing head vs flow, to rise continuously from run out to shut-off.
.4 Actual impeller size to be equal to or less than 90% of maximum impeller diameter catalogued for chosen casing size.
.5 Select motors for continuous operation without motor overload at runout condition, for impeller size and rotational speed chosen.
.6 Pump motors: to Section 20 05 13 Motors, Starters and Wiring, unless otherwise specified.
2.2 PUMP SEALS
.1 Pumps with suction pressures less than 700 kPa (100 psi) to be fitted with mechanical seals.
.2 Pumps with suction pressures greater than 700 kPa (100 psi) may be fitted with mechanical seals or packing glands.
.3 Fit pumps with packing gland with;
.1 stainless steel shaft, or
.2 stainless steel shaft sleeve for full length of stuffing box.
2.3 IN-LINE STANDARD DUTY CIRCULATING PUMPS (IN-LINE CIRCULATORS)
.1 Pump:
.1 volute of cast iron or bronze, with screwed or flanged suction and discharge connections,
.2 cast bronze, stamped brass, alloy steel or cast iron impeller,
.3 alloy steel or stainless steel shaft with bronze sleeve bearing and integral thrust collar,
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 21 23 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT PUMPS HEATING AND COOLING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 2 .4 mechanical seal assembly,
.5 flexible self-aligning coupling,
.2 Motor:
.1 resilient mounted, drip proof, sleeve bearing motor. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Grundfos UPS Series .2 Armstrong ASTRO Series
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
.1 Pipe drain tapping to drain.
.2 Install gauges.
.3 Check pump rotation.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF IN-LINE CIRCULATORS
.1 Install with fluid flow direction as indicated by flow arrows on pump body.
.2 Support piping and pump at flanges or near unions on connections to unit.
.3 Install with bearing lubrication points accessible.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 25 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT HVAC WATER TREATMENT SYSTEMS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 4
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Provide water conditioning program, with equipment and chemicals, to control corrosion and scale formation, and inhibit algae and bacteria growth in piping systems and equipment.
.2 Provide chemicals and instructions for the cleaning of piping systems and equipment.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
.1 Submit shop drawings and data sheets for chemical feed control panels, pumps, tanks, agitators, pot feeders, corrosion coupon stations, filters and equipment.
.2 Submit WHIMS data sheets for chemicals to be used for water conditioning and cleaning.
1.3 TRAINING
.1 Provided qualified instructor to train operation's staff in testing water samples, and operation of chemical treatment system.
1.4 QUALIFICATIONS OF SUPPLIER
.1 Equipment, chemicals and services to be provided by specialist firm with an established reputation in field.
.1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Klenzoid .2 GE Betz .3 Drew Chemical .4 Industrial Treatment Solutions
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CHILLED WATER TREATMENT
.1 Chilled Water System Data:
.1 Type of System: Closed recirculating
.2 Recirculation Rate: 0.76 l/s (12 USGPM)
.3 Temperature Range: 5.5 °C differential (7.2 °C to 12.7 °C) 10 °F differential (45 °F to 55 °F))
.2 Chilled Water Scale and Corrosion Control System
.1 Feed corrosion control chemicals into closed chiller water system with; .1 Pot feeder
.2 Chemicals to be fed direct from shipping containers.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 25 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT HVAC WATER TREATMENT SYSTEMS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 4 2.2 HOT WATER HEATING SYSTEM TREATMENT
.1 Corrosion control equipment and chemicals are required for each of following closed circuit heating systems:
.1 Exterior Zone (Heating and Cooling) System Data .1 Type of System: Closed recirculating .2 Recirculation Rate: 0.32 l/s (5 USGPM) .3 Temperature Range: 71 °C to 82.2 °C (160 °F to 180 °F)]
.2 Provide equipment for EACH of above noted systems to feed corrosion control chemicals as follows; .1 Pot feeder
.3 Chemicals to be fed direct from shipping containers.
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT FOR WATER TREATMENT SYSTEMS
.1 Pot Feeders:
.1 9 litre (2 gal.) capacity, cast steel, rated for 2000 kPa (250 psi) working pressure and 110 °C (220 °F) working temperature.
.2 Fitted with cartridge type filter for filtrate quality of 20 microns.
2.4 TEST EQUIPMENT
.1 One white enamel metal test equipment cabinet with:
.1 Lock and fluorescent light
.2 Space for at least four titration bottles.
.3 Total alkalinity test set.
.4 Chloride test set.
.5 Total hardness test set.
.6 Conductivity test set.
.7 Dual range solubridge with high and low cells.
.8 Sulphite test set.
.9 Molybdenum test kit.
.10 Organic cooling water treatment test kit.
.11 Bacterial test strips.
.12 Two discs, Bromthymol blue and Phenol red with indicators.
.13 Additional titration equipment for specific inhibitors used.
.14 Heading 4
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 25 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT HVAC WATER TREATMENT SYSTEMS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
.1 Mount and pipe equipment. Make-up water meters and condensate meters to be fitted with isolating valves and line size by-pass valve. Pipe bleed-off and blow-off connections to nearest drain.
.2 Provide external wiring from chemical panels to chemical pumps, chemical tank agitators, valves, meters and equipment as applicable. 115 volt single phase power will be provided to each control panel under Division 26 Electrical.
.3 Provide coupon test stations at following locations:
.1 Condensate return piping system at main condensate receiver.
.2 Condensate pump discharge into deaerator.
.3 Cooling tower water system.
.4 Closed chilled water system.
.5 Low temperature heating system.
.6 Glycol system.
.4 Mount test equipment cabinet over test sink and connect fluorescent light to outlet over bench.
3.2 CLEANING OF SYSTEMS
.1 Boiler internals
.1 Provide alkaline boil-out compound and chemically clean new boiler internals.
.2 Chilled, condenser water/glycol, and hot water systems
.1 Drain system after completion of hydrostatic testing.
.2 Make temporary piping cross-overs, blank-off equipment connections, bypass control valves, install drain and fill lines. Maintain minimum velocity of circulating cleaning fluid through piping at 1.5 m/s (5 fps). Blank off at connections to existing treated systems and provide temporary circulating pump and pot feeder.
.3 Refill with clean city water using temporary meter to establish system volume.
.4 Circulate water for 30 minutes, clean strainers, check for leaks, and repair leaking joints and seals.
.5 Add neutral pH, non-chromate chemical cleaner to remove sludge oil and debris. Use cleansing compound at rate of 10 kg. per 5000 litres (20 lb. per 1000 Imp gal) of water in system.
.6 Circulate cleaner for 72 hours at room temperature or 24 hours between 40°C and 48°C (104°F and 118°F). Temperature of water during cleaning to be not more than 50°C (122°F).
.7 Check for removal of cleaning compound, samples to be clear, not coloured, and free of foam after agitation.
.8 Drain system and flush with clean water until cleaner is removed. [][Flush glycol systems with softened water]
.9 Drain and refill with clean water and inhibited glycol].
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 25 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT HVAC WATER TREATMENT SYSTEMS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 4 OF 4 .10 Recirculate fluid for 3 days and test samples from system for iron content. Drain, refill, and add chemicals so that total iron content in system is less than 1 ppm.[][
.11 When iron content of glycol system is satisfactory, add glycol or softened water to achieve design concentration.
.12 Remove temporary pumps and cross-over piping
3.3 OPERATING MANUALS
.1 Submit information for each water treatment system for incorporation in operating manual. Include schematic drawings, data sheets for equipment, step by step instructions for testing procedures and guidelines for interpreting test results.
3.4 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
.1 Provide 1 day instruction for operating personnel: half day during start-up and commissioning and half day after approximately six months operation.
3.5 SERVICE
.1 Provide qualified representative to visit on monthly basis to:
.1 Review water analyses, records, correspondence and reports created since previous visit.
.2 Test water samples with portable test kit.
.3 Check performance and records of treatment, feeding, testing, and plant operation.][
.2 Provide annual review of water treatment system performance]
.3 Submit written service report at completion of service call.
3.6 SUPPLY OF CHEMICALS
.1 Provide:
.1 Sufficient compound to clean heating and cooling systems.
.2 Chemicals to protect systems when refilled after cleaning.
.3 One years supply of water treatment chemicals to maintain piping and equipment protection for each system.
.4 Chemicals and supplies for water treatment testing program for same period.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 31 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT AIR DISTRIBUTION MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 1
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Provide labour, materials and equipment for installation, testing and putting into operation ventilating and air conditioning systems.
1.2 QUALIFIED TRADESMEN
.1 Work to be done by qualified tradesmen holding certificates of competency.
1.3 APPLICABLE STANDARDS
.1 The Ontario Building Code
.2 Regulations of Province, City, or local authority having jurisdiction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 DUCTWORK
.1 Ductwork system routing is shown diagrammatically. Drawings are not considered to be fabrication or installation drawings.
.2 Locate mains, risers and runouts to be concealed behind furrings or above ceilings except in mechanical equipment rooms and access spaces where ductwork is to be exposed.
.3 Determine areas without ceilings from Architectural Drawings and Room Finish Schedules, and in these areas keep ductwork as high as possible.
.4 Anchor, guide and support vertical and horizontal runs of ductwork to resist dead load and absorb thrust.
3.2 AIR SUPPLY EQUIPMENT
.1 Install and connect air handling units, and air conditioning units, and build casing and plenums.
3.3 AIR EXHAUST EQUIPMENT
.1 Install and connect exhaust fans, roof and wall exhausters and dust and fume collectors.
3.4 TERMINALS DEVICES
.1 Locate and install terminal boxes, registers, diffusers, and grilles
.2 Provide smoke stopping around unprotected ducts passing through smoke separations.
3.5 AIR BALANCING
.1 Co-operate with air balancing agency; install supplementary dampers, access openings and access doors to facilitate testing and adjustment.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 31 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT DUCTWORK MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 3
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Provide metal ductwork systems as shown.
1.2 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS
.1 Conform to;
.1 NFPA 90A - Installation of air conditioning and ventilating systems.
.2 NFPA 90B - Installation of warm air heating and air conditioning systems.
.2 Letter and number designations, shown as "CR3-16" etc., are taken from ASHRAE Duct Fitting Data Base.(DFDB)
.3 Construction details:
.1 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible.(SMACNA HVAC)
.2 SMACNA Standards of Construction for PVC Duct Systems.(SMACNA PVC)
.4 Materials:
.1 ASTM A525 Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc Coating (Hot Dipped galvanized)
.2 ASTM A480 Specification for General requirements for Flat Rolled Plate, Sheet, and Strip
.3 ASTM A621 Specification for Steel Sheet and Strip Carbon Hot Rolled Drawing Quality
.4 ASTM D1784 Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds.
.5 ASTM D1927 Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) Plastic Sheet (Withdrawn 1994)
1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS AND APPLICATION DETAILS
.1 Submit manufacturer's catalogue literature for;
.1 Proprietary joints,
.2 Hardware.
.2 Submit field/fabrication drawings at 1:50 (¼ inch=1 foot) or larger scale, with piping, ductwork, and fittings in double line format, to show;
.1 arrangements in congested areas,
.2 where installation proposed deviates substantially from layout shown, and
.3 where installation requires joints for field assembly in welded duct construction.
.3 For greater clarity, do not submit field/fabrication drawings for other areas of the Work.
.4 Submit schedules and details to show;
.1 fabrication details of
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 31 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT DUCTWORK MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 3 .1 connections to risers in duct shafts .2 balancing damper construction, .3 fittings where geometry contemplated is different from that specified.
.2 in chart form .1 duct system pressure class, .2 duct sheet gauges, .3 joint types and application criteria, .4 location criteria and dimensions for bracing, stiffeners and balancing dampers .5 duct leakage class, and .6 extent of sealing.
1.4 RECORD DRAWINGS
.1 As work progresses, mark-up field drawings and submit as part of record of "As-Built" conditions.
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
.1 Ductwork systems to be provided by firm having an established reputation in this field.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 BASIC MATERIAL
.1 Galvanized steel:
.1 Lock forming quality to ASTM A525, G90 zinc coating.
.2 Proprietary manufactured flanged duct joints
.1 Material to match that of ductwork being joined. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Ductmate .2 Exanno Nexus
.3 Sealant and tape
.1 As specified in Duct Accessories Section 23 33 05.
.4 Hangers and supports
.1 Upper hanger attachments; .1 in new concrete: manufactured concrete inserts. .1 Standard of Acceptance 1. Myatt Fig. 485 .2 for steel joist: galvanized joist clamps or steel plate washer. .1 Standard of Acceptance 1. Anvil Fig. 61 or 86 2. Anvil Fig. 60 for plate washer .3 for steel beams: galvanized beam clamps. .1 Standard of Acceptance
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 31 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT DUCTWORK MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 3 1. Anvil Fig. 60
.5 Duct access doors
.1 Manufactured product: .1 positive seal, .2 locking mechanism .3 350 mm x 450 mm (14 in x 17 in) where duct size permits
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONSTRUCTION
.1 Construction details, sheet gauges, reinforcing, and bracing to be taken from SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards (Metal and Flexible).
.1 Rectangular ductwork: .1 make up longitudinal seams with Pittsburgh Lock, with sealant applied prior to hammering of joint.
.2 Round ductwork, 500 Pa (2 in wg) pressure class and higher: .1 spiral flat type longitudinal seam, button punched.
.3 Pressure classification
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 33 05 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT DUCT ACCESSORIES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 3
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Provide duct accessories as shown.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
.1 Submit product data sheets for:
.1 flexible connections
.2 sealants
.3 tapes
.4 duct access doors and hardware
.5 instrument test ports
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS
.1 Neoprene:
.1 galvanized 0.66 mm (24 ga) sheet metal frame, with fabric clenched with double locked seams,
.2 fire resistant, self-extinguishing, neoprene coated glass fabric,
.3 operating temperature: -40°C to 90°C (-40°F to 194°F),
.4 density: 0.653 kg/m2 (0.13 lb/sq ft) in conventional systems. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Duro-Dyne - Durolon .2 Ventfabric - Ventglas .3 Elgin - Neoprene
2.2 SEALANT
.1 water based polymer emulsion type flame resistant duct sealing compound.
.2 operating temperature range: -29°C to 93°C (-20°F to 200°F).
.1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Bakor 530 - 14 .2 RCD #6 .3 3M Fastbond 900 .4 Childers CP-145a & CP-146 .5 United Duct Sealer (water based) .6 Duro Dyne DWN (water based)
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 33 05 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT DUCT ACCESSORIES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 3 2.3 TAPE
.1 polyvinyl treated open weave glass fibre tape, 50mm (2") wide.
.1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Duro-Dyne FT-2
2.4 DUCT ACCESS DOORS
.1 Construction - uninsulated duct or plenum:
.1 shop or field fabricated from same material as duct, one sheet metal thickness heavier but not less than 0.6mm (26ga.) thick,
.2 with gasketed sheet metal angle frame.
.2 Construction - insulated duct or plenum:
.1 shop fabricated as double wall insulated sandwich, of same material as duct, one sheet metal thickness heavier but not less than 0.6mm (26ga) thick,
.2 with gasketed sheet metal angle frame and 25 mm (1") thick rigid glass fibre insulation.
.3 gasketed with neoprene or foam rubber.
.4 fitted with hardware as follows;
.1 two sash locks for doors up to 300mm x 300mm (12" x 12").
.2 four sash locks for doors up to 301mm x 450mm (13" x 18").
.3 piano hinge and minimum 2 sash locks for doors up to 451mm x 1000mm (19" x 40")
.4 piano hinge and 2 handles operable from both sides for doors over 1000mm (40") in height. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Duro-Dyne SP-21 for door handles
2.5 INSTRUMENT TEST PORTS
.1 Construction:
.1 1.6mm (16ga.) thick steel body zinc plated after manufacture,
.2 chain secured neoprene expansion plug with cam lock handle,
.3 28mm (1") minimum inside diameter, length to suit insulation thickness,
.4 Neoprene mounting gasket: flat for rectangular duct and moulded for round duct. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Duro-Dyne IP1 or IP2
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS
.1 Provide to isolate air handling equipment, fans, ductwork, and as shown.
.2 Minimum length: 75 mm (3") length of fabric measured in direction of air flow,
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 33 05 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT DUCT ACCESSORIES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 3 .3 Minimum distance between metal parts when system is in operation: 25 mm (1").
.4 Anchored on static side of connection.
3.2 SEALANT AND TAPE
.1 Apply to ductwork joints and seams as detailed in other sections.
3.3 ACCESS DOORS
.1 Install in ductwork;
.1 before and after reheat coils, and at
.2 fire dampers,
.3 duct smoke detectors,
.4 volume control devices, and
.5 control elements.
.2 Weld door frames in place for plenums, casings, and high velocity ductwork.
.3 Door sizes:
.1 as large as possible, with 1:1.5 aspect ratio, for duct sides up to and including 360 mm (14"),
.2 300 mm x 380 mm (12 in x 15") for duct sides 380 mm (15") and larger,
.3 1500 mm (60") high by 450 mm (18") wide in casings and plenums.
3.4 INSTRUMENT TEST PORTS
.1 Install for duct velocity traverse readings and for duct air temperature readings.
.2 Locate across duct or plenum at right angles to flow, at not more than 250 mm (10") intervals for traverses and at not more than 500 mm (20") for temperature measurements.
.3 Install for velocity traverses;
.1 at ducted inlets to roof and wall exhausters,
.2 at inlet to and outlet from other fan systems, and
.3 at main and branch where branch serves more than one outlet. Ports in main to be upstream of branch in both diverging and converging flow.
.4 Install for temperature measurement;
.1 at outside air intakes,
.2 at inlet and outlet of coils, and
.3 downstream of intersection of converging air streams of different temperatures.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 33 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT DAMPERS BALANCING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 2
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Provide balancing dampers as shown.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SINGLE BLADE DAMPERS IN RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK
.1 Construction:
.1 shop fabricated of same material and sheet metal thickness as duct, stiffened with longitudinal V-grooves.
.2 maximum aspect ratio: 3:1.
.3 maximum blade height: 250 mm (10 in).
.4 fitted with locking quadrant and inside and outside bearings.
2.2 MULTI-BLADE DAMPERS IN RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK
.1 Construction:
.1 shop fabricated of same material and sheet metal thickness as duct, stiffened with longitudinal V-grooves.
.2 opposed blade configuration
.3 channel frame with angle blade stop.
.4 maximum blade height: 100 mm (4 in).
.5 maximum blade length: 1200 mm (48 in).
.6 bearings with bronze bushings.
.7 shaft extension with locking quadrant.
2.3 SINGLE BLADE DAMPERS IN ROUND DUCTWORK
.1 Construction:
.1 shop fabricated butterfly type with round edged 3.5 mm (10 ga) disk set in round sheet metal housing, fitting snugly when closed, 10 degrees from vertical,
.2 fitted with rubber packing glands, shaft extension, wing nuts, and indexing device to indicate disk position.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 MOTORIZED DAMPERS
.1 Install motorized dampers supplied under Section 25 35 00 - BAS Instrumentation and Actuators.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 33 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT DAMPERS BALANCING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 2 3.2 MANUAL DAMPERS
.1 Install dampers:
.1 where branch serving more than two outlets is taken from main supply duct, use splitter damper in take-off fitting, or single or multiple blade damper in branch.
.2 where branch joins main return or exhaust duct use single or multiple blade damper in branch.
.3 Install splitter dampers and single or multiple blade dampers where branches are taken from or feed into main ducts as specified above.
.4 Provide other manual dampers as shown.
3.3 ACCESS FOR ADJUSTMENT
.1 Locate dampers to allow adjustment of blade position and locking of quadrant and for servicing damper actuators on motorized dampers.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 33 14 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT DAMPERS OPERATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 3
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Provide motorized dampers as shown.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
.1 Dampers complying with this section:
.1 25 35 01: B.A.S. Instrumentation and Actuators
1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA
.1 Submit manufacturer's catalogue literature with:
.1 performance charts, pressure drop vs approach velocity for range of blade angles from 0 to 90?
.2 torque requirements.
.3 construction details.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MULTI-LEAF DAMPERS
.1 Parallel blade type:
.1 for two position, OPEN/CLOSED, service
.2 for modulating fresh and return service in air handling units.
.2 Opposed blade type
.1 for other modulating service.
.3 Performance:
.1 leakage in closed position: maximum 2% of rated air flow at 500Pa (2 in wg) differential across assembly,
.2 pressure drop in open position: maximum 50 Pa (0.2 in wg) differential at 5 m/s (1000 fpm).
.4 Construction:
.1 blades, non-insulated: [extruded aluminum][formed galvanized steel][formed stainless steel] interlocking blades,
.2 frame, non-insulated: [extruded aluminum][formed and welded galvanized steel],
.3 blades, insulated: extruded aluminum interlocking double thickness insulated blades,
.4 frame, insulated: extruded aluminum, thermally broken,
.5 seals: extruded vinyl seals, and spring stainless steel side seals,
.6 maximum blade width: 125 mm (5 in),
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 33 14 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT DAMPERS OPERATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 3 .7 maximum blade length: 1200 mm (4 ft).
.8 self-lubricated bronze bearings.
.9 blade linkage with steel tie rods, brass pivots and steel brackets.
.5 Actuator:
.1 24 Volt electric actuator with spring return, stroking damper from closed to open with 4 -20 mA signal. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Belimo - electric actuators
2.2 ISOLATION/ CONTROL VALVES:
.1 Single blade type for modulating and two position, OPEN/CLOSED, service.
.1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Square M
.2 Performance:
.1 leakage in closed position: maximum 0.01% of rated air flow at 7 kPa (28 in wg) differential across assembly,
.2 linear characteristic with 20:1 turndown,
.3 sized using Cv numbers in 65% open position for pressure drop of less than 150 Pa (0.6 in wg) differential at 5 m/s (1000 fpm),
.3 Construction:
.1 body: 316L stainless steel
.2 trim: 316L stainless steel
.3 shaft: 316L stainless steel, and teflon packing glands
.4 seat: elastomer seat compatible with paraformaldehyde and ethylene gas
.5 flanged gasketed connections for 7 kPa (28 in wg) service
.6 actuator torque requirement: maximum 205 N.m (150 lb.ft) to seat and unseat
.4 Actuator:
.1 24 Volt electric actuator with spring return, stroking damper from closed to open with 4 -20 mA signal. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Belimo - electric actuators
2.3 PACKAGED SENSORS & CONTROL VALVES (ENERGY VALVE):
.1 1” through 6” valves shall be accomplished by utilizing a pressure independent control valve assembly; two temperature sensors providing feedback of coil inlet water temperature and coil outlet water temperature; and a magnetic or ultrasonic flow meter to provide analog flow feedback. Software shall control the valve to avoid the coil differential temperature from falling below a programmed setpoint. Real-time data shall be available by means of BACnet MS/TP or BACnet/IP including, but not limited to inlet and outlet coil water temperatures, valve position, absolute flow, absolute valve position, absolute power and heating/cooling energy in BTU/hr. Historical trend data shall be retrievable through
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 33 14 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT DAMPERS OPERATING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 3 an HTTP connection to the valve. The programmed setpoint shall be adjustable via BACnet MS/TP, BACnet/IP or through an HTTP connection.
.2 The control valve shall require no maintenance and shall not include replaceable cartridges.
.3 Actuators for 1” through 6” valves shall provide dynamic feedback to measure flow and verify performance.
.4 Valve, actuator, flow meter, and temperature sensors shall be supplied as one complete assembly.
.5 The manufacturer shall warrant all components for a period of 5 years from the date of production, with the first two years unconditional.
.6 Standard of Acceptance .1 Belimo – Energy Valve
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
.1 Secure dampers within ductwork, air handling units and at air inlets and exhaust outlets, and as shown.
.2 Caulk around frames and between multiple damper modules with UL listed silicone-free sealant.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 33 63 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT LOUVRES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 2
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Provide louvres as shown.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
.1 Submit manufacturer's data sheets for wall louvres with model numbers, design data, support and anchor details and outline dimensions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 LOUVRES
.1 Performance:
.1 free area not less than 40% of nominal size,
.2 Construction:
.1 material: extruded aluminum alloy [6063-T5],
.2 exposed joints ground flush and smooth,
.3 storm proof pattern blade with centre watershed, reinforcing bosses and maximum blade length of 1500 mm (60 in),
.4 frame, head, sill and jamb: 150 mm (6 in) deep one piece extrusions, minimum 3 mm (? in) thick with integral caulking slot,
.5 mullions: at 1500 mm (60 in) maximum centres.
.6 fasteners: stainless steel to (Society of Automotive Engineers) SAE-194-AF with SAE-194- SFB nuts and resilient neoprene washers between aluminum and head of bolt or between nut, stainless steel washer and aluminum body,
.7 screen: .1 2 mm (14 ga) wire in formed U-frame, .2 exhaust louvres: 12 mm (½ in) mesh, .3 intake louvres: 25 mm (1 in) mesh.
.8 finish: clear anodized satin. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 EH Price DE635 .2 Airolite - CB638 .3 Alumavent - AL-445-5 .4 Carnes - .5 K.N. Crowder - Canadian Louvres 411S .6 Leo Lisi - Series 445]
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 33 63 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT LOUVRES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
.1 Confirm opening size and co-ordinate location of louvres with other Trades.
.2 Where blank-off openings at back of louvre are oversized, install 1.2 mm (18 ga) reinforced galvanized sheet steel blank-offs, sealed with fire resistant mastic between galvanized steel and aluminum.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 34 05 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT FANS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 4
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Provide fans of type, size and performance as shown.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA
.1 Submit shop drawings showing outline dimensions, motor mounting details, inlet and outlet connection details, motor characteristics, drive arrangement and weight.
.2 Submit certified performance curves for each fan showing efficiency, static pressure and power input as KW (brake horsepower) from shut-off to free delivery through scheduled point of rating[][ and for fan rpm, 15% above and 15% below this curve].
.3 Submit certified sound power data for supply, return and exhaust fans rated at more than 2.0 m3/s (4000 CFM).
.4 Where fan is equipped with motor over 7.5 kW (10 hp), has drive with more than three belts, and is specified to have variable frequency drive (VFD), select motor, fixed pulleys, and belt drive for power and rotational speed at 115% of fan rpm at point of rating.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
.1 Fan ratings:
.1 established by tests performed in accordance with AMCA 210, (ASHRAE 51) Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating.
.2 Sound ratings;
.1 taken from tests performed in accordance with .1 AMCA 300, Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans, .2 AMCA 320, Laboratory Methods of Sound Testing Fans Using Sound Intensity, or .3 AMCA 330, Laboratory Method of Testing to determine Sound Power in a Duct,
.2 and presented using .1 AMCA 301, Methods of Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data.
.3 Construct fans to conform to AMCA 99, Standards Handbook.
.4 Fan class to conform with AMCA 99-2408, Operating Limits for Centrifugal Fans.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
.1 Space allocation, motor sizes, base details, connection arrangements and performance are based on fan equipment by manufacturers as shown in schedules.
.2 Fans:
.1 labelled with Air Performance, or Sound and Air Performance AMCA Certified Rating Seals
.2 of same manufacture for similar applications, but may be chosen from other manufacturers' product lines for other different applications.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 34 05 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT FANS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 4 .3 selected from manufacturer's catalogued range of standard products. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 New York Blower (Northern Industrial Supply) .2 Barry Blower (HTS) .3 Bayley Fans (ASL) .4 Chicago Blower (JAT Environmental) .5 CML Northern Blower .6 Trane .7 Aeroflo .8 Penn (Don Park) .9 Greenheck (E.H.Price) .10 Loren Cook (HTS) .11 Twin City (EFI) .12 Industrial Air (Markham Engineering) .13 Woods (HTS)] .14 Carnes (Airex) .15 Acme (Nailor)]
2.2 SELECTION CRITERIA
.1 Select fan size, operating rpm and rating point on stable part of head flow curve with smooth characteristics.
2.3 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS
.1 Fans:
.1 statically and dynamically balanced
.2 running at least 20% below first critical speed when operating at maximum speed for class of construction,
.3 interior and exterior surfaces manufactured from steel factory cleaned and primed to CGBS 1- GP-181M+ Amdt-Mar-78
.4 surfaces contacting airstream [zinc-coated][coated with heresite][ of 316 stainless steel][of fibre reinforced plastic (FRP)][ of PVC]
.2 Fan bearings:
.1 grease lubricated self aligning ball or roller type with oil retaining, dust excluding seals,
.2 cartridge type for shafts less than 37 mm (1 - 7/16 in) diameter,
.3 shaft adapter sleeves with horizontally split pillow blocks and mechanical flinger type grease valves for shafts 37 mm (1 - 7/16 in) diameter or larger,
.4 interference fit rather than adapter sleeve type on shafts 56 mm (2 - 3/16 in) and larger
.5 furnished with drain plugs,
.6 fitted with extended grease lubricating lines where access is restricted,
.7 packed with grease at factory,
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 34 05 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT FANS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 4 .8 chosen for 125% of rotational speed at point of selection for [60,000][80,000][100,000][200,000] hour service life in accordance with ABMA L-10 life standard and ANSI B3.15 for ball bearings and ANSI B3.16 for roller bearings.
.3 Fan configuration (unless shown or noted otherwise):
.1 Arrangement #1 or #2 for single inlet, single width, belt driven fans up to and including 915 mm (36 in) wheel diameter.
.2 Arrangement #3 for belt driven single inlet fans with wheel diameter larger than 915 mm (36 in) diameter and belt driven double inlet fans.
.3 Arrangement #3 for plenum (plug) fans.
.4 Arrangement #10 for utility sets.
.5 Arrangement #8 for direct connected single inlet centrifugal fans.
.6 Arrangement #7 for direct connected double inlet fans.
.4 Variable volume devices:
.1 adjustable inlet vanes
.2 operated from mechanism, with locking device for manual operation, linked to each damper vane, and interconnecting vanes in each inlet of DWDI fans.
.3 variable fan width sleeve mechanism with control linkage and locking device for manual operation.
.5 Fan motors:
.1 not less than motor kW (horsepower) shown in schedule.
.2 sized in accordance with criteria specified under "Motors".
.3 capable of satisfactory operation over range of performance from shut-off to run-out at 115% of rotational speed at point of selection.
2.4 CENTRIFUGAL FANS
.1 Arrangement:
.1 rotation, discharge and motor position to be as shown,
.2 fan classification to be established to permit operation at 125% of rotational speed at point of selection.
.2 Fan wheels:
.1 backward curved or backward inclined blades for fan wheel diameters less than 686 mm (27 in),
.2 backward curved air foil blades for fan wheel diameters 686 mm (27 in) and larger.
.3 Accessories:
.1 38 mm (1 - ½ in) casing drains where fans discharge vertically,
.2 quick opening access doors in scroll casing when equipped with variable inlet guide vanes,
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 34 05 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT FANS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 4 OF 4 .3 stuffing box style shaft seals on single inlet single width fans and utility sets.
2.5 PLENUM (PLUG) FANS
.1 Arrangement:
.1 rotation, discharge and motor position to be as shown, with motor mounted on frame,
.2 fan classification to be established to permit operation at 125% of rotational speed at point of selection.
.2 Fan wheels:
.1 backward curved air foil blades.
.3 Accessories
.1 outlet cage,
.2 inlet collar.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FAN INSTALLATION
.1 Mount fans as shown, with vibration isolation, restraining snubbers, flexible electrical leads, and flexible connections to inlet and discharge ductwork.
.2 Align shafts, belt drive and motor.
.3 Adjust belt tension.
.4 Check motor rotation before start-up.
3.2 PROTECTION
.1 Provide temporary enclosures for open drip proof motors.
.2 Cover fan inlet and discharge openings during construction.
.3 Rotate fans, by hand, every month between delivery and acceptance of building.
3.3 COMMISSIONING
.1 During balancing adjust sheaves on variable pitch belt drives, adjust blade pitch of axial flow fans, and change pulleys and belts on fixed pitch belt drives, to achieve specified air quantities.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 37 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT GRILLES REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 2
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Provide grilles, registers, and diffusers as shown.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
.1 Submit manufacturer's data sheets with equipment model numbers, performance and design data, outline dimensions, support recommendations and connection details.
1.3 SAMPLES
.1 Submit examples of each type and style of register, diffuser and grille with sample finishes when requested.
.2 Submit samples of laminar flow diffusers with HEPA filters, and low level exhaust grilles to be used in Operating Suites.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
.1 Grilles, registers and diffusers:
.1 product of one manufacturer where same model or type identification is used.
.2 standard catalogue products selected to meet capacity, throw, and noise level.
.3 prime coated, stamped or cold rolled steel material with mitred corners and exposed joints welded and ground smooth.
.4 extruded satin finish, clear anodized aluminum material with mitred corners and mechanical fasteners.
.5 Frames with full perimeter gaskets, plaster stops where set into plaster or gypsum board, and concealed fasteners.
2.2 TYPE DESIGNATIONS
.1 Diffuser, register and grille schedule identifies model or type identifiers used on floor plans with model numbers taken from listed manufacturer's catalogue.
.2 Where several manufacturer's model numbers are given, these are acceptable alternatives.
.3 Where only one manufacturer's model number is given, provide designated item.
.1 Standard of Acceptance .1 E.H. Price .2 Tuttle & Bailey .3 Titus .4 Hart & Cooley .5 Carnes .6 Nailor
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 37 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT GRILLES REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 2 2.3 SUPPLY REGISTERS
.1 double deflection style with face bars vertical and rear bars horizontal,
.2 perimeter border with gasket,
.3 opposed blade dampers (OPD) with concealed manual operator,
.4 of steel or aluminum material.
2.4 RETURN AND EXHAUST GRILLES
.1 single deflection type, with horizontal face bars, 20? maximum turn up,
.2 perimeter border with gasket,
.3 opposed blade damper with concealed operator,
.4 of steel or aluminum material.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 LAYOUT
.1 Drawings showing position of air distribution outlets are essentially diagrammatic. Coordinate exact location of diffusers with other elements in ceiling and shown on reflected ceiling drawings and select trim to suit ceiling materials listed in Finish Schedules.
3.2 SPECIAL INSTALLATIONS
.1 Grilles, registers and diffusers penetrating fire walls and fire partitions, to have steel sleeves secured to structure in accordance with NFPA 90A-1985.
.2 In gymnasium provide safety chain on each diffuser face and core and bolt diffuser in place.
.3 For laminar flow diffusers, with or without HEPA filters, support diffuser from the building structure with steel cable, independent of ceiling system and ductwork.
.4 For security grilles and diffusers, and other grilles and diffusers exceeding 5 kg (12 lbs) weight, mechanically fasten grille/diffuser to ceiling or wall structure, independent of ductwork connection or support.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF GRILLES AND REGISTERS
.1 Install supply registers with face bars vertical and exhaust and return registers with face bars horizontal.
.2 Install registers and grilles with oval head cadmium plated screws in countersunk holes where fastenings are visible.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF DIFFUSERS
.1 Diffusers to be installed with concealed fastenings.
.2 Round, square and rectangular diffusers to be provided with equalizing deflectors, mounted in neck, accessible from diffuser face, with blades oriented at right angles to direction from which air is flowing.
.3 Except for last diffuser on branch, each diffuser installed in underside of supply duct to have extract volume control damper.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 52 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT PACKAGED BOILER ELECTRIC MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 3
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Provide electric hot water boilers as shown.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
.1 Submit shop drawings for each boiler showing:
.1 model number,
.2 guaranteed input and output rating performance,
.3 outline dimensions,
.4 power requirements,
.5 water inlet and outlet connection details,
.6 loading points and weights, and
.7 control panel layouts and wiring diagrams.
1.3 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS
.1 ANSI/ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IV for low pressure and Section I for high pressure[,
.2 CSA B51, Boiler, Pressure Vessel, And Pressure Piping Code, and Ontario Technical Standards and Safety Act, 2000, Boilers and Pressure Vessels O.Reg. 220/1][].
.3 Electrical equipment and wiring to conform to Canadian Electric Code.
.4 Boiler package to bear ULC, or CSA label.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
.1 Shop assembled and tested electric type with heating elements, controls, boiler trim, and jacket.
.1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Slant/Fin
2.2 BOILER REQUIREMENTS
.1 Design conditions
.1 Pressure: 1030 kPa (150 psig).
.2 Temperature: 57 °C (160 °F) return with design system differential of 11.1°C (20°F).
.3 Capacity (each): refer to equipment schedules
.4 Fluid: water
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 52 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT PACKAGED BOILER ELECTRIC MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 3 .2 Power: 208volt, 60 Hz, 3 phase.
2.3 BOILER
.1 Construction:
.1 Pressure components: ASME Code Section IV with "H" stamp for 1100 kPa (160 psig) at 120°C (250°F),
.2 flange mounted heating elements with nickle/chromium resistance wire embedded in magnesium oxide with incoloy sheath designed for heat density of not more than 82.5 kW/m2 (55 watts/square inch),
.3 shop assembled and skid mounted with integral contactors and heating element controls, main fused disconnect, factory mounted in metal enclosure with hinged lockable doors and wired, and fire tested at factory,
.4 100 mm (4 in) thick fibreglass insulation, with reinforced metal jacket secured with sheet metal screws or stove bolts.
.2 Fitted with:
.1 low water cutoff float type, manual reset, wired to heater control circuit,
.2 temperature and pressure gauges mounted at supply and return connections on boiler,
.3 temperature and pressure relief valve to comply with Code requirements,
.4 operating and high limit aquastats to control normal operation of elements and provide manual reset shut down on high water temperature.
.3 Control panel:
.1 mounted on front of boiler,
.2 CSA standard C22.1 Type 2 enclosure, with hinged door and neoprene dust seal,
.3 progressive sequencing programming relays to equalize heater and contactor use, and SCR control on one heating stage to give infinitely variable capacity control,
.4 wiring to interconnect control switches, and electrical devices on boiler and control panel,
.5 wiring inside panel connected to elements outside panel through numbered terminal strip.
2.4 FACTORY INSTALLED INSULATION AND GUARDS
.1 Provide insulation, jacketing and guards to prevent human contact with any part of boiler assembly that has a surface temperature greater than 70°C (158°F) under operating conditions.
2.5 PAINTING
.1 Boiler casing: Factory applied hard enamel paint finish.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
.1 Mount units level on housekeeping pad.
.2 Make piping, power and control wiring connections.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 52 13 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT PACKAGED BOILER ELECTRIC MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 3 .3 Maintain clearances for operation and maintenance.
3.2 START-UP
.1 Provide services of manufacturer's Service Representative to check installation, start boilers, calibrate controls and instruct Operators.
.2 Check-out operation of safety controls and demonstrate operation of boilers over entire capacity range. Submit written report showing records of water flow, and water temperatures.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 82 23 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT FAN COIL UNITS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 3
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Provide fan coil units as shown.
1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
.1 Submit manufacturer's data sheets for fan coil units with;
.1 equipment model numbers,
.2 performance and design data,
.3 outline dimensions,
.4 power requirements,
.5 support and connection details,
.6 equipment weights.
1.3 MOCK-UP
.1 Install one unit of each type as a mock-up with pipe connections and enclosure as detailed for approval before commencing fan coil unit installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
.1 Heating equipment capacities are shown.
.2 Design criteria, heating:
.1 Media: water
.2 Entering water temperature: 92.2°C (180°F)
.3 Water temperature drop: 11.1°C (20°F)
.4 Entering air temperature: 18°C (65°F)
.5 Fan speed to modulate via VFD based on demand.
.3 Design criteria, cooling:
.1 Media: water
.2 Entering water temperature: 7.2°C (45°F)
.3 Water temperature drop: 5.5°C (10°F)
.4 Entering air temperature: 23°C (74°F)
.5 Fan speed to modulate via VFD based on demand.
.4 Water design pressure: 860 kPa (125 psi) minimum.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 82 23 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT FAN COIL UNITS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 3 .5 Room noise level: maximum NC 35 with fan running on low speed.
.6 Manufacturers:
.1 Standard of Acceptance .1 IEC .2 Air Therm .3 Carrier .4 McQuay
2.2 CABINET FAN COIL UNITS
.1 General:
.1 surface mounted, recessed, or semi-recessed, horizontal or vertical type as shown,
.2 Casings:
.1 1.6 mm (16 ga) steel with factory applied baked primer,
.2 internal glass fibre insulation,
.3 cam lock fastened removable access panels allowing service of fans, coils, isolating valves and controls.
.4 removable 25 mm (1 in) fibrous glass media replaceable filters,
.5 supply and return grilles as shown
.3 Coils:
.1 seamless copper tubing with evenly spaced aluminum fins mechanically bonded to tubing,
.2 leak tested to 1000 kPa (150 psi) with air under water,
.3 drain pan and drain pan extension under coil and control valve assembly,
.4 Fans and motors:
.1 statically and dynamically balanced, double width centrifugal fans with sleeve bearings,
.2 direct connected to resilient mounted three speed, single phase motor.
.5 Controls:
.1 single phase motor starting switch and speed controller factory wired and mounted inside cabinet behind access door,
.2 control system with cabinet mounted thermostat, electric on/off automatic control valve, and aquastat clamped to water supply line to unit.
.3 electric on/off automatic control valve.
.6 Control sequence, stand-alone operation:
.1 when water temperature is above aquastat setting thermostat starts fan and opens valve if room temperature falls below set point,
.2 when water temperature is below aquastat setting thermostat starts fan and opens valve if room temperature rises above set point.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 23 82 23 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT FAN COIL UNITS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 3 .7 Control sequence, BAS operation:
.1 Fan speed modulation and control valve controlled by the Building Automation System.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 UNIT SUPPORTS
.1 Attach units to building structure with angles, hanger rods and supplementary suspension steel before installation of piping.
.2 Provide spring isolation hangers for suspended units and flexible duct connections for suspended units with ducted supply or return.
3.2 CONNECTIONS
.1 Connect piping with swing joints.
.2 Install isolating valve on supply and lock shield [][globe] valve on return of each unit.
.3 Provide air vent with isolating cock at high point in piping connecting to each unit.
.4 Install interconnecting wiring between thermostats, multi-speed controllers, motor starter switches and other controls.
3.3 CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES
.1 Install cabinets tight against furrings, columns, or wall surfaces.
.2 Enclosure lengths to be job measured at site where enclosure extends between walls, furrings or similar fixed objects.
.3 Provide elements, hangers, hanger brackets and piping connections where enclosures are provided under another Division.
3.4 COMPLETION
.1 Clean coils and comb fins on finned elements.
.2 Set isolating valves open and adjust supply grilles.
.3 Re-finish units damaged during installation.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 05 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS GENERAL MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 12
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Provide new standalone Building Automation System (BAS) with the following:
.1 BACnet or MODBUS architecture;
.2 Completely standalone and secured;
.3 Monitoring, adjustment and overview of new mechanical, electrical, etc., equipment installed and provided as part of the pre-fabricated module;
.4 Integration of two (2) operator workstations: .1 Within the pre-fabricated module; .2 Within the existing Sanford Fleming Building, at a location chosen by the client. This remote workstation shall access the controls system via hardwire network cable connection only.
.2 Pre-fabricated module manufacturer shall provide, install and commission BAS system;
.3 Pre-fabricated module manufacturer shall carry allowance to provide network cable to new remote workstation. Manufacturer shall make an allowance for 100’ of cat 5 or higher network cable, and shall include unitary pricing for additional network cable (complete with installation) for consideration depending on the chosen location of remote workstation.
.4 Manufacturer shall include software and hardware, wiring, and computing equipment as part of their scope and/or shall retain the services of the controls sub-contractor to perform this work on their behalf.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
.1 Building Automation System includes Sections:
.1 25 00 88Commissioning - BAS
.2 25 11 01B.A.S. Network Devices
.3 25 12 01B.A.S. Network Gateways
.4 25 13 01B.A.S. Building Controllers
.5 25 14 01B.A.S. Equipment Controllers
.6 25 35 01B.A.S. Instrumentation and Actuators
.7 25 90 01B.A.S. Sequence of Operations
1.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED FOR INSTALLATION UNDER OTHER SECTIONS
.1 Supply the following equipment for installation under other Sections of Division 20;
.1 automatic control valves,
.2 temperature wells for controllers and sensors provided under this Section,
.3 motorized dampers and actuators for motorized dampers and smoke dampers including associated end switches and relays.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 05 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS GENERAL MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 12 1.4 EQUIPMENT PROVIDED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS
.1 The following equipment is provided under other Sections of Division 20;
.1 liquid flow measuring devices
.2 motorized dampers].
1.5 APPLICABLE STANDARDS
.1 ANSI/ASHRAE standard 135-2001 BACnet
.2 Interfacing Standard:
.1 Input/output devices to use ASCII (American Standard for Communication and Information Interchange) code and standard EI (Electronic Industry Association) interfaces.
.2 CSA T530: Building Facilities, Design Guidelines for Telecommunications (same as EIA/TIA 569).
.3 IEEE 802.3 Ethernet 10Base-T LAN.
1.6 ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS
.1 The following definitions, abbreviations, and acronyms apply:
.1 AI Analog Input: continuously variable value, usually a sensor, referenced to a controller
.2 AO Analog Output: continuously variable value, usually a control signal to an actuator device, referenced to a controller.
.3 BI Binary (digital) Input: a two-state (On-Off) value, usually .4
.4 BO Binary (digital) Output: a two-state (On-Off) value, usually associated with starting or stopping equipment or generating an alarm, referenced to a controller.
.5 BCU Building Control Unit
.6 ECU Equipment Control Unit
.7 FAS Fire Alarm System
.8 GUI Graphic User Interface : an LED, LCD or monitor display
.9 I/O Input/Output
.10 LAN Local Area Network
.11 NC Normally Closed: position of device in a de-energized state.
.12 NO Normally Open : position of device in a de-energized state.
.13 OWS Operator workstation: a PC based server or computer
.14 Tier 1 High level network providing communication between BCU's and workstations.
.15 Tier 2 Lower level network providing communications between ECU's and BCU's
.16 WAN Wide Area Network
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 05 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS GENERAL MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 12 1.7 MANUFACTURERS AND INSTALLERS
.1 Provide BAS with DDC and Energy management for mechanical and electrical systems by an organization:
.1 specializing in design, installation, commissioning and service of [open protocol] DDC systems,
.2 having completed five (5) projects of similar size and complexity within the preceding five (5) years,
.3 employing certified journeymen experienced in this type of work. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 Convergint .2 Modern Niagara .3 Honeywell .4 Siemens Building Technologies
1.8 CONTINUITY OF STAFF AND SUBCONTRACTORS
.1 Project Manager is to be nominated at time of shop drawing submission and is to remain involved with project, from shop drawing preparation through to Acceptance, unless request for change is submitted and approved.
.1 Subcontractors listed in preliminary design submission are to execute work defined as sublet in preliminary design document, unless request for change is submitted and approved.
.2 Requests for changes in staff, subcontractors, or extent of work subcontracted are to be submitted for approval and such approval is not to be unreasonably withheld. [][
1.9 IDENTIFICATION OF NON-CONFORMING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT.
.1 Submit documentation at time of bid, identifying nature and extent of non-conformance and variances from specifications or referenced standards.
.2 Failure to submit this documentation at time of bid will be interpreted as confirmation that materials, workmanship, hardware and software will be in strict accordance with specifications and standards.
1.10 LICENCES AND OWNERSHIP
.1 Ownership of, and licences for, hardware and software supplied or used for this project or for ongoing system operation, maintenance and modification to be registered, without restrictions, in Owner's name.
.2 This is applicable to System Software, Workstation Application Editors, and Controller Software.
.3 Licensing to permit an unlimited number of users to access system without additional fees.
.4 As of last day of warranty period, software is to be upgraded to current version or release.
.5 Project developed software and resulting documentation to be treated as part of system and subject to these same requirements for ownership and licensing. This material includes;
.1 Project graphic images
.2 CAD generated record drawings
.3 Project database
.4 Project specific application programming code and documentation.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 05 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS GENERAL MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 4 OF 12 1.11 SHOP DRAWINGS
.1 Submit one completely engineered and coordinated shop drawing package. Partial or incomplete submission of data and/or drawings will be returned without review.
.2 Submit shop drawings for designed elements;
.1 list of materials of equipment to be used indicating manufacturer, model number, and other relevant technical data.
.2 BAS riser diagram showing system controllers, operator workstations, network repeaters, and network wiring.
.3 single-line schematics and system flow diagrams showing location of control devices.[][
.4 points list for each system controller, including: Point Type, System Name, Object Name, Expanded ID, Display Units, Controller Type, Address, Cable Destination, Panel, Reference Drawing, and Cable Number.
.5 points to be named by function, and list to include software points such as programmable set- points, range limits, time delays, and so forth.]
.6 detailed analysis of each Sequence of Operation from design documents, ready for development of actual programming code.
.7 Sequence of Operations to cover normal operation and operation under various alarm conditions applicable to that system.
.3 Submit shop drawings schedules for;
.1 control damper; spreadsheet type, to include separate line for each damper and columns for damper attributes.
.2 control valve; spreadsheet type, to include separate line for each valve and separate columns for valve attributes.
.4 Submit catalogue cut-sheets for;
.1 manufacturer's description and technical data, such as performance curves, product specification sheets, and installation/maintenance instructions for equipment and hardware items as follows;
.2 Controllers (BCU's and ECU'S)
.3 Transducers/Transmitters and Sensors with .1 accuracy data, range and scale information, .2 one sheet for each device marked with applicable options. (Where several devices of same type are to be used, submit one sheet for each device, individually marked.)
.4 Actuators
.5 Valves
.6 Relays/Switches
.7 Panels
.8 Power Supplies
.9 Batteries
.10 Operator Interface
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 05 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS GENERAL MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 5 OF 12 .11 Wiring and wiring accessories
.5 hardware data sheets for Operator Interfaces, local panels, and portable operator terminals.
.1 Submit supporting documentation:
.2 examples of graphics for Operator Interface [][to include;
.3 BAS network schematics
.4 typical terminal unit floor plan graphic that shows conditions on occupied floor
.5 typical equipment room floor plan graphic
.6 typical graphics for each system and terminal unitat least one sample graphic for each type of equipment,
.7 one sample graphic for chilled water system
.8 one sample graphic for hot water system
.9 description of techniques used for animation of information displayed on graphics].
.6 Software manuals for applications programs for Operator Interface, portable operator terminals, and programming devices.
.7 Protocol Implementation Conformance (PIC) statement for BACnet devices.
.8 Evidence that LonWork devices are LonMark approved and bear LonMark Logo.
.9 Where interfaces occur with control or wiring diagrams of other sections, obtain reproducible copies of these diagrams and revise to show terminal numbers at interface and include diagrams as part of interconnection schematic shop drawings.
1.12 PROJECT SCHEDULES
.1 At time of shop drawing submission provide Gantt type Schedule of Work with;
.1 project broken down into discrete work items
.2 start date of each work item
.3 duration of each work item
.4 relationships between work items and showing constraints on work flow.
.5 planned delivery dates for ordered material and equipment with expected lead times.
.6 procedures.
.2 During design, installation and start-up of installation provide monthly written status reports indicating work completed and revisions to expected delivery dates. Include updated Schedule of Work with each report.
1.13 WARRANTY
.1 At completion of Work, submit written guarantee undertaking to remedy defects in work for period of two (2) years from date of acceptance, which includes:
.1 rectification of control system failures attributable to defects in workmanship, materials, hardware, and software,
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 05 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS GENERAL MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 6 OF 12 .2 Service Technician to arrive on site within 24 hours of warranty service request, to install and de-bug software patches, to replace defective parts, materials or equipment, and to provide incidental supplies, and labour for remedial work,
.3 Technician to remain in attendance until system is returned to operating condition.
.2 Submit similar guarantee for any part of work accepted by Owner, before completion of whole work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
.1 Provide equipment which functions and meets detailed performance criteria when operating in following minimum ambient condition ranges:
.1 Temperature - 0°to 32.2°C (32° to 90°F)
.2 Relative Humidity 10% to 90% non condensing
.3 Electrical power service of single phase, 120 VAC +/- 10%, 60 Hz nominal.
.2 Components installed within motor control devices to be designed to operate with transient electrical fields occurring within these devices.
2.2 EQUIPMENT STANDARD
.1 Products and software: manufacturer/developer/supplier's catalogued current stock.
.2 This installation is not to be used as test site for newly developed product or software, without explicit written approval.
.3 Equipment and systems installed under this Contract to meet;
.1 performance specifications when subjected to VHF, UHF, FM, AM or background RFI as generated by commercial or private, portable or fixed transmitters that meet regulatory codes.
.2 Federal Communication Commission (FCC) Rules and Regulations, Part 15, Subpart J for computing devices.
2.3 GENERAL BAS ARCHITECTURE
.1 Control system:
.1 high-speed, peer-to-peer network of controllers with web-based operator interface,
.2 each mechanical system, building floor plan, and control device to be displayed through point- and-click graphics,
.3 Web server with network interface card to gather data from this system and generate web pages that can be accessed through conventional web browser on any PC connected to network,
.4 Operators to access this system through web browser, and browser interface to perform normal operator functions.
.2 Open protocol:
.1 Provide an integrated, open protocol building automation system, either/ or in combination: .1 BACnet to ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2001,
.3 OEM Controller integration:
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 05 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS GENERAL MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 7 OF 12 .1 provide hardware and software to allow bi-directional data communications between BAS and 3rd party manufacturers' control panels for; .1 boilers, .2 chillers, .3 variable frequency drives, .4 heat recovery ventilators, .5 pumps, .6 fan-coil units, .7 electric heaters, .8 valves, actuators, sensors, etc.
.2 integrate real-time data from these systems and provide long-term data logging capabilities.
.4 BAS network architecture - Dedicated LAN for BAS:
.1 BAS communication architecture to consist of at least two tiers with each tier using local area networks.
.2 Tier 1: Building Controller network; .1 Ethernet communications (ISO 8802-3/IEEE 802-3), using high speed local area network communications. TCP/IP to be used as communication protocol on first tier network.
.3 Tier 2: Equipment Controller network; .1 open, peer-to-peer control networks to interconnect BAS controllers (BCU's and/or ECU's) on ring or star topology bus. .2 Peer-to-peer configuration means units exist and speak equally on same bus. .3 Controllers in peer-to-peer configuration can share data without assistance from Operator Interface.
2.4 GENERAL FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS
.1 Control mechanical and electrical equipment as specified in Control Sequences, shown on Control Schematics, and described in Equipment Schedules.
.2 System architecture to be modular, permitting stepped expansion of application software, system peripherals, and field hardware.
.3 Each controller ;
.1 operates with local closed loop programming, independent from server, if peer-to-peer communication is interrupted;
.2 performs resident control routines; .1 receiving information from field mounted sensors and switches and .2 transmitting instructions to actuators to perform control sequences.
.3 manages local hardware and software alarms; .1 to collect historical data, .2 to facilitate operator input and output and .3 to communicate with Central BAS web server and operator interface.
.4 Central BAS Web server ;
.1 performs global application programs and data consolidation;
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 05 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS GENERAL MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 8 OF 12 .1 communicating with controllers, .2 obtaining data from field devices for central monitoring of building systems, and .3 transmitting instructions to controllers.
.2 has software routines for; .1 BAS Server operation, .2 database creation and data storage, .3 web based Graphical User Interface (GUI) with graphics generation and display, .4 report formulation, printing, and presentation, .5 alarm detection and reporting and .6 event initiated programming.
2.5 PERFORMANCE
.1 General:
.1 information transmission and display times are based upon network, rather than modem, connections.
.2 test systems using manufacturer's recommended hardware and software for operator interface.
.2 Performance criteria:
.1 Graphic Display; .1 display graphic with 20 dynamic points with current data within 10 seconds.
.2 User Interface; .1 There should be two (2) types of user interfaces available on the graphic display: a primary interface for all general users, and a secondary interface that provide full access and command for maintenance, testing and monitoring purposes. .2 The primary interface shall: .1 Allow the inputting of control parameter set-points for all systems; .2 Allow the reading, recording and/or printing of data-logged system information; .3 Be available to all general users; .4 Not allow for the modification of controls parameters, programming logic, or system overrides. .3 The secondary interface shall: .1 Have all of the same capabilities as the primary interface; .2 Only be accessed with a security password and the appropriate credentials, and shall only be accessed by maintenance personnel; .3 Shall allow for the accessing, changing, re-writing and/or modification of all controls parameters, shut-down/by-pass sequences, system and alarm overrides, and programming logic, as needed to facilitate adequate maintenance and/or troubleshooting of the mechanical and electrical systems.
.3 Graphic Refresh; .1 update graphic with 20 dynamic points with current data within 10 seconds and .2 automatically refresh every 15 seconds.
.4 Configuration and Tuning Screens;
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 05 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS GENERAL MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 9 OF 12 .1 special screens used for configuring, calibrating, or tuning points, PID loops, and similar control logic to refresh every 5 seconds.
.5 Object Command response; .1 time between command of binary object at Operator Interface (OI) and reaction by device to be less than 5 seconds. .2 time between command of analog object at Operator Interface (OI) and start of adjustment to be less than 5 seconds.
.6 Alarm Response Time; .1 time between when an object goes into alarm and when it is annunciated at Operator Interface (OI) to be less than 15 seconds.
.7 Program Execution Frequency; .1 execution repeat frequency to be selected in manner consistent with mechanical process under control. .2 custom and standard applications to be capable of executing as often as once every 5 seconds. .3 programmable controllers to be able to perform PID control loop routines at selectable frequency, adjustable at Operator Inteface (OI) down to once every second. .4 workstations connected to network to receive alarms with not more than 5 seconds spread between first and last annunciation .
.8 Reporting Accuracy; .1 system to report values with an end to end accuracy equal to or better than those listed below. .2 control loops to maintain measured variable at set point value within tolerances equal to or better than those listed below.
2.6 CAPACITY FOR FUTURE EXPANSION
.1 Tier 1 network;
.1 network backbone to have capacity for 50 routers or building controller/routers.
.2 each router or building controller/router on network backbone to have routing capacity for 50 controllers.
.2 System to have an overall capacity for 12,500 input/output objects from any mix of controllers, custom application controllers and application specific controllers.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
.1 Inspect site and thoroughly examine documents to establish locations for control devices and equipment and report discrepancies, conflicts, or omissions for resolution before starting rough-in work.
.2 Be responsible for correction of defects caused through neglect of inspections and examinations or failure to report and resolve discrepancies.
3.2 EXISTING EQUIPMENT
.1 Protect work and material against damage during construction and be responsible for work and equipment until inspected, tested, and accepted.
.2 Protect material not immediately installed and close open ends with temporary covers or plugs during storage and construction to prevent entry of foreign objects.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 05 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS GENERAL MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 10 OF 12 .3 Protect electronic equipment from elements during construction.
3.3 COORDINATION
.1 Coordinate and schedule control work with other work in same area to ensure orderly progress.
.2 Testing and balancing:
.1 Supply set of tools for Testing and Balancing Technicians to interface to control system, train these technicians in use of tools and provide qualified Control Technician to assist with testing and balancing first 10 terminal units.
.2 Tools to be turned over to Owners on completion of testing and balancing.
.3 Controls work by others:
.1 Integrate and coordinate this control work with controls and control devices provided or installed by others.
.2 Each supplier of control product to configure, program, start up, and test that product to satisfy requirements of Sequence of Operation regardless of where within contract documents product is specified or described.
.3 Resolve compatibility issues between control products provided under this section and those provided under other sections or divisions of this specification.
3.4 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP
.1 Installation to be performed by skilled and certified technicians.
.2 Install equipment, piping, and wiring or raceways horizontally, vertically, and parallel to building lines.
.3 Provide sufficient slack and flexibility in connections to allow for vibration isolation between conduit, raceways, piping and equipment.
.4 Verify wiring integrity to ensure continuity and freedom from shorts and ground faults.
.5 Install instrumentation and devices in locations providing adequate ambient conditions.
.6 Protect components placed in areas of potentially high humidity.
3.5 CLEANING
.1 Clean up debris, remove packaging material, collect waste and place in designated location, on a daily basis.
.2 Keep work areas free from dust, dirt, and debris.
.3 On completion of work, check finish of equipment provided under this section for damage and repair damaged factory-finished paint, replace deformed cabinets and enclosures with new material, and repaint to match original.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
.1 Ensure work, materials, and equipment comply with this specification and approved shop drawings.
.2 Monitor field installation for code compliance and workmanship quality.
.3 Arrange and pay for inspections by local or provincial authorities having jurisdiction.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 05 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS GENERAL MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 11 OF 12 3.7 WIRING
.1 Electrical materials, equipment and installation procedures under to conform to Ontario Electrical Safety Code as amended to date and standards established in Division 26.
.2 Conduit:
.1 thin wall (EMT) conduit up to and including 32mm (1/1/4 in) size for exposed wiring up to 3 m (10 ft) above floor level,
.2 rigid galvanized steel conduit in locations accessible to public, subject to mechanical injury, or outdoors; and for conduit 40mm ( 1 ½ in) size and larger,
.3 watertight compression fittings in exterior locations.
.3 Run conduit and raceways parallel to building lines and be secured to building structure.
.4 Wiring not to be installed in conduit to be installed parallel to building lines and be secured to building structure with clips at minimum 3m (6 ft) centres. Where possible, wiring to run above corridors and in service spaces.
.5 Wiring in return air ceiling spaces to be plenum rated.
.6 Where conduit leaves heated areas and enters unheated areas, seal conduit.
.7 Provide interposing and motor control relays at local item of equipment or at associated MCC as applicable.
.8 Provide 120 VAC wiring as needed to support operation of system networking hardware, field panels, and controllers. Refer to Section 20 05 13 for description of division of work and responsibility.
.9 Provide control transformers for system components requiring power supply that do not have integral control transformers.
.10 Where point schematics and specifications indicate auxiliary contact provision, provide instrumentation, wiring, conduit, power supplies and services as to integrate these points into BAS.
.11 Mount transformers in enclosures.
3.8 IDENTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT
.1 Identify discrete items of equipment with plastic nameplates, identifying equipment and function.
.2 Identification plates are in addition to manufacturers plates.
.3 Manufacturers' nameplates and UL or CSA labels to be visible and legible after equipment is installed.
.4 Identification plates:
.1 provided for equipment identified with number designations in schedules and equipment shop drawings.
.2 marked with equipment type, number and service following wording and numbering used in contract documents and shop drawings
.3 laminated plastic
.4 white face and black centre
.5 minimum size 75 mm x 40 mm x 3 mm (3 in x 1½ in x ? in),
.6 engraved with 6.5 mm (1/4 in) high lettering.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 05 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS GENERAL MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 12 OF 12 .7 securely attached to equipment.
.5 Label wiring and cabling, including that within factory-fabricated panels, with control system address or termination number at each end within 50 mm (2 in) of termination[
.6 Label pneumatic tubing at each end within 50 mm (2 in) of termination with descriptive identifier.
.7 Permanently label or code each point of field terminal strips to show instrument or item served.
.8 Label each control component with permanent label. Label plug-in components so that label remains stationary during component replacement.
.9 Label room sensors related to terminal boxes or valves with nameplates. Place labels on back of sensors.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 11 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS NETWORK DEVICES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 12
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Provide Network Devices for Building Automation System.
.1 BAS server,
.2 Main Operator Workstation,
.3 Remote workstation,
.4 Hardwire (network) connection to remote workstation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
.1 Provide equipment which functions and meets detailed performance criteria when operating in following minimum ambient condition ranges:
.1 Temperature – 0°C to 32.2°C (32°F to 90°F)
.2 Relative Humidity 10% to 90% non condensing
.3 Electrical power service of single phase, 120 VAC +/- 10%, 60 Hz nominal.
.2 Components installed within motor control devices to be designed to operate with transient electrical fields occurring within these devices.
2.2 SERVER
.1 Furnish industry standard hardware that meets or exceeds Building Automation System manufacturer's recommended specifications. Server to reside on Tier 1 network.
.2 Hard disk to be capable of storing system software, one year archive of trend data, and system database that is not less than twice size of database when system is accepted.
.3 Minimum server configuration;
.1 Intel Core 2 Duo 1.8 Ghz (minimum) processor,
.2 Windows XP Professional Operating System with current service packs,
.3 memory: 2 Gigabyte (GB) (minimum) dual channel DDR2 SDRAM at 533 Mhz - 2DIMMS RAM,
.4 minimum 6 USB slots, one parallel port, one RS-485 and one RS-232 ports,
.5 64 MB (minimum) AGP local bus, Graphics card, minimum 1600 x 1200, 16-bit colour resolution,
.6 PS/2 mouse connector,
.7 Minimum four PCI slots,
.8 AGP slot,
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 11 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS NETWORK DEVICES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 12 .9 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet Network Interface Card(s) ,
.10 Internal U.S. Robotics 56K V92 hardware modem,
.11 multiple 160 Gigabytes (GB) SCSI hard drives with RAID5 configuration,
.12 DVD-RW ,
.13 1.44MB, 3½ in Floppy drive,
.14 Built-in speaker to annunciate alarms,
.15 Norton or McAfee Antivirus software, latest version,
.16 Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS): 15 minute, minimum 500 Watts, while supporting PC and monitor,
.17 Interconnecting cables,
.18 redundant power supplies and fans,
.19 hardware watchdog monitoring card,
.20 suitable for mounting in 425 mm (19 in) rack.
2.3 MAIN OPERATOR WORKSTATION
.1 Minimum PC configuration:
.1 Intel Core 2 Duo 1.8 Ghz (minimum) processor,
.2 Windows XP Professional Operating System with current service packs,
.3 memory: 1 Gigabyte (GB) (minimum) dual channel DDR2 SDRAM at 533 Mhz - 2DIMMS RAM,
.4 Super VGA graphics card capable of 1024x768 pixel resolution and 16.8 M colours, with minimum of 256 MB VRAM, non interlaced (100 Hz or better vertical refresh rate)
.5 tower case with minimum 6 USB slots, one parallel port, one RS-485 and one RS-232 ports,
.6 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet Network Interface Card(s) ,
.7 Internal U.S. Robotics 56K V92 hardware modem,
.8 160 GB SCSI hard disk drive
.9 1.44 MB floppy disk drive
.10 SCSI CD-RW ROM drive
.11 Dual port adapter for Ethernet Networking compatible with TCP/IP network protocols
.12 Built-in speaker to annunciate alarms,
.13 Norton or McAfee Antivirus software, latest version,
.2 Monitor:
.1 17" minimum (diagonal measurement) flat panel liquid crystal display (LCD) monitor with three-year manufacturer warranty, providing minimum 1280 x 1024 resolution with 16-bit
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 11 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS NETWORK DEVICES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 12 colour at minimum 450:1 contrast ratio, maximum 16 ms total response time and maximum 0.25mm dot pitch. .1 Standard of Acceptance .1 NEC .2 Samsung .3 Sony .4 Viewsonic
.3 Accessories:
.1 12 function key PC style keyboard,
.2 USB Two button optical mouse, manufacturer Logitech or Microsoft
.3 Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS): 15 minute, minimum 500 Watts, while supporting PC and monitor,
.4 Interconnecting cables.
2.4 REMOTE LAPTOP COMPUTER - SOFTWARE ONLY
.1 Provide software needed to configure an IBM compatible notebook style PC for use as portable interface.
.1 This device may be connected to any point on system network or may be connected directly to any controller for programming, setup, and troubleshooting.
.2 Software to allow remote dial-up access to BAS monitoring and control functions including full graphic displays.
.3 Laptop supplied by Owner.
2.5 ALARM / REPORT PRINTER
.1 laserjet printer, black print, 27 pages per minute printer with two (2) spare black ink cartridges;
.1 USB interface
.2 Ethernet card
2.6 FIBRE OPTIC CABLE
.1 Duplex 900 mm tight-buffer construction designed for intra-building environments
.2 UL listed sheath OFNP meeting requirements of FDDI, ANSI X3T9.5 PMD for 62.5/125mm.
.3 field terminations made using ST type connectors with ceramic ferrules and metal bayonet latching bodies.
2.7 ROUTERS AND BRIDGES
.1 Industry standard communication protocols of modular design.
.2 Central system to use an Ethernet Local Area Network (LAN) for communication.
.3 Communication between central server and controllers to be IP.
.4 Router to bridge IP and data link (ARCNET, BACNet, MS/TP, LON) to be used between controllers if required.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 11 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS NETWORK DEVICES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 4 OF 12 .5 Router to use FLASH memory and allow firmware updates to be performed from remote work station.
2.8 OPERATOR INTERFACE (OI) SOFTWARE
.1 General:
.1 operator, using standard browser connected to server, to be able to access information in system.
.2 communication between workstation or server and controller network to use BACnet or MODBUS standard protocols.
.3 software to permit un-restricted number of active concurrent OI connections to system.
.4 OI to be graphic based, with "point and click" navigation, permitting operator to access screens for different pieces of equipment or physical areas.
.2 OI functional requirements:
.1 Operator to log in and out using secure password and access that operator's unique account. Operator's account uses software, stored in an encrypted format, to control actions and functions that can be performed or reviewed by that operator, while logged into system.
.2 By default, system shall direct operator to primary interface. Secondary interface shall be accessed by once again inputting the operator’s secure password. Not all operators will be granted access to the secondary interface.
.3 Each operator to be automatically logged off system, after programmable interval, if no keyboard or mouse activity is detected.
.4 Primary interface shall allow; .1 operator to be able to view status of controlled equipment serving the Test Chambers and adjust operating parameters such as set-points, PID gains, on/off controls, and sensor calibration. .2 operator to be able to; .1 view scheduled operating hours, and adjust schedule, of any piece of equipment serving the Test Chambers designated for assignment to a schedule. .2 select desired schedule and time period from graphical display that shows schedule on daily, weekly, or monthly calendar. .3 assign exception schedules and holidays on weekly or monthly calendar. .4 program multiple objects to follow common schedules. .5 view list of currently active alarms in system. .6 view trend graph of any trended point in system and edit configuration of graph to display specific time period or data range. .7 create custom trend graphs that display data from multiple trended points on common page. .8 run pre-configured reports, view results of these report, and customize configuration to show data of interest. .9 view status of control modules.
.5 Secondary interface shall allow; .1 operator to be able to view status of all controlled equipment serving the Support Area and Test Chambers and adjust operating parameters such as set-points, PID gains, on/off controls, and sensor calibration. .2 operator to be able to; .1 view scheduled operating hours, and adjust schedule, of any piece of equipment designated for assignment to a schedule.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 11 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS NETWORK DEVICES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 5 OF 12 .2 select desired schedule and time period from graphical display that shows schedule on daily, weekly, or monthly calendar. .3 assign exception schedules and holidays on weekly or monthly calendar. .4 program multiple objects to follow common schedules. .5 view list of currently active alarms in system, acknowledge alarms, and clear alarms. .6 view trend graph of any trended point in system and edit configuration of graph to display specific time period or data range. .7 create custom trend graphs that display data from multiple trended points on common page. .8 run pre-configured reports, view results of these report, and customize configuration to show data of interest. .9 view status of control modules, restart (reboot) module, and download new control software to module .10 Supervisor through OI, with appropriate password authorization, to be able to; .11 Add new operators, delete existing operators, edit access privileges of new or existing operators and supervisors, and assign activities that each can perform while logged in. .12 View list of operators who can access system and read lists of activities each can perform while logged in. .13 Vary functions accessible to each user depending on equipment or geographic location, and to restrict an operator to only viewing and/or editing variables or values in certain areas or for specifically defined pieces of equipment. .14 Adjust each operator’s auto logoff time period.
2.9 SYSTEM SOFTWARE
.1 General:
.1 Workstation/server platform to be furnished with an industry standard professional grade operating system, Windows XP Professional Operating System with current service packs, as specified above[
.2 System software to support alternate operating systems, such as Red Hat Linux, or Sun Solaris.
.3 OI to operate through standard desk top or lap top personal computers without requiring purchase of special software from BAS manufacturer.
.4 Interface on these personal computers to be standard Web Browser by Microsoft, Google or Firefox.
.5 Software to be completely web based without need for interface/translation devices or need to load software individually on each computer.
.6 System and software to permit remote access, for multiple users, through internet connections.
.7 Graphic files to be created with use of graphics generation package furnished with system.
.8 Software to support concurrent operation of multiple standard and non-standard protocols including but not limited to: .1 BACnet .2 MODBUS .3 SNMP
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 11 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS NETWORK DEVICES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 6 OF 12 .2 Graphics generation:
.1 Graphics generation package to be graphically based system that uses mouse to add dynamic data and system control symbols to background graphic saved in an industry standard format such as BMP, JPEG, or GIF.
.2 Web based systems to be viewable on browsers compatible with World Wide Web Consortium browser standards.
.3 Web graphics to be either HTML or JavaScript and require no plug ins or use plug ins that are widely available to end users such as Active X or Macromedia Flash.
.4 Primary BAS network schematic to be skeletal elevation of BAS system with animated notes showing alarm and communication status for each system controller and OI.
.5 Secondary network schematics for each system controller to have animated nodes showing alarm and communication status for each panel and active links to each panel.
.6 Animated or active alarm and status flags to be provided for each point as noted on control schematics and Sequences of Operation. Areas or equipment where an alarm condition exists to be highlighted by means of colour or other visual indicator.
.7 Facility Site graphic to permit navigation to each floor plan graphics.
.8 Individual Graphics to be provided for each system and terminal unit. Graphics to be based on schematics taken from "CAD" files.
.9 Test Chamber floor plan graphics showing all heating/cooling units, temperature and humidity sensors, pressure differential sensors, and control systems to use electronic "CAD" files, updated to reflect as-built conditions as shown on record drawings, and to provide animated run and alarm status for all heating and cooling units, control systems, and temperature, humidity and pressure sensors. Include technique for presentation of thermal comfort by means of dynamic colours on floor plans. Dynamic colours to indicate actual temperature of area, or preferably temperature relative to set-point of that area. Incorporate graphic pointing technique to permit navigation to each individual control system shown on floor plan graphic.
.10 Support Area Floor Plan Graphics to permit navigation to each individual system located within the Support Area and to provide animated run and status indication for major equipment and active links to each major system.
.11 Screens to be provided for; .1 BAS network graphic .2 Primary & Secondary operator interfaces .3 Facility site graphic .4 Primary equipment room floor plan graphics .5 Terminal unit floor plan graphics .6 Individual graphics for each system and terminal unit .7 Tabular graphics on per floor basis and primary system basis for terminal units .8 Tabular graphics for primary systems .9 Additional custom graphics to future detail
.12 Provide tools and documentation to edit supplied graphics by adding analog and binary values, dynamic text, static text, and animation files to background graphic, to create new graphics, and to integrate these revisions into system.
.13 Graphics Library: .1 Furnish library of standard HVAC equipment graphics such as chillers, boilers, HRV units, split DX A/C units, electric baseboard heaters, radiant panels, unit heaters and fan coils.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 11 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS NETWORK DEVICES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 7 OF 12 .2 Library to include standard symbols for other equipment including fans, pumps, coils, valves, piping, dampers, and ductwork. .3 Library to be furnished in file format compatible with graphics generation package program.
.3 System Tools.
.1 Provide tools installable on any standard IBM compatible PC without limit on number of copies that can be installed under system license, available from operator workstations or browser interfaces, either as integral parts of Secondary operator interface or as separate standalone engineering tools.
.2 Tools to provide following functions; .1 Automatic system database configuration. .1 Each workstation or server to store on hard disk copy of current system database, including firmware and hardware for control modules. .2 This database to be updated whenever change is made to system configuration or to operating program for any control module. .3 storage of data to be automatic and software to run without operator intervention. .2 Control module memory download. .1 System operator with password clearance to be able to download memory from system database to any module in database from any operator workstation or browser interface .3 System Configuration. .1 Software to provide method of modifying system to allow for future changes or additions to configuration by users with password clearance and access to Secondary interface. .4 On line help. .1 Context sensitive online help to be available to assist operator in using BAS system and editing configuration and program routines. .2 On line help to be available within application screens that provide relevant data, explanatory examples, and software package definitions for each screen.
.4 System Diagnostics:
.1 Operation and condition of control modules and I/O points to be automatically monitored.
.2 Failure of any module, or locking to set value of any I/O point, through manual override, to be annunciated at OI.
.5 Alarm Processing.
.1 BACnet objects and alarm services or MODBUS equivalent to be used to create alarms.
.2 Input or status objects to be configurable to alarm when value moves in and out of normal state.
.3 alarm limits, alarm limit differentials, states, and reactions for each object in system to be configurable from OI.
.4 Alarm messages to use an English language descriptor for object in alarm in such way that operator will be able to recognize; source, location, and nature of alarm without relying upon acronyms or other mnemonics.
.5 Actions to be taken at OI, system workstation, or server when an alarm is received to be configurable by appropriate class of operator through Secondary interface.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 11 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS NETWORK DEVICES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 8 OF 12 .6 Responses available to include logging, printing, starting programs, displaying messages, sending e mail, paging, and audible annunciation.
.7 Single alarm response to be configurable for multiple objects as one event, based upon meaningful associative criteria.
.8 Alarm points to be configured and enabled as specified in Sequences of Operation, before system acceptance.
.6 Trend Logs:
.1 Any BACnet trend object or MODBUS equivalent data object in system to be assignable to trend log program by appropriate class of operator.]
.2 This assignment to include setting sampling interval, and setting start and stop time.
.3 Trend logs to be definable based upon change of value (COV) sampling, in addition to interval sampling.
.4 Trend data to be sampled and stored in control module, with an option to archive data on server hard disk, in retrievable form for use in spreadsheets and standard database programs.
.5 System to be delivered with trends configured and functioning as specified in Sequences of Operation.
.7 Alarm and Event Log.:
.1 Log lists of system alarms and changes of state to be accessible to appropriate class of operator from any workstation or browser interface in system.
.2 Events to be listed chronologically.
.3 An operator with appropriate security level may acknowledge and clear alarms.
.4 Supervisor selectable routine, when activated, archives closed alarms to hard disk on server.
.8 Object and Property Status and Control:
.1 Status of any object and property in system to be accessible, for viewing and editing, from any workstation or browser interface in system for appropriate class of operator .
.2 Status to be available in menu lists, on graphics, or through custom programming.
.9 Clock Synchronization:
.1 Real time clocks in control modules and workstations to use BACnet or LON Time Synchronization services.
.2 System to change, back and forth, between daylight saving and standard time automatically.
.10 Historical data acquisition;
.1 Routine provides for collection logging and storing of system data; .1 Started by manual command, time control or event control .2 Type of data to be collected to be user selectable
.2 Data to be stored electronically on server; .1 Disk space to be user selectable, .2 Allocated by default to permit accumulation one month of data. .3 System Manager to be alerted when data exceeds 75% of allocated space, and
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 11 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS NETWORK DEVICES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 9 OF 12 .4 Once allocated space is full, acquisition continues in FIFO configuration (oldest values overwritten with new ones) .5 Logs for standard reports, as detailed below, to be produced by a subroutine of this software module. .6 Access to historical data to be protected and restricted to highest system access control level.
.11 Reports and Logs.
.1 Reporting software package allows operator to select, modify, or create reports. .1 Report data to be easily copied to other standard software applications, including spreadsheets and word processing. .2 Reports and logs to be printed on system report printer.
.2 Custom reports to be definable by an operator with appropriate authorization as follows; .1 Data content, format, and sample interval for trend data. .2 Current status of objects in specific piece of equipment, within specific location, or within entire system. .3 Point type or status; Physical I/O points, points in alarm, locked points, etc.
.3 Standard Reports prepared using reporting software package to be as follows; .1 System (or subsystem) objects and their current values. .2 Current alarms and closed alarms, retained for user definable period of time. .3 Logs stored in database or text file and maintained for user configurable period of time as follows; .1 Alarm history .2 Trend data (Archives User selected trend records) .3 Date and time stamped Operator activity records; login/logout, control parameter changes, schedule changes, and acknowledging or clearing alarms.
.4 System to be delivered with Standard Reports configured and functioning as specified above and as described in Sequences of Operation.
.12 Safety back-up
.1 Back-up copies of systems data to be made at both regular and randomly scheduled intervals
.2 Copies made to removable hard disk, by using standard program under operating system control.
.3 Arrangement to either back-up complete records and application data or to back up only records and data that have changed since last back-up (differential back-up).[][
2.10 OPERATOR PAGING
.1 Provide BAS paging system software package compatible with Project Paging System (PPS) communicating through auto-dial modem.
.1 Telephone communication wiring to modem to be provided under Division 26.
.2 Paging software to have capability of interfacing with PPS devices and suitable for up to 20 page numbers for 20 individual operators. List of page numbers to be under password access protection.
.3 BAS paging system is to be normally online with arrangements to temporarily disable system.
.4 Operation of interface system to be as follows:
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 11 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS NETWORK DEVICES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 10 OF 12 .1 BAS to access telephone port and wait until dial tone is received.
.2 Following receipt of dial tone, BAS to dial paging system following which BAS must wait for receipt of paging system tone.
.3 Upon receipt of paging system tone, BAS sends an alphanumeric code representing pager number and an optional alphanumeric code representing an alarm number or type (eg: isolation room alarm, fan F-101 failure).
.4 Upon completion of transmission, BAS waits for tone indicating that call may be terminated.
.5 If BAS receives line busy signal tone from paging system, BAS will recognize that trunk is busy, and wait programmable interval (eg. 30 seconds) before further attempt at communication. If after programmable number of tries, trunk remains busy, an alarm message is sent to Project's 24 hour staffed Central Switchboard.
.6 Transmission of alarm messages to pager to be limited to less than one alarm per programmable interval (eg. 30 seconds).
.7 If more than two alarm messages are queued for transmission, general alarm code (eg. 8888) is transmitted to notify operators to report to nearest Operator Interface. Transmission through paging system is then suspended until BAS receives acknowledgment of general alarm code through keyboard entry at OI.
.8 Alarm types may be defined an associated with one or more specific paging numbers in order that alarms are transmitted to appropriate building operators.
.9 Alarm codes to be logically grouped and numbered to have inherent intuitive meaning for building operators.
2.11 WORKSTATION APPLICATION EDITOR
.1 Provide system software tools to be used at Secondary Operator Interfaces to create, modify, and debug custom application programming.
.1 Operator to be able to create, edit, compile, and download custom programs at same time that system applications are running to monitor and control building and services.
.2 Programming to be English Language oriented, free form, based on syntax of BASIC, FORTRAN, C, or PASCAL, or graphically based using point and click format. (i.e. not column oriented or "fill in blanks" style.)
.3 Application programming code: .1 based on using function blocks to represent simple control operation, and suitable for arranging function blocks into logic diagrams. .2 full screen cursor/mouse driven character editor with insert, add, modify, and delete programming. .3 word processing features such as cut/paste that allow blocks of code to be copied to clipboard or file library for reuse in other parts of control routines. .4 support for conditional statements (IF/THEN/ELSE/ELSE IF) using compound Boolean (AND, OR, and NOT) and comparison relations (EQUAL, LESS THAN, GREATER THAN, NOT EQUAL). .5 support for floating point arithmetic using operators for; add, subtract, multiple, divide, square root and absolute value and able to extract minimum/maximum value from list of values. .6 predefined variables that represent time of day, day of week, month of year, and date, .7 predefined variables or simple control logic to evaluate elapsed time in seconds, minutes, hours, and days, capable of being reset so that interval timing functions can be stopped and started within program.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 11 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS NETWORK DEVICES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 11 OF 12 .8 readable values from variables that can be used in programming for statement logic, comparisons, and calculations. .9 ability to enable, disable, and change set points within System Software. .10 ability to develop independently executing program modules that exchange data with and enable or disable other program modules, .11 debugging/simulation capability, with error messages for syntax and execution errors, that allows user to step through program and observe intermediate values and results.
.2 System software tools to support editing of system applications to be installed at each PC workstation and set of software disks that allow tools to be freely copied onto other engineering workstations to be supplied.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
.1 Create and install control sequence graphics and review with the Owner. Revise graphics to suit Owner requirements.
.2 Create initial logs as requested by the Owner.
.3 Provide the following network devices:
Device Auxiliary components Location
Server
Main Operator Alarm Printer Workstation Report Printer
Remote Workstation Report Printer
Remote Workstation
3.2 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
.1 Network integration:
.1 configure BAS to integrate with other equipment/systems connected to the BAS at either the Tier 1 or Tier 2 networks.
.2 OWS integration:
.1 configure the OWS, including installation of communications cards and software programming supplied under separate Divisions of the Work, for communication with specified equipment.
.3 Provide operator access, graphics, trend logs, etc as if these devices were supplied under this Section of the Work.
3.3 COMMUNICATION WIRING
.1 Install communication wiring in conduit, raceways and enclosures separated from other wiring.
.2 During installation follow cable manufacturer's specified cable pulling tension, and recommended minimum bend radius.
.3 Verify entire network's integrity following cable installation using appropriate tests for each cable.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 11 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS NETWORK DEVICES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 12 OF 12 .4 Install lightning arrester according to manufacturer's recommendations between cable and ground wherever cable enters or exits building.
.5 Each run of communication wiring to be continuous length without splices.
.6 Label communication wiring to indicate origin and destination.
.7 Ground coaxial cable according to Division 26 requirements.
3.4 FIBRE OPTIC CABLE
.1 During installation do not exceed pulling tensions specified by cable manufacturer. Post-installation residual cable tension to be in accordance with cable manufacturer's specifications.
.2 Do not exceed minimum cable and unfaceted fibre bend radii specified by cable manufacturer.
3.5 PROGRAMMING
.1 Point Naming.
.1 Name points as shown on points list provided with shop drawings for each Sequence of Operation.
.2 Where multiple points with same name reside in same controller, each point name to be customized with its associated Program Object number. For example, Room Temperature in Zone 1 would be named "Zone Temp 1" and for similar point in Zone 2, "Zone Temp 2".
.2 Software Programming.
.1 Programming to provide actions for each possible situation.
.2 Graphic- or parameter-based programs to be documented.
.3 Text-based programs to be modular, structured, and commented to clearly describe each section of program.
.3 Application Programming.
.1 Provide application programming that adheres to sequences of operation.
.2 Program documentation or comment statements to reflect language used in Sequence of Operation.
.4 Operator Interfaces.
.1 Standard Graphics. .1 Show on each equipment graphic input and output points and relevant calculated points as indicated on Points List. .2 Point information on graphics to update dynamically.
.2 Install, initialize, start up, and troubleshoot operator interface software and functions (including operating system software, operator interface database, and third-party software installation and integration.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 14 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS EQUIPMENT CONTROLLERS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 9
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
.1 Provide Equipment Controllers ("ECU") for Building Automation System.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
.1 Provide equipment which functions and meets detailed performance criteria when operating in following minimum ambient condition ranges:
.1 Temperature - 0°to 32.2°C (32° to 90°F)
.2 Relative Humidity 10% to 90% non condensing
.3 Electrical power service of single phase, 120 VAC +/- 10%, 60 Hz nominal,
.4 Operating voltage: operate at 90% to 110% of nominal voltage rating and to perform an orderly shutdown below 80% nominal voltage,
.5 Operation to be protected against electrical noise of 5 to 120 Hz and from keyed radios up to 5 W at 1 m (3 ft).
.2 Components installed within motor control devices to be designed to operate with transient electrical fields occurring within these devices.
2.2 EQUIPMENT CONTROLLERS - GENERAL
.1 ECU's separated into two types: Programmable, and Configurable.
.2 General:
.1 stand alone, multi tasking, multi user, real time digital processors with hardware, software, and communications interfaces, power supplies, and input/output modular devices.
.2 removable (hot swapable ) without disconnection of terminals and wiring,
.3 have access to data within network to accomplish global control strategies.
.4 support firmware upgrades without need to replace hardware and to have spare capacity for I/O.
.5 continuously perform self diagnostics, communication diagnosis, and provide both local and remote annunciation of any detected component failures, low battery condition; and upon failure to assume predetermined failure mode.
.6 monitor status of overrides and inform operator if automatic control has been inhibited, and allow operator to manually override automatic or centrally executed inhibit command.
.3 Input/Output points:
.1 hardwired inputs and outputs to tie into system through various Equipment Control Units (ECU's).
.2 protected such that shorting of point to itself, shorting of point to another point, or shorting of point to ground will not damage controller.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 14 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS EQUIPMENT CONTROLLERS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 9 .3 protected such that voltage spikes of up to 24 V, of any duration, and any polarity will not damage controller.
.4 Analog input: compatible with, and field configurable to commonly available sensing devices using low voltage signals (0 - 10 VDC), current signals (4 - 20 ma), or resistance signals from thermistors or RTD.
.5 Analog output: in form of modulating electronic signal, either voltage mode (0 -10VDC) or current mode (4 -20mA).
.6 Digital inputs: allow monitoring of on/off signals from remote devices. Digital inputs to provide wetting current of at least 12 ma and to be compatible with commonly available control devices.
.7 Digital outputs: provide on/off operation, or pulsed low voltage signal for pulse width modulation control. Digital outputs to be relays, 24 Volts AC or DC maximum, having 3 Amp maximum current. Each relay to be configured as normally open or normally closed, and either dry contact or bussed.
.8 Universal inputs: Thermistor Precon Type II, dry contacts, or 0 -5VDC with 0 -10K Ohm input impedance.
.4 Spare I/O capacity, each ECU:
.1 minimum of 15% spare I/O point capacity for each point type found at each location.
.2 15% of each type if input points are not universal,
.3 15% of each type if outputs are not universal,
.4 Minimum of one spare is for each type of point used.
.5 Future use of spare capacity to involve provision of field device, field wiring, point database definition, and custom software. These spare points to be configurable without additional controller boards or point modules. Wiring connections to be made to field removable, through modular terminal strips or termination cards connected by ribbon cable.
.5 Time Clock:
.1 Controllers that perform scheduling operations to have on board real time clock.
.2 In network application, time clock synced to associated BCU.
.6 Communications:
.1 communication port (RS-232 DB-9, RJ-11 or RJ-45) for connection to laptop computer or operator interface device to allow memory downloads and other commissioning and troubleshooting operations.
.2 communication services over BAS networks to support operator interface performance, and value passing as follows; .1 connection of an operator interface device to any one controller on network to allow operator to interface with other controllers as if that interface were directly connected to those other controllers. .2 data, status information, control algorithms, inputs, outputs, etc., from any controller on network is to be available for viewing and editing through operator interface device that is connected to any controller on network. .3 links to execute control strategies to be programmed and tested so that an operator with appropriate password privileges is able to edit these links either by typing in standard object addresses, or by using simple point and click commands. .4 daily routine automatically synchronize time clocks in controllers. An operator initiated change to master time clock setting to be automatically broadcast to other controllers on network.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 14 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS EQUIPMENT CONTROLLERS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 9 .5 minimum baud rate for peer to peer communication between controllers in system LAN to be at 10 Mbps and communication with low level controllers, to be at 76 Kbps.
.7 Power interruption:
.1 continue to provide control functions in event of network communication failures.
.2 incorporate sufficient non volatile memory to store critical configuration data in event of loss of normal power, and sufficient battery backup to support real time clock and volatile memory for minimum of 72 hours.
.8 Memory:
.1 sufficient memory to support its own operating system, including data sharing.
.9 GUI:
.1 face mounted LED type annunciation to display operational mode, and power and communication status.
.10 Tier 2 LAN:
.1 ECU's reside on either ARCNET or MS/TP physical data link layer protocol to provide BACnet internetworking.
.11 BACNet devices, Tier 2 Network;
.1 Conformance Class 3,
.2 support the BACnet functional groups for .1 Change-of-Value (COV) Event Initiation, .2 Change-of-Value (COV) Event Response, .3 Event Initiation, .4 Event Response,
.3 support the BACnet standard application services of; .1 Read Property, .2 Write Property.
.4 support the standard BACnet object types of; .1 Device, .2 Analog Input, .3 Analog Output, .4 Analog Value, .5 Binary Input, .6 Binary Output and Binary Value, .7 Loop, .8 Multi-State Input, .9 Multi-State Output, .10 Notification Class at a minimum.
.5 The described functionality provides reading and writing of all analog or digital inputs and outputs between BACnet devices on the network and provides for change-of-value initiation and reporting.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 14 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS EQUIPMENT CONTROLLERS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 4 OF 9 2.3 EQUIPMENT CONTROL UNIT (ECU) - PROGRAMMABLE
.1 General:
.1 capable of stand alone, microprocessor based operation.
.2 fully programmable controller for larger equipment and small systems such as hydronic air handling system, simple chiller or boiler plants, cooling towers and pumps.
.3 support firmware upgrades without need to replace hardware and to have minimum of 15 percent spare capacity of I/O functions. .1 type of spares to be in same proportion as implemented functions on controller, but in no case there to be less than one point of each implemented I/O type.
.4 continuously perform self diagnostics, communication diagnosis, and provide both local and remote annunciation of any detected component failures, low battery condition; and upon failure to assume predetermined failure mode.
2.4 EQUIPMENT CONTROL UNITS (ECU) - CONFIGURABLE
.1 General:
.1 capable of stand alone, microprocessor based operation.
.2 purpose-built for specific application to which they are applied, including; .1 terminal unit (VAV, CAV, FPVAV) box, .2 unit heaters, .3 fan coils, .4 rooftop unit .5 heat pumps .6 local reheat zones .7 perimeter heating control .8 free standing fans
.3 Optically isolated from other controllers on communication loop.
.4 Memory : maintain all BIOS and programming information in the event of a power loss for at least 90 days.
.2 Air terminal units (VAV, CAV and FPVAV boxes):
.1 integral damper electronic actuator on terminal unit controllers.
.2 auxiliary universal I/O points for control of reheat coil hot water control valve or SCR electric reheat coil, and a second zone (perimeter) heating control valve or SCR electric baseboard heater. .1 0-10 VDC, or 4-20 mA outputs
.3 factory calibrated velocity pressure sensor,
.4 calibration data stored in EEPROM memory for at least 15 velocity/pressure points within terminal unit range,
.5 terminal units ECU delivered to terminal unit manufacturer's factory for installation.
.3 Local zone control:
.1 wired to wall mounted temperature sensor with jack style communications wiring.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 14 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS EQUIPMENT CONTROLLERS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 5 OF 9 2.5 EQUIPMENT CONTROLLER SOFTWARE
.1 General:
.1 applications software for building systems operation and monitoring and energy management to reside and operate in system controllers (ECU's),
.2 using and editing of applications to be available to an operator with appropriate authorization, through operator workstation/browser interface or at other engineering workstations,
.3 software to support concurrent operation of multiple standard and non-standard protocols including but not limited to: .1 BACnet .2 MODBUS
.4 Memory resident and available to the programs a full library of DDC algorithms, intrinsic control operators, arithmetic, logic, and relational operators for implementation of control sequences.
.5 Proportional Control, Proportional plus Integral (PI), Proportional plus Integral plus Derivative (PID), and Adaptive Control (self learning).
.6 Adaptive Control algorithm used on control loops, as indicated in the I/O summary, where the controlled medium flow rate is variable (such as VAV units and variable flow pumping loops).
.7 Adaptive control algorithm monitor the loop response characteristics in accordance with the time constant changes imposed by variable flow rates. The algorithm operates in a continuous self learning manner and retains in memory a stored record of the system dynamics so that on system shutdown and restart, the learning process starts from where it left off and not from ground zero.
.8 Standard PID algorithms are not acceptable substitutes for variable flow applications since they will provide satisfactory control at only one flow rate and will require continued manual fine tuning.
.9 Make available DDC setpoints, gains and time constants associated with DDC programs to the operator for display and modification via the central operator interface and portable operators terminal.
.10 Adjustable execution interval of each DDC loop from two to 120 seconds in one second increments.
.11 Assignment of initialization values to all outputs to assure that controlled devices assume a fail safe position on initial system start up.
.2 Configurable ECU programming:
.1 Series of user selectable and configurable pre programmed control functions.
.2 Control parameters field adjustable during balancing to compensate for variations in terminal unit installation, type and size.
.3 Software application programs:
.1 Scheduling .1 capable of scheduling each object or group of objects. .2 separate schedules for each day of week with up to five start/stop pairs. (10 events) .3 exception schedules defined up to year in advance and once events on exception schedule day have been executed, definition of the exception schedule day will be discarded and replaced by standard schedule for that day of week. .4 up to 24 holiday schedules may be placed on scheduling calendar and will be repeated each year.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 14 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS EQUIPMENT CONTROLLERS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 6 OF 9 .5 ability to override programmed start/stop based on outside temperature reaching or exceeding an adjustable value, operator initiated, individual for each system
.2 Optimal Start/Stop .1 Delay startup of each HVAC system to latest possible time which will allow building space to reach target conditions occupancy time .2 Also advance shutdown of each system to earliest possible time. .3 Include modeling techniques using building mass temperature and outdoor air temperature to predict building warm up and cool down times under different outdoor and indoor conditions. .4 Generate reports to show current value of variables, inputs and outputs involved and estimates of energy savings.
.3 Temperature based load control .1 Provide temperature setback or set up according to programmed occupancy schedules with capability to assign separate schedules to each control zone. .2 Control of setback or set up achieved through setpoint adjustment, cycling of systems or cooling plant temperature conditions occupancy time .3 Generate reports to show current value of variables, inputs and outputs involved and estimates of energy savings.
.4 Supply air reset .1 Monitor heating and cooling loads in building spaces and adjust HVAC discharge sensors to most energy efficient levels which will still satisfy measured load. zone. .2 Generate reports to show current value of variables, inputs and outputs involved and estimates of energy savings.
.5 Enthalpy Economizer: .1 Program to control outside and return and exhaust air dampers during the cooling season based on inside and outside enthalpy comparisons. .2 modulate dampers to mix outside and return air for free cooling whenever outside temperature is less than the supply air temperature setpoint .3 Use either return or outdoor air to effect smallest enthalpy change across the cooling coil whenever outside temperature is above the supply air setpoint.
.6 Grouping of objects .1 able to group together objects associated with equipment based on function and location so that group may be used for scheduling, logging, assigning global commands and other applications. .2 at a minimum, assemble the following groups; .1 each air handling unit and objects from all terminal units controllers associated with the specific air handling unit .3 assemble other groups as directed by the Consultant, Commissioning Agent and Client
.7 Alarms .1 each binary input and binary value object capable of generating an alarm based on an operator specified state and to have capability to enable or disable this alarm. .2 each analog object capable of generating an alarm based on an operator specified high and low alarm limit and to have capability to enable or disable this alarm. .3 delivered with alarms enabled as listed in Sequences of Operation.
.8 Electrical demand management .1 capable of managing electrical demand by monitoring power consumption from signals received from pulse generator provided by others mounted at building power
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 14 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS EQUIPMENT CONTROLLERS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 7 OF 9 meter or from watt transducer or current transformers attached to building electrical feeder lines. .2 If power consumption exceeds operator definable levels, system to be capable of automatically adjusting set-points, de energizing low priority equipment, and taking other pre programmed actions as described in Sequences of Operation to reduce demand. .3 If demand drops below operator defined levels, action will be taken to restore loads in predetermined order.
.9 Maintenance Management. .1 able to monitor equipment status and generate maintenance alarms based upon user designated run time, starts, or performance limits. .2 configured to deliver maintenance alarms based upon Sequences of Operation.
.10 Sequencing. .1 able to sequence chillers, boilers, and pumps with lead, lag, standby, priority assignment based upon run time, .2 configured as specified in Sequences of Operation.
.11 PID Control. .1 PID (proportional integral derivative) algorithm with direct or reverse action, controlled variable, set point, and PID gains user selectable. .2 this algorithm to calculate time varying analog value that is used to position an output object or stage series of output objects. .3 integral windup protection as a fundamental part of PID algorithm.
.12 .12 Staggered Start. .1 able to prevent controlled equipment from restarting simultaneously on power restoration after power outage. .2 user selectable sequence to establish order in which equipment (or groups of equipment) is started, and time delay between starts.
.13 Energy Calculations. .1 calculation routines to establish and accumulate instantaneous power demand in kW, flow rates in L/s temperature differences in °C and convert information to energy usage data. .2 two algorithms; .1 first one calculates sliding window average with operator specified window intervals. .2 second one calculates fixed window average with digital input signal to define start of window period and synchronize fixed window average calculation with start time used by utility.
.14 Anti Short Cycling. .1 routines to protect binary output objects from short cycling with operator selected on time and off time minimums.
.15 On/Off Control with Differential. .1 direct acting or reverse acting algorithm that cycles binary output object based on operator selected controlled variable, set point and differential.
.16 Run Time Totalization. .1 calculation routine that totalizes run times for any binary input or object with operator selected high runtime alarms. .2 delivered with run time totalization and alarms configured as specified in Sequences of Operation.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 14 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS EQUIPMENT CONTROLLERS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 8 OF 9 PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
.1 Provide ECU's for control and instrumentation strategies as detailed in sequence of operation, and as shown.
.2 Provide custom programming to meet the control strategies as called for in the sequence of operation sections.
.3 Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
.4 Mount units on modular channel frames (Unistrut or equivalent) adjacent to equipment being controlled.
.1 for free-standing frames, provide cross bracing and spread footing to withstand a horizontal seismic force equal to 150% of weight of ECU and support frame.
.2 ECU's may be mounted directly to fixed building elements, including columns and walls.
.3 Do not mount or attach ECU or mounting frames to any equipment subject to vibration.
.5 Install piping securely anchored to structure or equipment.
.6 Make power connections to controller units and sensors.
3.2 TIER 2 LAN DEVICE DENSITY
.1 Total number of devices on each Tier 2 LAN not to exceed 80% of maximum device limitations (with the use of repeater devices).
3.3 ECU DATABASE
.1 Configure each ECU and provide database to include:
.1 Terminal unit box type,
.2 Terminal unit box size,
.3 minimum and maximum air flows,
.4 reheat air flow: minimum turndown air flow prior to use of reheat,
.5 current air flow,
.6 calibration factor: for field calibration determines by air balancing,
.7 room temperature setpoint,
.8 maximum room temperature setpoint: occupant selectable,
.9 minimum room temperature setpoint: occupant selectable,
.10 cooling setpoint,
.11 heating setpoint,
.12 unoccupied cooling setpoint,
.13 unoccupied heating setpoint,
.14 afterhours maximum Timer: maximum time occupant may override unoccupied cycle,
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 14 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS EQUIPMENT CONTROLLERS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 9 OF 9 .15 internal cooling Signal: used to reset supply air temperature if more cooling is required,
.16 internal Heating Signal: used to reset supply air temperature is less cooling is required
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 25 90 01 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT BAS SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 1
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DEFINITIONS
.1 System Start: actions required at system start-up under schedule control or on re-start after power failure.
.2 Normal Operation: normal control sequence after initial start-up requirements are satisfied.
.3 Demand Limiting: special operation parameters during normal utility power outages ( emergency generator operation)
.4 System Stop: shut-down of system under schedule control and fail-safe position of system in event of loss of normal power.
.5 Fire Alarm: action required in the event of a signal from the fire alarm system (FA).
.6 Schedule: scheduled operation of system
.7 Alarm: minimum alarm points required.
.8 Emergency Power: control system elements to be fed from emergency power, refer to electrical drawings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 REFER TO SECTIONS OF DIVISION 25 00 00 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION AND CONTROL DRAWINGS
.1 Control sequences that follow describe and detail suggested method of control of systems.
.2 Control drawings listed for each control sequence illustrate required inputs and outputs for the control and monitoring of systems.
.3 Review sequence of operation described for each system and allow for additional input and output points to achieve method of control described. Review documents to determine quantity of each piece of equipment or system.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 9
PART 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION INCLUDES
.1 Labour, Products, equipment and services necessary for electrical general requirements Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
.2 Refer to requirements of Division 1. This Section does not delegate functions or Work to any specific trade. This section covers general requirements for supply and installation of electrical equipment specified in Divisions 26 and detailed on Contract Drawings.
.3 In general, the following summarizes Electrical Scope of Work and General Requirements. Details of Contract requirements per Contract Documents.
.4 Electrical distribution equipment including but not limited to switchboard, transformer, motor control centres, panelboards, UPS, lighting inverter, cables, duct banks, etc. per Contract Documents.
.5 Normal Lighting – Interior and Exterior: Provide new lighting system complete with new lighting panels, fixtures, conduit, wiring and controls per Contract Documents.
.6 Exit/Emergency Lighting: Provide new exit and emergency lighting, conduit wiring and controls throughout as per Contract Documents.
.7 Receptacles - Provide new receptacles and associated conduits and wiring per Contract Documents.
.8 Panelboards – Provide new panelboards for receptacles, power distribution and lighting per Contract Documents.
.9 New Equipment Power -Provide Power connection for Mechanical Equipment as per Contract Documents.
.10 Confirm exact location and characteristics of new electrical systems on Site and adjust to site requirements. Advise U of T of any discrepancies. Test, commission standalone and interfaced systems to ensure proper operation and correct deficiencies.
.11 Cut, patch and make good all holes made due to electrical system installation.
.12 Verify functioning of complete fire alarm system upon completion of the Work. Provide verification certificate to U of T.
.13 Prior and during construction coordinate with other Divisions to avoid interference of equipment and services.
.14 Correct and complete all construction deficiencies before scheduling commissioning.
REFERENCES
.1 CAN/CGSB 1.181, Ready-Mixed Organic Zinc-Rich Coating.
.2 CSA C22.1, Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1, Safety Standards for Electrical Installation.
.3 CSA, Certification Standards and Electrical Bulletins.
.4 ESA, Electrical Safety Authority.
.5 OESC, Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
SUBMITTALS
.1 Single line and riser diagrams drawings:
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 9
.1 Submit reviewed single line diagrams of electrical distribution systems mounted in metal frames located in AC switchgear room and substation AC and DC switchgear rooms as required. Reviewed single line diagram shall include complete facility distribution system starting with incoming service of Local Utility Authority, downstream distribution system complete with symbol, legend, over current-protective devices, revenue metering, U of T metering, interlocking and transfer schemes.
.2 Submit single line diagrams in easily readable size, printed on non-fading and non-acidic paper and mounted in non-combustible frames, protected by tempered glass to be fitted on wall in electrical rooms. Confirm mounting location with U of T.
.2 Composite construction drawing:
.1 Prepare dimensioned drawings, utilising latest Shop Drawings and include, but not limited to, details pertaining to clearances, access, sleeves, electrical connections, locations and elevations of pipes, ducts and conduits.
.2 Detail concealed below grade on drawings. Submit drawings to U of T for acceptance before cover or backfill placed.
.3 Prepare drawings of equipment pads, bases, anchors, slabs, floor and roof curbs, pertaining to electrical Work.
.3 Quality Assurance Submittal Package:
.1 Submit test report for each test performed. Tests shall be signed by testing engineer and where witnessed by U of T, by witnesses. Submit 4 copies of each report, including:
.2 Records of tests performed, methods of calculation, date and time of test, ambient conditions, names of testing company, test engineer and witnesses if required.
.3 Submit final test report certifying, electrical installation ready and fit for service.
.4 Commissioning Package:
.1 Submit the following:
.2 Commissioning Plan.
.3 Commissioning Procedures.
.4 Certificate of Readiness.
.5 Regulatory Requirements Package:
.1 Submit Shop Drawings to local hydro and/or ESA and obtain approval that equipment or complete system meets their requirements before submission of drawings to U of T.
.2 Complete ESA inspection and approval of new installation.
.6 As-Built Drawings: Submit As-Built Drawings indicating:
.1 Accurately maintained, dimensioned record of cable, conduit and equipment locations to avoid conflict with other trades. Show deviations and changes in Work from Contract Drawings.
.2 Actual locations of conduits and ducts, piping, maintenance holes and similar items located below or outside of structure.
.3 Dimensions with respect to structural column lines or walls and elevations with respect to finished floor levels or grades, referenced to centre line of conduit, duct, or raceway for the following: conduits, ducts or raceways underground, underfloor, or in inaccessible locations.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 9
.4 On each drawing in lower right hand corner in letters minimum 13 mm high as follows: AS-BUILT: THIS DRAWING HAS BEEN REVISED TO SHOW ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AS INSTALLED followed by signature of Contractor and date.
PROTECTION COORDINATION
.1 Provide following services by retaining the services of a specialty coordination consultant. Study to be certified by a professional engineer, licensed in Ontario. Protective devices coordination and short circuit study to cover Toronto Hydro service (transformer, protective device and cables), and U of T main switchboard.
.2 Set of time current curve characteristics of all protective devices in the system plotted on log/log graph paper with corresponding short circuit current levels and single line diagram.
.3 Time current damage curves for all transformers, large motors and cables.
.4 Provide a complete schedule of all main protective relays, fuses and other protective devices listing device locations, function number, manufacturer, model number, size, range and setting.
.5 The complete study will illustrate and ensure that the settings and sizes of all protective devices for each voltage level has been chosen to ensure maximum or optimum protection and coordination during electrical fault or overload conditions.
.6 Submit preliminary report of short circuit analysis to verify short circuit withstand ratings specified for electrical equipment provided under this Contract. Submit report before starting manufacturing or placing purchase orders with suppliers.
.7 Provide arc flash hazard classification analysis with calculations for electrical equipment such as switchboards, panelboards, industrial control panels, meter socket enclosures, and motor control centres. Equipment shall be labelled with potential electric shock and arc flash hazards classification per CSA Z462. Labels shall be located so that it is clearly visible to persons before examination, adjustment or maintenance of equipment.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
.1 Submit required documentation to authorities having jurisdiction to obtain approvals.
.2 Coordination:
.1 Notify U of T before working in existing areas. Existing equipment or device worked on or removed disconnected from power supply.
.2 Coordinate installation of electrical equipment with equipment of other trades. Notify other trades in advance of openings, anchors, hangers or other provisions necessary for electrical installation.
.3 Embedded, concealed or recessed equipment identified before construction. In spaces above ceilings, coordinate installation with other trades.
.4 During construction, protect equipment from elements and damage by other construction activities in area.
.5 Notify other trades concerned of openings, anchors, hangers or other provisions necessary for installation of electrical Work for installation in structure, walls, floors and similar locations or may affect other Work.
.6 Where conflicts or Site conditions require deviation from Work as specified or indicated, notify U of T and provide required documentation for acceptance by U of T before proceeding.
.7 Protect finished and unfinished Work or Work of other trades until completed Work has been accepted.
.3 Regulatory requirements:
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 4 OF 9
.1 Comply with authorities having jurisdiction. Include for changes or alterations required by authorities having jurisdiction.
.2 Submit required documentation and Shop Drawings to authorities having jurisdiction in order to obtain approval for the Work.
.3 Prepare additional information, details and similar items authorities require.
.4 Supply and install warning signs, labels, nameplates and glass covered diagrams as required by inspection authority.
.5 Where materials require special inspection and approval of CSA or local authorities, obtain such approval for particular installation.
.6 Do not reduce standards established by Contract Documents by applying lower standards in codes.
.7 Obtain and pay for permits required and arrange and pay for inspection and testing.
SITE CONDITIONS
.1 Protect, support and maintain existing active services as required for execution of Work without disturbing these services.
.2 Circuit designations on existing panelboards may not agree with field installation. Trace and verify such circuits, as required.
.3 Do not disrupt existing lighting, power or communications systems.
.4 If temporary connections are required to maintain services during construction period, supply and install necessary material, equipment and labour to electrical safety codes and standards.
.5 Notify and obtain written permission from U of T before working on/or accessing any existing panel or electrical equipment.
.6 All new and existing electrical equipment shall be connected to or disconnected from existing distribution system (e.g. switchgear, panelboards, control panels, etc.) with coordination from U of T.
.7 Electrical safety:
.1 Protect personnel during construction from physical danger from exposed energized equipment such as panelboard mains and outlet wiring. Shield and mark live parts LIVE –230 VOLTS AC.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
MATERIALS
.1 Fish wire: Yellow waterproof polypropylene rope minimum 6 mm diameter.
FABRICATION
.1 If CSA certified equipment unavailable, obtain special approval for equipment from CSA and/or ESA.
.2 Provide equipment suitable for its intended use within range of temperature and humidity values experienced in Toronto.
.3 Do not manufacture or install electrical equipment or systems until Shop Drawing review and acceptance by U of T and/or local authorities with jurisdiction.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 5 OF 9
PART 3 – EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
.1 Verify condition and dimensions of previously installed Work this Section depends upon. Report defects to U of T. Commencement of Work means acceptance of existing conditions.
.2 Verify equipment access and coordinate with equipment supplier to ensure equipment can physically transport to installation location.
.3 Quantities or lengths indicated in Contract Documents are approximate and do not gauge or limit Work. No adjustment to Contract Price allowed to complete Work.
.4 Include for changes or additions to routing of conduits, raceways, ductbanks and similar items, to accommodate structural, mechanical and architectural conditions.
EXISTING EQUIPMENT
.1 Include and provide additional items and accessories or connections obviously required to provide complete working system for relocated equipment, but omitted from Specifications or not shown on Contract Drawings.
.2 Assume existing conduits in Work area contain live circuits.
.3 Trace conduits and circuits feeding existing equipment in Work area obstructing and interfering with Contract Work. Maintain circuits live, if required and in use.
.4 Unless "only" suffixes "supply, install and connect" or variation of those words, it means "supply, install and connect".
INSTALLATION
.1 Coordinate installation of electrical equipment with equipment of other trades. Notify other trades in advance of openings, anchors, hangers or other provisions necessary for electrical installation.
.2 Identify embedded, concealed or recessed equipment before construction. In spaces above ceilings, coordinate electrical installation with other trades, such as ductwork and piping.
.3 Install wiring and connections to equipment supplied by other trades, such as wiring and interlocks of equipment and control devices specified in other Divisions.
.4 Protect electrical equipment from elements and damage by other construction activities in area.
.5 Perform electrical Work to Ontario Building Code, Ontario Electrical Safety Code and to Canadian Standards Association. Perform changes or alterations required by authorized inspectors of authorities having jurisdiction such as Local Hydro or ESA.
.6 After completion of part of Work, notify U of T to make final inspection. Make tests of such portions and promptly make any changes necessary, to acceptance by U of T. Place Work in service at such time and in such order as U of T may direct.
.7 Do not reduce requirements of standards established by Contract Documents by applying Codes referred to in this Division.
.8 Unless otherwise specified, Contract Documents intended to cover ancillary items necessary for Work of Divisions 26, [27 and 28]. Supply and install ancillary omitted items essential for complete and operational installation.
.9 U of T to make final connections to existing operational electrical panels and equipment. Identify and install suitable lengths of wire and cable for this purpose.
.10 Assemble, install, connect and adjust for complete operation of electrical equipment.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 6 OF 9
.11 Install electrical equipment in locations shown on Contract Drawings. Such locations subject to change to suit conditions as Work progresses. Before installing equipment, obtain instructions from U of T for exact locations, make such changes without extra cost to U of T.
.12 Existing and new conduits, outlets, or other electrical equipment shown on Contract Drawings not necessarily exact locations or quantities. Make allowances for additional Work of removing or installing additional conduits, outlets, as required, to accommodate Work.
.13 No change to Contract Price allowed for relocation of equipment incorrectly installed because of failure to check and coordinate details, Contract Drawings and interferences, prior to installation.
.14 Space noted on the Drawings as reserved for future equipment supplied by other trades or by U of T shall be left clean for future installation of conduits and electrical equipment.
.15 Use flexible conduits to connect devices, mounted on removable panels and of sufficient length to permit panel removal without dislodging connected device.
HEATING, VENTILATION AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
.1 Supply and install necessary material and make connections to following plumbing, heating and ventilation equipment.
.2 Hot Water Tanks: Connect to thermostats mounted on tanks.
.3 Electric Space Heaters: Install contactors and thermostats. Interconnect heaters, contactors and thermostats.
NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR AND PHASING
.1 Install individual grounded neutral conductor for one-pole, two-pole or three-pole branch breakers of balanced, 3-phase 4-wire circuits unless noted otherwise. Current carrying capacity of neutral conductors shall be equal or greater than the phase conductor to suit load conditions.
.2 Balance single phase loads to minimize unbalance of three phase supply.
LOCATION OF OUTLETS
.1 Location of outlets subject to change, if information given prior to installation.
.2 Relocate outlets up to 3000 mm from original location at no extra cost or credit.
.3 Relocations over 3000 mm reviewed and negotiated on individual basis.
.4 Make relocations required as result of insufficient coordination, at no cost to U of T. Relocations subject to acceptance by U of T.
MOUNTING HEIGHTS
.1 Mounting heights of equipment: From finished floor to centreline of equipment unless specified or indicated otherwise.
.2 If mounting height of equipment not indicated, verify before proceeding with installation.
.3 Install electrical equipment at following heights unless indicated otherwise.
.4 Install electrical equipment at following heights above finished floors, unless indicated otherwise:
.1 Local switches: 1,200 mm.
.2 Wall receptacles: Vertical orientation, generally 400 mm; 1,000 mm in Electrical, UPS, LAN, MCC and Mechanical rooms; 850 mm in office areas.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 7 OF 9
.5 Locate receptacles above kitchen counter backsplash to underside of kitchen cabinet. Verify site condition before installation.
CONDUIT AND CABLE INSTALLATION
.1 Assume existing conduits in Work area contain live circuits. Coordinate any Work on existing equipment with U of T.
.2 Relocate temporary or permanent electrical equipment and conduits as required.
.3 Install 50 mm high raised concrete curb at floor openings for bus ducts through floor slabs.
LOAD BALANCING
.1 Measure phase current to panelboards with normal loads operating at time of acceptance. Adjust branch circuit connections as required to obtain best balance of current between phases and record current readings. Submit recorded data to U of T for review.
.2 Measure phase voltages at loads and adjust transformer taps to within 2% of rated voltage of equipment. Measure phase voltages to reflect utility voltage fluctuations and set accordingly.
CARE, OPERATION AND START-UP
.1 Instruct U of T's staff in operation, care and maintenance of installation at times arranged by U of T and detailed in other Sections at no extra cost to U of T.
.2 Provide services of Contractor's staff to supervise startup of installation, check, adjust, balance and calibrate components at no extra cost to U of T.
.3 Provide these services for such period and for as many visits as necessary to put installation in working order and to ensure U of T's staff conversant with all aspects of its care and operation at no extra cost to U of T.
TRIAL USE
.1 Temporary or trial usage by U of T of any device, machinery, apparatus, equipment or other work supplied under this Section before final completion and written acceptance by U of T and ESA, is not evidence of acceptance by U of T.
.2 U of T reserves use of such temporary and trial usage as soon as Contractor claims Work completed in accordance with Contract Drawings and specifications, for reasonable length of time as U of T deems sufficient for making complete and thorough test. No claim for damage accepted from Contractor for injury to or breaking of parts used, whether caused by defective materials or improper workmanship.
VOLTAGE RATINGS
.1 Operating voltages: CSA standards and or OESC.
.2 Motors, electric heating, control and distribution devices and equipment: Operating satisfactorily at 60 Hz within normal operating limits established by CSA standards. Design equipment to operate in extreme operating conditions established in standards, without damage to equipment.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND COMMISSIONING
.1 General:
.1 Performance test the equipment to verify electrical and mechanical operation is in accordance with Standards and recommendations of manufacturers.
.2 Provide factory authorized and trained personnel to perform commissioning and start-up testing, including checkout, adjustments, balancing and calibration of components and systems, as required.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 8 OF 9
.3 Provide these services as required to ensure installation is in proper working order and to ensure the U of T's staff conversant with all aspects of its care and operation at no extra cost to U of T.
.4 Test conduits and ducts installed but required left empty for clean bore.
.5 Cap empty conduits and provide pullstring.
.6 Inspections by jurisdictional authorities shall include all appropriate local and provincial authorities, such as: .1 Building Inspection’s Department, in accordance with Ontario Building Code. .2 Toronto Hydro, Local Utility Authority. .3 Fire Services Inspection’s Department. .4 Ministry of Labour, Regulation for Industrial Establishments. .5 Electrical Safety Authority.
.2 Tests: Perform tests on each of following systems:
.1 High voltage and or low voltage electrical distribution and control system.
.2 Equipment factory tests
.3 Heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems, (HVAC).
.4 Miscellaneous mechanical systems.
.5 Test wiring systems with panelboards in place and connected, as followings: .1 Dielectric test on 120/208 V equipment and wiring: Apply 500 V AC, 60 Hz for three minutes between phase conductors and between each phase conductor and ground. Ensure test voltages for 600 V equipment and cables are as recommended by manufacturers of equipment and cable. .2 Insulation resistance test: After completion of Dielectric test, measure insulation resistance by means of approved resistance measuring instrument. Minimum value of insulation resistance between connected system and ground: Minimum values prescribed under Insulation Resistance in Ontario Electrical Safety Code, ESA or manufacturer’s recommendations. .3 Remove and replace shorted, grounded and defective conductors. .4 With lighting system completely connected and lamped, make following tests: .1 Control and switching: Test circuits for correct operation of devices, switches and controls. .2 Polarity test: Test sockets for correct polarity. .3 Voltage test: Make voltage test at last outlet, one on each circuit, with circuit fully loaded. If excessive drop in potential, locate cause and correct condition. Replace defective parts, materials, conductors, insulation or splices. .4 Phase balance: Measure load on each phase at each distribution panelboard and at main switchboard. Report results to U of T. Make necessary rearrangement of phase connections to balance load on each phase. Make rearrangement as instructed by U of T and restrict to exchanging connections at panelboards or at main switchboard. After making changes, submit to U of T drawings or marked prints showing modified connections. .5 Supply voltage: Measure and report to U of T line voltage of each phase at load terminals of main breakers. Make test with majority of electrical equipment in use. .6 Motor loadings: Measure and report to U of T line currents of each phase of each motor under load. Upon indication of unbalance or overload, thoroughly examine electrical connections and rectify any defective parts or wiring. If electrical connections correct, report overloads and phase unbalances to U of T.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 9 OF 9
.7 General operation: Energize and put into operation each electrical circuit and item. Make necessary repairs, alterations, replacements, tests and adjustments required for complete and acceptable operating electrical system. .8 Make tests in presence of U of T. Perform General-Operation testing at time of acceptance of Work.
CLEANING
.1 Where equipment shows corrosion, or damage to finish of panels, panelboards fixtures or devices, touch-up surfaces to the acceptance of U of T.
.2 Polish plated work and glass. Replace burned out lamps.
.3 Repair, adjust and lubricate mechanisms and leave in operating condition.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 21 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT WIRES AND CABLES 0- 100 V MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 5
PART 1 – GENERAL
SECTION INCLUDES
.1 Labour, Products, equipment and services necessary for wires and cables 0 - 1000 V Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
REFERENCES
.1 ASTM B3, Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire.
.2 ASTM B8, Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft.
.3 ASTM D1047, Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) Jacket for Wire and Cable.
.4 CSA, Canadian Standards Association.
.5 CSA C22.2 No. 0.3, Test Methods for Electrical Wires and Cables.
.6 CSA C22.2 No. 38, Thermoset Insulated Wires and Cables.
.7 CSA C22.2 No. 49, Flexible cords and Cables.
.8 CSA C22.2 No. 74, Cables and Cable Glands for use in Hazardous Locations.
.9 CSA C22.2 No. 75, Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables.
.10 CSA C22.2 No. 123, Aluminum Sheathed Cables.
.11 CSA C22.2 No. 124, Mineral-Insulated Cable.
.12 CAN/CSA C22.2 No.131, Type TECK 90 Cable.
.13 OESC, The Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
.14 NFPA 130, National Fire Protection Association Standard for Fixed Guideway Transit and Passenger Rail System.
.15 UL, Underwriters’ Laboratories.
SUBMITTALS
.1 Product Data:
.1 Submit manufacturer's Product data indicating:
.2 Technical data, supplemented by bulletins, component illustrations, detailed views, technical descriptions of items, and parts lists.
.3 Performance criteria, compliance with appropriate reference standards, characteristics, limitations, and troubleshooting protocol.
.4 Product transportation, storage, handling, and installation requirements.
.2 Shop Drawings:
.1 Submit Shop Drawings indicating:
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 21 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT WIRES AND CABLES 0- 100 V MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 5
.2 All cables used on Contract.
.3 All cable terminations used on Contract.
.4 All cable supports used on Contract.
.3 Quality Assurance Submittals Package:
.1 If requested by U of T, or if necessary to meet Site condition requirements, submit alternate cable routing information for review prior to proceeding with the Work.
.2 Submit manufacturer’s minimum 10 years documented experience.
.4 Commissioning Package:
.1 Submit the following:
.2 Commissioning Plan.
.3 Commissioning Procedures.
.4 Certificate of Readiness.
.5 Submit certification from cable manufacturer that installation is in accordance with their requirements.
.5 Commissioning Closeout Package:
.1 Submit the following:
.2 Deficiency Report.
.3 Commissioning Closeout Report.
QUALIFICATIONS
.1 Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this Section with minimum 10 years documented experience.
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
.1 Furnish Products listed and classified by CSA and UL, as suitable for application.
SITE CONDITIONS
.1 Verify field measurements and conditions as required by the Contract Documents.
.2 Cable routing on Contract Drawings is approximate unless fully dimensioned. Route cable as required to suit Site conditions and as reviewed by U of T.
.3 Where cable routing is not shown and destination only is indicated, determine exact routing and lengths required to suit Site conditions and as reviewed by U of T.
COORDINATION
.1 Coordinate Work specified in this Section with work provided under other electrical work and work of other trades.
.2 Determine required separation between cable and other work.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 21 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT WIRES AND CABLES 0- 100 V MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 5
.3 Determine cable routing to avoid interference with other work.
.4 Provide core drilling where required prior to commencing Work.
.5 Coordinate alternate cable routing with U of T prior to proceeding with the Work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
.1 General Cables.
.2 Prysmian.
.3 Nexans.
BUILDING WIRES
.1 Low voltage wires and cables: Minimum 600 V insulation.
.2 Conductors: Stranded copper. Minimum size No.12 AWG, stranded wire in sizes up to and including No.8 AWG: Nylon jacketed and thermoplastic insulated T90, and TWU90 unless noted otherwise in the Contract Documents.
.3 Copper conductors: Minimum size #6 and larger, with 600 V insulation (for 208 V feeder) of chemically cross-linked thermosetting polyethylene material rated RW90 for indoor applications, and RWU90 for outdoor applications.
.4 All wires/cables free of all splices between terminations. If physical constraints of installation prevent this, details of splicing subject to U of T’s approval.
.5 Colour coding as follows: 120/208 V & 347/600 V Circuits:
.1 Conductor, 1 Phase: Black and white.
.2 Conductor, 1 Phase: Red, black and white.
.3 Conductor, 3 Phase: Red, black and blue.
.4 Conductor, 3 Phase: Red, black, blue and white.
.5 Ground: Green.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
.1 Verify cable end factory temporary seals have remained intact, insulation has not been exposed to air and no moisture has entered cable insulation.
.2 Verify completion of Work by other trades likely to damage cable.
STORAGE
.1 Cables shipped from manufacturer with ends temporarily sealed against moisture ingress.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 21 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT WIRES AND CABLES 0- 100 V MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 4 OF 5
.2 When cables cut in field, seal exposed end using standard sealing compound and PVC tape in accordance with cable manufacturer’s recommendation.
.3 Store cable in clean dry location.
HANDLING
.1 Uncoil cable by rolling or rotating supply reel (available from manufacturer) to ease handling and prevent possible snarling and kinking. Do not pull from coil periphery or centre.
.2 Take precautions necessary to prevent damage to cable from contact with sharp objects, including pulling over foreign objects or sheaves.
WIRING METHODS
.1 Use wiring methods indicated on the Contract Drawings, manufacturer’s instructions, and as specified herein.
INSTALLATION OF WIRES AND CABLES
.1 Pull in all wires in any one conduit at same time directly from reels or coil carefully to avoid damage to conductors or insulation. In accordance with cable manufacturer’s recommendations.
.2 No joints in any conductors between any boxes or outlets. Neutral conductors unbroken throughout their length. Feeders continuous without splices throughout their entire length unless U of T’s approval given to allow splices.
.3 Use proper crimping tool on pressure applied specific connectors at conductor joints.
.4 Properly designate wire and cable circuits at distribution panelboards and switchboards by specified fibre tag.
.5 Use terminal lugs on conductors No.10 AWG or larger where they are terminated for connection to switchboard or other equipment. Apply lugs with proper tools.
.6 Carefully unroll cable from reels and coil and run cable as complete from one outlet or junction box to next.
.7 Seal space between cables and sleeves or wall or floor opening, with UL listed firestop putty, sealant, compound or pillow, after wires and cables have been installed.
.8 If necessary to splice cable, make splice in junction box of adequate size. Keep number of splices in any run of cable to absolute minimum consistent with available coil length and with installation conditions. If in opinion of U of T excessive number of splices have been made in cable, remove cable and replace with proper number of splices.
.9 Support cables on clips at maximum spacing of 1 m. Make bends in cable with proper tools (available from manufacturer), to following minimum radii measured inside bend.
SHEATH DIAMETER (OD) MINIMUM BENDING RADIUS Above 19 mm and including 38 mm 12 x Sheath diameter Above 38 mm 15 x Sheath diameter
.10 Straighten cable runs to form neat and uniform appearance. Route cables, where possible, parallel to or at right angles to walls, ceilings and floors. Where this is not possible seek permission from U of T.
.11 Carry out stripping, straightening, bending, supporting and termination in conformity with this Section and installation instructions of cable manufacturer. Consult U of T regarding any discrepancy.
.12 Carry conductors of branch circuits or feeders in same multi-conductor cable, unless otherwise noted or reviewed by U of T.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 21 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT WIRES AND CABLES 0- 100 V MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 5 OF 5
.13 Connectors: Wing nut type as manufactured by Thomas & Betts.
.14 Terminal lugs: Solderless pressure-applied type lugs. Lugs to have conductivity not less than wire or cable to which they are attached.
.15 Identify at both ends utilizing permanent markers.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND COMMISSIONING
.1 Inspect cable for physical damage and proper connection.
.2 Verify continuity of each conductor.
.3 Provide certification from cable manufacturer that installation is in accordance with their requirements.
.4 Test all conductors for continuity, short circuits and grounds. Ensure resistance to ground not less than 50 megaohms.
.5 Pre-acceptance Tests:
.1 After installing cable but before splicing and terminating perform insulation resistance test with 1000 V (500 V for MI) megger on each conductor.
.2 Check insulation resistance after each splice and/or termination to ensure cable system ready for acceptance testing.
.6 Acceptance Tests:
.1 Test insulation resistance, conductor resistance and capacitance to ensure cable in accordance with Specifications.
.2 Verify wiring interconnections by ringing out to ensure interconnections are in accordance with Contract Drawings.
.3 During testing ensure terminations and accessory equipment are disconnected.
.4 Remove and replace entire length of cable if cable fails to meet any of test criteria.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 26 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT GROUNDING AND BONDING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 3
PART 1 – GENERAL
SECTION INCLUDES
.1 Labour, Products, equipment, testing and services necessary for grounding and bonding Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
REFERENCES
.1 CSA C22.1, Canadian Electrical Code.
.2 CSA C22.2 No. 31, Switchgear Assemblies.
.3 OESC, The Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
SUBMITTALS
.1 Shop Drawings:
.1 Submit the following:
.2 Technical data, supplemented by bulletins, component illustrations, detailed views, technical description of items and parts list.
.3 Ground electrode, ground electrode boxes, ground connector, lightning rod, stand-off insulator, resistor elements and ground conductor.
.4 Plan and sectional drawings of various perimeter ground bus, ground electrode boxes, bonding connectors and bonding connection point to building perimeter ground loop.
.2 Quality Assurance Submittals:
.1 Submit test results of ground continuity and resistance for the review of U of T.
.3 Commissioning Package:
.1 Submit the following:
.2 Commissioning Procedures.
.3 Certificate of Readiness.
.4 Commissioning Closeout:
.1 Submit the following:
.2 Deficiency Report.
.3 Commissioning Closeout Report.
.5 Closeout Submittals Package:
.1 Submit the following:
.2 Operation and maintenance data, including components supplied for resistors.
.3 Recommended periodic inspection and maintenance procedures.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 26 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT GROUNDING AND BONDING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 3
.4 Copy of full set of reviewed Shop Drawings with Marked-up Shop Drawings as applicable.
.5 Copy of warranty information.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
.1 Thomas and Betts.
.2 Burndy.
.3 Dossert.
.4 Hubbell.
.5 Erico.
MATERIALS
.1 Ground conductors: Bare, stranded, soft-drawn copper 120 mm² (No. 4/0 AWG) for buried loops and interconnections of major equipment e.g. power transformers, switchboard and minimum 35 mm² (No. 2 AWG) for above ground runs to other distribution equipment unless indicated otherwise.
.2 Bonding connections: Copper compression barrel terminals, rated for minimum 600 V at 90°C and CSA certified when applied with tool and die combination. One or two-hole terminals bolted to ground bus as indicated on Contract Drawings.
.3 Grounding and bonding conductors: In accordance with the OESC, Table 16/Table 51 or as specified in the Contract Documents.
FABRICATION
.1 Ground connection:
.1 Connect ground wire from resistor to ground by way of 2 hole NEMA pad mounted on one leg of resistor enclosure with one side connected to resistor element at factory.
ELECTRICAL SAFETY GROUNDING
.1 Supply means for permanent and effective electrical grounding of exposed non-current-carrying metal parts, assemblies housing electrical current carrying components (switchgear and transformer), as required by the OESC and Contract Drawings.
.2 Additional grounding requirements in accordance with CSA C22.2. No. 31 and Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations for Construction Projects.
.3 All electrical distribution and control equipment doors to have flexible ground bonding braid to extend ground from equipment ground bus bar and not rely on hinge.
.4 Provisions for grounding to consist of grounding bus.
.5 Supply grounding bus with compression type connectors suitable for connection of external copper grounding conductors of at least No. 4/0 AWG in size.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 26 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT GROUNDING AND BONDING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 3
PART 3 – EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
.1 Provide grounding conductors, bonding and tap connections in exterior and interior for complete grounding system in accordance with Contract Drawings.
.2 Bond metallic conduits, boxes, and non-current-carrying metal parts of equipment together to form continuous grounded system.
.3 Install grounding conductors without damage, do not dislodge or displace during construction Work. Install conductors with enough slack to prevent breaking stresses.
.4 Install ground connections within boxes in locations accessible for inspection.
.5 Install separate ground conductor in all distribution, branch circuit and conduits unless indicated otherwise.
.6 Provide additional grounding in accordance with the OESC and the requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
.7 Terminate neutral return conductors from 600 V/208 V distribution sections on neutral bus.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND COMMISSIONING
.1 Conduct ground continuity and resistance tests using 62% or “fall of potential” method. Submit ground continuity and resistance test results to U of T for review. Perform tests in accordance with Section 26 08 00 prior to energizing electrical systems.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 29 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 4
PART 1 – GENERAL
SECTION INCLUDES
.1 Labour, Products, equipment and services necessary for hangers and supports Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
REFERENCES
.1 ASTM A123/A123M, Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron & Steel Products.
.2 ASTM A153/A153M, Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware.
.3 ASTM A653/A653M, Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy- Coated (Galvanealed) by Hot-Dip Process.
.4 ASTM A1008/A1008M, Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High- Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable.
.5 ASTM B633, Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel.
.6 ASTM B766, Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Cadmium.
.7 CSA, Canadian Standards Association.
.8 CSA C22.1, Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1, Safety Standards for Electrical Installations.
.9 OESC, The Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
.10 ULC, Underwriters Laboratories of Canada.
SUBMITTALS
.1 Product Data Package:
.1 Submit manufacturer's Product data indicating:
.2 Technical data, supplemented by bulletins, component illustrations, detailed views, technical descriptions of items, and parts lists.
.3 Performance criteria, compliance with appropriate reference standards, characteristics, limitations, and troubleshooting protocol.
.4 Product transportation, storage, handling, and installation requirements.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
.1 Unistrut Corporation.
.2 Hilti Corp.
.3 Copper (B-Line) Inc.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 29 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 4
.4 Thomas & Betts.
2.2 MATERIALS
.1 Anchor bodies, nuts, washers and expansion elements to be manufactured from AISI 304 and AISI 316 stainless steel.
.2 Drop-in anchors in accordance with AISI 303 requirements for stainless steel.
.3 Threaded rod shall be carbon steel, zinc electroplated in accordance with ASTM B633, SC 1, Type I. Threads to be Class 2A fit, Class 2B thread.
.4 Mounting Channel shall be carbon steel hot-dipped galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123/A123M for channels and ASTM A153/A153M for angles, connectors, bases and fasteners.
.5 Fastening devices in various types of structures:
.1 Fastening devices shall be sized by the Contractor for specific loading applications and installed in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
.7 Precast Concrete Panel:
.1 Medium to light duty applications: Sleeve anchor, stainless steel, HLC by Hilti Corp.
.2 Heavy duty applications: Heavy duty expansion anchor, stainless steel, HSL-3 by Hilti Corp.
.8 Concrete Structure:
.1 Seismic application: Expansion anchor, stainless steel, Kwik Bolt TZ by Hilti Corp.
.2 Non-Seismic applications: Expansion anchor, stainless steel, Kwik Bolt-3 by Hilti Corp.
.9 Concrete Block Wall:
.1 Medium to light duty applications: Sleeve anchor, stainless steel, HLC by Hilti Corp.
.10 Concrete Anchoring:
.1 Drop in anchor, expansion type, stainless steel, internally threaded and flush mounted, HDI or HDI- L by Hilti Corp.
.2 Threaded rod, carbon steel, zinc electroplated, threaded rod by Hilti Corp.
.3 Hollow wall anchoring: Sleeve anchor, stainless steel, “HLC” by Hilti Corp.
.4 Steel beams and columns: Beam clamps, malleable and iron electro-galvanized, BC-EG by Hilti Corp.
.11 Mounting Channels:
.1 Mounting channel size, gauge and profile to be determined by the Contractor for specific application and installed in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
.2 C-profile channel, with serrated edges for extra hold, shall be hot-dipped galvanized steel, Strut by Hilti Corp.
.3 Fastening equipment for mounting channel: Bolts, washers, nuts, saddle nuts, brackets, angle brackets, splice plates, clamps and bases shall be manufactured from hot-dipped galvanized steel.
.4 Conduit/cable support clamps shall be hot-dipped galvanized.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 29 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 4
.12 Touch up paint: Inorganic zinc rich primer, recommended by manufacturer.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
.1 Precast concrete panel: Obtain approval from U of T before drilling precast concrete panels.
.2 Install mounting channels for support of conduits, cables, lighting fixtures, boxes, and other electrical devices and equipment.
.3 Fasten mounting channels at maximum 100 mm from each end and install clamps for mounting conduits and cables on channels.
.4 Secure equipment to concrete structure with expansion anchors or drop-in anchors.
.5 Secure equipment to hollow masonry walls with sleeve anchors.
.6 Steel beams and columns: Drill through steel and bolt as accepted by U of T.
.7 Support equipment, conduit or cables using clips, spring loaded bolts, cable clamps designed as accessories to basic channel members.
.8 Fasten exposed conduit or cables to structures or support system using straps, as follows:
.1 One-hole steel straps to secure surface conduits and cables smaller than 50 mm dia.
.2 Two (2) hole steel straps for conduits and cables 50 mm and larger in diameter.
.3 Beam clamps to secure conduit to exposed steel work.
.9 Suspended Support Systems:
.1 Support individual cable or conduit runs with minimum 6 mm dia threaded rods and spring clips.
.2 Support 2 or more cables or conduits on channels supported by minimum 6 mm dia threaded rod hangers where direct fastening to building construction is impractical.
.3 For surface mounting of 2 or more conduits, use channels at maximum 1500 mm o.c. spacing.
.4 Install metal brackets, frames, hangers, clamps and other supports where indicated or as required to support conduit and cable runs.
.5 Install woven stainless steel wires or nylon cable grips, one per cable, in conjunction with clamps/straps to support cables within cable tray risers.
.6 Install threaded rods and brackets for raceway risers where there is no wall support.
.7 Do not use wire lashing or perforated straps to support or secure cables.
.8 Do not use hangers, supports or cable trays to support equipment of other trades, except when permitted by U of T.
.9 Do not use supports of other trades to hang conduits or cable support, except when permitted by the respective trades and accepted by U of T.
.10 Install fastenings and supports as required for each type of equipment, cables and conduits, and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 29 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 4 OF 4
.11 Touch up abrasions, cuts and welds of galvanized material with touch up paint and remove sharp edges.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 31 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT JUNCTION BOXES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 2
PART 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION INCLUDES
.1 Labour, Products, equipment and services necessary for junction boxes to work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
REFERENCES
.1 ANSI/ASA 61, Gray Powder Coating.
.2 CSA C22.2 No. 0, General Requirements – Canadian Electrical Code, Part II.
.3 CSA C22.2 No. 0.4, Bonding of Electrical Equipment.
.4 CSA C22.2 No. 40, Cutout, Junction and Pullboxes.
.5 NEMA, National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
.6 OESC, The Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
.1 Hammond.
.2 Hubbell.
.3 Appleton.
.4 Eurobex.
.5 Thomas & Betts.
2.2 MANUFACTURED EQUIPMENT
.1 Junction boxes, CSA certified, to be used with the following, unless indicated otherwise:
.1 Enclosures shall be fabricated from minimum 1.9 mm thick galvanized sheet steel, powder coated in accordance with ANSI/ASA 61, grey epoxy textured powder electrostatically applied inside and out and suitable for surface or flush mounting. Enclosure shall be complete with screw on cover, a neoprene gasket for a water-tight seal and a 1.9 mm thick inner plate. Enclosures shall be minimum size of 150 mm x 150 mm x 100 mm. Type NEMA-1.
.2 Fasteners:
.1 For fastener refer to Section 26 05 29.
.3 Device Boxes:
.1 Provide device boxes in accordance with Section 26 27 26.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 22, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 31 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT JUNCTION BOXES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 2
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
.1 Install junction boxes in locations indicated on Contract Drawings to suit Site conditions.
.2 Before proceeding with installation, ensure junction boxes, conduits and other electrical equipment clear mechanical, architectural and other installations.
.3 Install junction boxes in accordance with the OESC.
.4 Set boxes and fittings square with adjacent ceiling, floor, wall or beam line and support independently of conduits entering same. Keep unused knockouts flush and tight. Unused nailing or other holes in boxes not permitted.
.5 Install junction boxes in every conduit run exceeding 30 m between termination points. Space pullboxes 30 m maximum apart. Use maximum 4 quarter bends, or equivalent, in conduit run between junction boxes.
.6 U of T reserves right to alter location of any electrical installation by 1.5 m, without increase to Contract Price, prior to outlet installation.
.7 Install identification for boxes and mark in black the year in which the junction box was supplied.
.8 Paint junction boxes as follows Normal Lighting and Power – White / Emergency Power - White/Red / Fire Alarm – Red.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 22, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 34 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT CONDUITS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 5
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
.1 Labour, Products, equipment and services necessary for conduits Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.2 REFERENCES
.1 ASTM A123/A123M, Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.
.2 ASTM E136, Standard Test Method for Behaviour of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace 750°C.
.3 CAN/CGSB 1.181, Ready-Mixed Organic Zinc-Rich Coating.
.4 CE12-1000, PVC Coated Rigid Metal Conduit.
.5 CEC 12-1200 thru 12-1220, Rigid RTRC (Fiberglass) Conduit.
.6 CSA C22.2 No. 211.2, Rigid PVC (Unplasticized) Conduit.
.7 CSA C22.2 No. 45, Rigid Metal Conduit.
.8 CSA C22.2 No. 56, Flexible Metal Conduit and Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit.
.9 CSA C22.2 No. 83, Electrical Metallic Tubing.
.10 CSA C22.2 No. 85, Rigid PVC Boxes and Fittings.
.11 NFPA 130, Standard for Fixed Guideway Transit and Passenger Rail Systems.
.12 OBC, Ontario’s Building Code.
.13 OESC, Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
.14 UL 2196, 2 Hour Fire Test for Fire Resistive Cables (RTRC- Phenolic).
1.3 SUBMITTALS
.1 Product Data and Shop Drawings Package.
.2 Product Data:
.1 Submit manufacturer's Product data for all Products listed in this Section indicating:
.2 Technical data, supplemented by bulletins, component illustrations, detailed views, technical descriptions of items and parts lists.
.3 Performance criteria, compliance with appropriate reference standards, characteristics, limitations, and troubleshooting protocol.
.4 Product transportation, storage, handling and installation requirements. Indicate application conditions and limitations of use of Product as stipulated by product testing agency specified under regulatory requirements.
.5 Submit RTRC conduit manufacturer test reports and technical documentation which demonstrate the conduit-cable assembly and horizontal/vertical support system has been tested to UL 2196 and ASTM E136 in accordance with NFPA 130 for fire resistive applications. PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 34 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT CONDUITS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 5
.3 Shop Drawings:
.1 Submit Shop Drawings indicating:
.2 All conduits used on Contract.
.3 All conduits terminations used on Contract.
.4 All conduits supports used on Contract.
.4 Commissioning Package:
.1 Submit the following:
.2 Commissioning Plan.
.3 Commissioning Procedures.
.4 Certificate of Readiness.
.5 Commissioning Closeout Package:
.1 Submit Deficiency Report.
.2 Submit Commissioning Closeout Report.
1.4 RESTRICTION
.1 Do not use PVC piping inside or within 1 m of subway station structures.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
.1 Metallic conduit: Columbia MBF/Allied Tubing or Wheatland Tube.
.2 Anchors and fasteners: In accordance with Section 26 05 29.
2.2 MATERIALS
.1 Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT):
.1 Material: Hot-dip galvanized steel tubing.
.2 Restrictions: Not permitted in hazardous classified locations, embedded in concrete, or exposed in wet areas. It shall not be subject to physical damage or exposed in public areas, carhouses, shops, garages and where vehicles travel. It shall be limited to maximum 600 V and in accordance with OESC, Rule 12-1400, electrical metallic tubing.
.3 Applications: Exposed or concealed work as indicated on Contract Drawings or as instructed by U of T.
.4 Fittings: Shall be compression type, rugged steel/malleable iron construction, electro-zinc plated complete with bushed nylon insulator throat. Straps shall be of steel construction and hot-dipped galvanized. Expansion/contraction fitting shall be telescopic sleeve type with O-rings gasket complete with bonding jumper. Conduit bodies shall be galvanized steel.
.5 Couplings shall be steel, compression type, nylon insulated. Steel set screw type is acceptable.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 34 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT CONDUITS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 5
.2 Rigid Galvanized Steel (RGS) Conduit:
.1 Material: Hot-dip galvanized steel tubing. Metallic rigid conduit other than hot-dip galvanized rigid steel is unacceptable.
.2 Restrictions: In accordance with OESC, Rule 12-1000, rigid and flexible metal conduit.
.3 Applications: Indoor, outdoor, wet and dry locations, concealed or exposed to all atmospheric conditions. Permitted in hazardous locations in accordance with OESC, Section-18, hazardous locations and as indicated on Contract Drawings or as instructed by U of T.
.4 Fittings: Use threaded hubs (bullet hubs) for connections to threadless junction boxes, enclosures and equipment. Threaded hubs shall be of rugged steel/malleable iron construction, electro-zinc plated, complete with nylon insulated throat. Couplings shall be threaded of rugged steel/malleable iron construction and electro-zinc plated and shall allow conduit coupling without rotating either pipe. Straps shall be steel/malleable iron construction with hot-dipped galvanized finish. Expansion/contraction fitting shall be telescopic sleeve type with bonding jumper and made of steel/malleable iron construction with hot-dipped galvanized finish. Conduit bodies shall be steel/malleable iron with zinc electroplate finish.
.5 Conduit shall be threaded at both ends.
.3 Flexible Metal Conduit:
.1 Material: Flexible steel armour.
.2 Restrictions: Not permitted in hazardous classified locations, embedded in concrete or aggregate, in wet locations, exposed to oil or gasoline. It shall not be subject to physical damage and limited to less than 1 m in public areas. It shall be limited to maximum 600 V and in accordance with OESC, Rule 12-1000, rigid and flexible metal conduit.
.3 Applications: Exposed or concealed work, limited to maximum 1 m unless noted otherwise and shall be approved by U of T.
.4 Fittings: Rugged steel/malleable iron construction, electro-zinc plated, nylon insulated throat complete with bushing and locknut.
.5 Shall be used to connect to mechanical motors.
.4 Anchors and fasteners:
.1 Refer to Section 26 05 29.
.2 Supports and channels: In accordance with Section 26 05 29.
.3 Fasten exposed conduit to structures or support systems using straps, as follows:
.4 One hole straps for conduits 50 mm and smaller.
.5 Two holes straps for conduits larger than 50 mm.
.6 Red Glyptal metallic type conductive compound for raceways: Apply to exposed threads of conduits and fittings.
.7 Touch-up paint: In accordance with CAN/CGSB 1.181; zinc rich paint shall be used on conduits and fittings for scratches and wrench marks as work progresses.
.8 Duct seal: Oil base compound, non-hardening and adheres to metal, masonry, wood or plastic. Product temperature ranges from 34 to 88°C; minimum installation temperature is -12°C. Manufacturer: Panduit; Cat. No. DS1 and DS5.
.9 Fish wire: In accordance with Section 26 05 00.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 34 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT CONDUITS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 4 OF 5
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
.1 Carefully clean conduits before and after installation. Clean burrs from ends and free inside surface from imperfections likely to damage wires or cables.
.2 Immediately before wires or cables pulled into any conduit run, snake with steel band with tube cleaner equipped with spherical mandrel, diameter minimum 85% of nominal inside diameter of conduit. Remove and replace conduits not passing mandrel.
3.2 INSTALLATION - GENERAL
.1 Minimum conduit size 16 mm unless indicated otherwise. No reduction in sizes shall be permitted without the acceptance of U of T.
.2 Prior to installation of conduit, check installation does not hinder or obstruct equipment or space allocated to other Products.
.3 Protect conduits from entrance of water or other foreign matter, by adequate and complete plugging overnight or when Work temporarily suspended. Plug ends of conduits with plastic plugs to ensure plugged or capped ends form watertight seal.
.4 Install surface mounted conduit parallel to, or at right angles to, structure lines, walls, ceilings or floors. Form bends, off-sets and supply necessary fittings for installation of conduits.
.5 Install conduits to allow conductors drawn-in without excessive strain or damage.
.6 Install fish wire in conduits to facilitate wire/cable pulling and additional fish wire left in place to facilitate pulling additional wires and cables.
.7 Exposed conduits shall be metallic.
.8 Use bends or off-sets only where necessary. Make bends and offsets in field with correct tools to avoid flattening of conduit. Split, deformed or damaged conduits not permitted.
.9 Install specified expansion and/or deflection fittings where conduits cross expansion/contraction or deflection joints.
.10 Replace broken conduits which may be caused inadvertently by construction activities.
.11 Where rigid conduit enters pullboxes, junction boxes, panelboards and cabinets, install iron hub fittings.
.12 Fasten conduits with anchors spaced maximum 1500 mm apart. Fasten clamps to concrete or masonry with specified anchors.
.13 Install hot-dipped galvanized steel supports necessary to mount conduit fittings, conduit and boxes in locations where no mounting surface available.
.14 Identify conduits at both ends.
.15 Install all conduits to meet OBC, OESC and NFPA 130 requirements.
.16 Flexible metal conduit shall not be used for connecting to panelboards or switchboards unless approved by U of T.
.17 Recessed mounted panelboards shall have two minimum 27 mm empty conduits installed up to ceiling space and terminated into separate 150 mm x 150 mm junction boxes.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 05 34 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT CONDUITS MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 5 OF 5
3.3 INSTALLATION - METALLIC CONDUITS
.1 Fasten conduits by specified clamps spaced maximum 1.5 m apart. Fasten clamps to concrete or masonry with specified anchors.
.2 Apply Red Glyptal compound to threads of rigid galvanized metal conduit and fittings. Touch-up scratches and wrench marks with touch-up paint as work progresses.
.3 Install metallic conduit unless indicated otherwise.
.4 Installation of buried rigid, non-metallic conduit shall be at least 300 mm away from other services such as gas or water lines or as indicated/approved by U of T.
3.4 BENDING RADIUS
.1 Make bends in conduit of following minimum radii: Size of Conduit Minimum Radius of Bend 21 mm & 27 mm 300 mm 41 mm 450 mm 53 mm 600 mm 103 mm 900 mm
3.5 EXISTING CONDUIT
.1 Assume existing conduits in Work area contain live circuits. Coordinate with U of T for power isolation to live circuits.
.2 Conduits located in Work area that obstruct and interfere with Work, shall be traced to source and rerouted. Coordinate with U of T for conduit rerouting and temporary connections to existing equipment. Existing equipment shall be maintained and remain operable during duration of Work.
.3 Relocate temporary or permanent electrical equipment and conduits in accordance with the OESC requirements. Location of relocated equipment shall be approved by U of T.
3.6 FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEALS
.1 Maintain the integrity of all floors and fire separations by installing firestopping and smoke seals for all electrical services passing through floors or fire separations.
.2 Install firestopping and smoke seals in fire separations for following services:
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 08 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT ELECTRICAL TESTING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 15
PART 1 – GENERAL
SECTION INCLUDES
.1 Labour, Products, equipment and services necessary electrical testing Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
REFERENCES
.1 CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 29-M, Panelboards and Enclosed Panelboards.
.2 OESC, Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
GENERAL
.1 Test conduits and ducts installed but required left empty for clean bore. Install fish wire and cap.
.2 Testing methods and test results to CSA, the Electrical Code, Toronto Hydro, authorities having jurisdiction and manufacturer's recommendations.
.3 Perform testing with systems completely connected, both loaded and unloaded.
ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
.1 Control and switching:
.1 Test circuits for correct operation of devices, switches and controls.
.2 Polarity tests:
.1 Test circuits for correct operation of devices and polarity sequence.
.3 Voltage tests:
.1 Perform voltage test at last outlet of each circuit. Maximum drop in potential permitted 3% on 120 V and 208 V branch circuits: 3% on 208 V feeder circuits; and 3% on 600 V feeder circuits.
.4 Phase balance:
.1 Measure load on each phase at each switchboard, splitter, distribution panelboard and report results in writing to U of T. Re-arrange phase connections as necessary to balance load on each phase as instructed by U of T. Re-arrangement restricted to exchanging of connections at distribution points. After changes, submit to U of T As-Built Drawings in accordance with Section 01 78 39, indicating modified connections.
.5 Supply voltage:
.1 Measure line voltage of each phase at load terminals of main breakers and report results in writing to U of T. Perform supply voltage test to electrical equipment in use.
.6 Conductors:
.1 Dielectric test on 120/208 V equipment and wiring: Apply 500 V DC for one minute between phase conductors and between each phase conductor and ground. Test voltages for 600 V equipment and cables as recommended by manufacturers of equipment and cable.
.2 Insulation resistance test: After dielectric test complete, measure insulation resistance by approved resistance measuring instrument. Insulation resistance between connected system and ground: minimum values prescribed under Insulation Resistance in the Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 08 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT ELECTRICAL TESTING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 15
.3 Remove and replace shorted, grounded or defective conductors.
.7 General operations:
.1 Energize and put into operation electrical circuits and items. Make repairs, alternations, replacements, tests and adjustments necessary for complete and acceptable operating electrical system.
.8 Distribution panels:
Verify and record information for each distribution panel as to:
.1 Manufacturer.
.2 Amp rating.
.3 Voltage.
.4 Phasing.
.5 Correct operation of each breaker.
.6 Labelling.
.9 Lighting and receptacle circuits:
.1 Verify and record following information for each lighting and receptacle circuit:
.2 Phasing and polarity.
.3 Insulation resistance to ground.
.4 Secure connections.
.10 Transformers:
.1 Conduct field inspections and tests, prior to energizing, to CSA C9 and CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 47-M.
.2 Operation: Verify and record sound level (dB) per ANSI/NEMA-ST-20 information for each transformer.
.3 Record transformer nameplate data as follows: .1 Manufacturer. .2 kVA. .3 Impedance. .4 Primary voltage. .5 Secondary voltage.
GROUNDING
.1 Verify resistance and continuity of driven electrodes, connections, grounding conductors, main bonding conductors and supplementary bonding conductors.
CONTROL AND COMMUNICATIONS WIRES AND CABLES
.1 Check each cable and wire for continuity, short circuits and grounds. Ensure resistance to ground of circuits 50 megohms minimum.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 08 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT ELECTRICAL TESTING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 15
.2 Tests:
.1 After installing cable but before splicing and terminating, perform insulation resistance test with megger on each conductor.
.2 Check insulation resistance after each splice and/or termination.
.3 Test continuity of wires, conductor resistance and capacitance.
.4 Verify wiring interconnections by ringout.
.5 During testing ensure terminations and accessory equipment disconnected.
.6 During testing ground shields, ground wires and conductors not under test.
.7 Restore termination connections, grounds, shields, ground wires and conductors after testing.
.3 Provide U of T with written list of test results showing location each test made, circuit tested and result of each test. Provide assurance that the existing conditions were restored.
.4 Remove and replace entire length of cable if cable fails to meet test criteria.
208/120 V, 600 V SWITCHBOARD
.1 Conduct field inspections and tests in addition to quality control requirements as follows:
.1 Phase sequence.
.2 Hi and low current adjustments conformance to design criteria.
.3 Fault current ratio's and coordination study.
.4 Trip current rating calibration.
.5 Insulation testing.
.6 Torque measurements for cable terminations.
.7 Metering operation verification per manufacturer recommendations.
DUCTS/CONDUITS
.1 Verify each underground duct or conduit to contain no blockages by pulling through appropriately sized mandrel in presence of U of T.
TEST REPORTS
.1 Inspection and test program formed by implementation of attached test sheets intended to supplement and not replace, manufacturer's recommended testing and inspection and Local Regulations and their testing requirements. Record tests on test sheets included.
.2 Schedules include information generally accepted as Of Value to U of T which becomes responsible for completed works. Maintain this principle by issuing test sheets to U of T for inclusion of their additional data requirements. Typically contents of test reports used for maintenance records.
.3 Validity of inspection and test program dependent on information contained on test sheets being accurate. If in doubt do not make entry.
COMPLETION OF TEST SHEETS
.1 Incorporate any modifications to test sheets arising from U of T review of test program.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 08 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT ELECTRICAL TESTING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 4 OF 15
.2 Sign test sheets indicating contents accurate. U of T to review sheets to confirm test sheet as accurate record.
.3 Carry out procedure promptly.
.4 Review by U of T does not mean transfer of responsibility. Responsibility for Work remains with Contractor until Contract Completion.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND COMMISSIONING
.1 Perform Commissioning in accordance with Section 26 05 00.
.2 Perform start-up and testing on systems and demonstrate how they conform to specification documents. Under the supervision of U of T, make adjustments and fine tune systems.
.3 Contractor can use test sheets attached to this Section to complete start-up and testing of electrical system or perform start-up and testing of electrical system in accordance with equipment manufacturer’s recommendation.
3.2 TEST SHEETS
.1 Complete following Test Sheets below as part of start-up, testing and commissioning of installed electrical system to achieving Substantial Performance and final acceptance:
.1 Test Sheet - Power and Lighting Panelboards
.2 Test Sheet - Moulded Case Circuit Breakers
.3 Test Sheet – Grounding
.4 Test Sheet - Cables and Conductors
.5 Test Sheet - Acceptance Sheet
.6 Test Sheet - Interior/Exterior Lighting, Switches and Receptacles
.7 Test Sheet - Disconnects - Fused/Unfused
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 08 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT ELECTRICAL TESTING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 5 OF 15
POWER AND LIGHTING PANELBOARDS Panelboard ID Manufacturer: Location Telephone No.: ( ) Manufacturers: Purchase Order No.: Serial No.: Job No.: Description: Fed From: Conduit and Feeder Size: Voltage/Phase/Wires: Mounting: Mains: Installation Checks Yes No Comments Identification Label □ □ Filler Pieces in Place □ □ Cable/Conductors Identified □ □ Bus Cable Lugs Torqued to MRT □ □ Bus Bolts Torqued to MRT □ □ Breaker Bolts Torqued to MRT □ □ Mounting □ □ Hinged Door/Front Cover □ □ Key Lock □ □ Drip Hood □ □ Grounding of Equipment □ □ Isolated Ground Bus □ □ Clean Equipment □ □ Breaker Designation and Identification □ □ Spare Breaker Installed □ □ Typewritten Panel Directory in Panel □ □ Spare Conduit Stubbed Up to Ceiling □ □
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 08 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT ELECTRICAL TESTING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 6 OF 15
Installation Review Item Yes No Comments Nameplate Complete □ □ Wiring Circuits Identified □ □ Cable Phasing Colour-coded □ □ Clearance Around Equipment □ □ Confirmation of Circuit Directory □ □ Check for Signs of Overheating □ □ Check Breakers for Mechanical Operation □ □ Check Main Breaker for Lockoff Facility □ □ Sprinkler Drip Hood □ □ Warning Signs □ □ Operational Checks Yes No Comments Branch Circuit Breaker Operation □ □ GFCI Operation □ □ Specified Tests and Measured Data Feeder Insulation Test: Phase A-B = ______Phase A-Grd = ______(MΩ) Phase B-C = ______Phase B-Grd = ______Phase C-A = ______Phase C-Grd = ______Voltage Test: Phase V: AN = ______BN = ______CN = ______Line V: AB = ______BC = ______CA = ______
Load Test: Line Currents: IB = ______IA = ______IC = ______Voltage: ______Bus A: ______Note: Equipment to be isolated from all sources of power. Remarks:
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 08 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT ELECTRICAL TESTING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 7 OF 15
Test Results Item Results Comments Load: Current Phase A Current Phase B Current Phase C Voltage: Phase-Phase and Neutral Voltage A-B Voltage B-C Voltage C-A Voltage A-N Voltage B-N Voltage C-N Equipment Data Specified Shop Drawings Installed Bus, A Bus bracing, kA Copper or Aluminum Bus Floor-Mounted EEMAC Enclosure Type Contactor Size Main Breaker Type and Size Main Breaker Lockoff Facility Feeder Conduit and Wire Size Branch Breaker (list type, size and interrupting capacity) Metering (A, V, kW) Ground Wire Size Feeder Conduit Size CT Ratio PT Ratio Remarks:
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 08 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT ELECTRICAL TESTING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 8 OF 15
MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Location: Manufacturer: Breaker I.D.: Telephone No.: ( ) Breaker Fed From: Purchase Order No.: Model No.: Job No.: Serial No.: Breaker Description: Breaker Frame, Amps: Phase/Poles: Non-auto: Trip Setting, Amps: Interruption Rating: Voltage: Installation Checks Yes No Comments Nameplate Complete □ □ Identification Label □ □ On/Off Labels □ □ Warning Signs □ □ Terminals And Cable Connections □ □ Breaker Bolts Torqued To MRT* □ □ Breaker Cable Lugs Tightened □ □ Busbar Connection □ □ Lubrication (if required) □ □ Solid-State Trip Unit □ □ Breaker Lockoff Facility □ □ Condition Of Assembly □ □ Cleanliness □ □ Cleanliness □ □ Cover Installed □ □ Door Interlock □ □ Handle Interlock □ □ Operation Mechanic □ □ Clearance Around Switch □ □ Remarks: Inspected by: (print) ______Name, Company, and Address Witnessed by: ______Witnessed by: ______Date: ______y/ ______m/ ______d
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 08 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT ELECTRICAL TESTING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 9 OF 15
Operational Checks Yes No Comments Common Trip Handle (2-pole CB) □ □ Push-to-Trip Button □ □ Operating Handle □ □ Proper Latching and Closing □ □ Quickmake-Quickbreak Toggle Mechanism □ □ Specified Tests and Measured Data Insulation Megger Test: Phase A-B = ______Phase C-A = ______(MΩ) Phase B-C = ______Phase ABC-Grd = ______Contact Resistance (ductor) Test: Phase A = ______(µΩ) Phase B = ______Phase C = ______Note: Equipment to be isolated from all sources of power. Remarks:
Equipment Data Item Specified Shop Drawings Installed Manufacturer Type Voltage A Phase Poles Neutral Unfused Fuse Type and Size Interrupting A EEMAC Enclosure Type Door Interlock Conduit and Wire Size Remarks:
Inspected by: (print) ______Name, Company, and Address
Witnessed by: ______Witnessed by: ______Date: ______y/ ______m/ ______d
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 08 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT ELECTRICAL TESTING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 10 OF 15
GROUNDING Grounding For: Power/Lighting/Clean Ground (Delete Non-Applicable) Test Details Electrodes No. Cu Check Connections to Reference Resistance Continuity & Type & Tape/Cable Layout Drawings To Earth Resistance Dwg. No. Location Length Size Yes No
Remarks: Note: Attach sketches illustrating ground rod and grounding wires layout and reference numbers. Continuity Testing Instrument: Make: ______Serial Number: ______Calibration Certificate Date: ______Issued by: ______
Grounding Testing Instrument: Make: ______Serial Number: ______Calibration Certificate Date: ______Issued by: ______
(at testing time) Ambient Temperature: ______C degrees, Relative Humidity: ______%
Inspected by: (print) ______Name, Company, and Address
Witnessed by: ______Witnessed by: ______Date: ______y/ ______m/ ______d
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 08 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT ELECTRICAL TESTING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 11 OF 15
CABLES AND CONDUCTORS Insulation Resistance (IR) for Cables and Wires, 600 Volt and Less Insulation Resistance Readings in Mega Ohms Feeder Phase to Identification Phase to Phase No. and Ground Item Description A B C Red Black Blue A-B B-C C-A G-W Remarks 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.
Testing Instrument Make: ______Serial Number: ______Calibration Certificate Date: ______Issued By: ______Megger, Testing Voltage: ______Volts (at testing time) Ambient Temperature: ______C degrees, Relative Humidity: ______%
Inspected by: (print) ______Name, Company, and Address
Witnessed by: ______Witnessed by: ______Date: ______y/ ______m/ ______d
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 08 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT ELECTRICAL TESTING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 12 OF 15
ACCEPTANCE SHEET Acceptance Equipment or System Release for Operation by U of T Client: ______Project: ______
Location: ______The following: ______are released for operation, subject to the following notes or limitations: (a) Deficiencies (see attached list, if any). (b) Other.
______
We confirm that the above items have been subjected to successful inspection, start-up, verification, and testing during preliminary operation and that they are now ready for operation.
The operation of this equipment does not relieve the Contractor of any contractual responsibilities.
Name: ______on behalf of the Contractor Title: ______} Date: ______
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 08 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT ELECTRICAL TESTING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 13 OF 15
INTERIOR/EXTERIOR LIGHTING, SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES Switches Lighting Receptacles
Room No. Room No. Room Name Type* Mounting Coverplate Operation Quantity Luminaire Type Installed Luminaire Mounting Operation Quantity Type* Normal/Emergency Directory Panel Location Mounting Coverplate Identification Comments
Note: *Types of switches: L = Low Voltage, N = Line Voltage, D = Dimmer, MS = Master Switch, P = Pilot light Note: *Receptacle Types: D = Duplex, F = Fourplex, GFCI = Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter, I = Isolated Ground Remarks:
Inspected by: (print) ______Name, Company, and Address
Witnessed by: ______Witnessed by: ______Date: ______y/ ______m/ ______d
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 08 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT ELECTRICAL TESTING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 14 OF 15
DISCONNECTS – FUSED/UNFUSED Location: Disconnect ID: Manufacturer: Model No.: Serial No.: Description: Fuse Manufacturer: ______Fuse Catalogue No.: ______Fuse Type: ______Fuse, A: ______Class: ______Interrupting Rating: ______Switch, A: ______Equipment Location: ______Voltage: ______Phase/Poles: ______Neutral: ______Equipment Data Item Specified Shop Drawings Installed Manufacturer Type Voltage Amps Phase Poles Neutral Unfused Fuse Type and Size Interrupting Current EEMAC Enclosure Type Door Interlock Conduit and Wire Size Inspected by: (print) ______Name, Company, and Address
Witnessed by: ______Witnessed by: ______Date: ______y/ ______m/ ______d
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 08 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT ELECTRICAL TESTING MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 15 OF 15
Installation Review Item Yes No Comments Nameplate Complete □ □ Identification Label □ □ Warning Signs □ □ Clearance Around Switch □ □ General Condition of Assembly □ □ Condition of Contacts □ □ Operating Handle □ □ Fuse Clips □ □ Door Interlock □ □ Handle Interlock □ □ Operation Mechanism □ □ Switching Mechanism □ □ Warning Signs □ □ Condition of Wiring, Cable Termination □ □ Clean Contact & Lubricate Mechanism □ □ Test Results Item As Found As Left Comments Contact Resistance: Phase A (µΩ) Phase B Phase C Insulation Test: A-B (MΩ) (phase-phase and B-C ground) C-A ABC-Grd Remarks:
Inspected by: (print) ______Name, Company, and Address Witnessed by: ______Witnessed by: ______Date: ______y/ ______m/ ______d
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 24 16 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT PANELBOARD MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 4
PART 1 – GENERAL
SECTION INCLUDES
.1 Labour, Products, equipment and services necessary for panelboard Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
REFERENCES
.1 ASTM A653/A653M, Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy- Coated (Galvanealed) by Hot-Dip Process.
.2 CSA C22.2 No. 29, Panelboards and Enclosed Panelboards.
.3 CAN/CGSB-1.81-M, Air Drying and Baking Alkyd Primer for Vehicles and Equipment.
.4 CAN/CGSB-1.104-M, Semigloss Alkyd Air Drying and Baking Enamel.
.5 CSA C22.2 No. 0.4, Bonding of Electrical Equipment.
.6 CSA C22.2 No. 5, Moulded Case Circuit Breakers, Molded – Case Switches and Circuit-Breaker Enclosures.
.7 CSA C 22.2 No. 94-M, Special Purpose Enclosures.
.8 OESC, Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
SUBMITTALS
.1 Product Data:
.1 Submit manufacturer's Product data indicating:
.2 Technical data, supplemented by bulletins, component illustration, detailed views, technical descriptions of items, and parts lists.
.3 Performance criteria, compliance with appropriate reference standards, characteristics, limitations, and troubleshooting protocol.
.4 Product transportation, storage, handling, and installation requirements.
.2 Shop Drawings:
.1 Submit Shop Drawings indicating:
.2 Elevations, sections and details of components, dimensions, gauges, finishes and relationship to adjacent construction.
.3 Schematic, complete panel circuit schedule in accordance with Contract Documents.
.3 Commissioning Package:
.1 Submit the following indicating:
.2 Commissioning Plan.
.3 Commissioning Procedures.
.4 Certificate of Readiness. PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 24 16 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT PANELBOARD MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 4
.5 Attach completed test sheets specified in Section 26 08 00 to the Certificate of Readiness.
.4 Commissioning Closeout Package:
.1 Submit the following:
.2 Deficiency Report.
.3 Commissioning Closeout Report.
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS PACKAGE:
.1 Submit the following for incorporation into the Operation and Maintenance Manuals:
.2 Identification: Manufacturer’s name, type, year, serial number, number of units, capacity, and identification of related systems.
.3 Functional description detailing operation and control of components.
.4 Performance criteria and maintenance data.
.5 Safety precautions.
.6 Operating instructions and precautions.
.7 Component parts availability including names and addresses of spare parts suppliers.
.8 Maintenance and troubleshooting guidelines/protocol and recommended equipment for analysis and repair.
.9 Final tests and commissioning reports.
.10 Torque measurements.
.11 Submit additional spare keys
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
.1 Schneider Electric.
.2 Cutler-Hammer.
.3 Siemens Canada.
2.2 MATERIALS
.1 Steel sheet: ASTM A653, Z275 coating designation; galvanized steel sheet.
.2 Stainless steel sheet: ASTM A240, type 304.
.3 Expanding type metallic anchors: Cinch two unit threaded anchorages.
.4 Bolts: 10 mm diameter to suit anchors. 2.3 PANELBOARD
.1 Panelboards: To CSA C22.2 No. 29 and Canadian Electrical Code requirements, including barriers.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 24 16 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT PANELBOARD MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 4
.2 EEMAC 1, rated at 120/208 V, 3 phase, 4 wire, for distribution of normal power for lighting circuits, power circuits and electric heating circuits as shown on Contract Documents and unless noted otherwise.
.3 Panelboard interiors factory assembled, with bolt-on circuit breakers and designed so circuit breakers for replacement without disturbing adjacent devices and without removing main bus connectors.
.4 Panelboards with tin plated copper buses, bus bracing 10 kA @ 240 V AC unless noted otherwise.
.5 Main bus bars shall be rated for continuous current as indicated on the Contract Documents. Bussing shall be of sufficient cross- sectional area to meet CSA C22-2 No. 29 standard for temperature rise.
.6 Solid neutral bus shall be designed to meet the requirements of CSA C22.2 Nos. 0.4 and 29. Neutral bussing shall have a suitable lug for each outgoing feeder and spaces on the panel board.
.7 Solidly bonded copper ground bus shall be provided.
.8 All circuit carrying parts shall be insulated from ground and phase-to–phase by high dielectric strength barrier or equivalent.
.9 Main circuit breaker and main lug panel board interior shall be field convertible for top or bottom incoming feed.
.10 All unused space provided, unless otherwise specified, shall be fully equipped for future devises, including all appropriate connectors and mounting hardware.
.11 Interior trim shall be dead-front construction to shield user from energized parts. Empty spaces shall be provided with blanking plates.
.12 Connections with solderless lugs on main and neutral busbars and at circuit breaker load terminals.
.13 Cabinets of steel sheet, thickness equal to code gauge for similar steel cabinets, fabricated in C form type style and having spot-welded seams.
.14 Non-ferrous plates for single conductor entry shall be used.
.15 Paint shall be ANSI 61 grey. 2.4 CIRCUIT BREAKERS (MAIN AND BRANCH)
.1 All circuit breakers: Moulded case, over-centre, trip-free, toggle mechanism, operated with quick-make, quick-break contact action, calibrated at 40°C, bolted into panel assemblies of busses and connectors. Trip ratings as shown on the Contract Documents, or as ordered by U of T.
.2 Circuit breakers: one, two or three pole as required, equipped with thermal and magnetic trip units having inverse time current characteristics. Two-pole and three-pole breakers shall have common trip action between individual trip elements for each pole. Automatic tripping indicated by breaker handle assuming distinctive position from manual "on" and "off" positions.
.3 Circuit breakers (main and branch) frame size as shown on Contract Documents meeting requirements of CSA C22.2 No. 5M with minimum 10 kAIC at 208 V.
.4 Circuit breakers handle and faceplate shall indicate rated ampacity. Standard construction of circuit breakers shall comply for reverse connection without restrictive line or load markings.
.5 Branch circuit breaker shall be CSA or cUL listed as HACR (Suitable for Heating, Air-conditioning Loads) or SWD (Switch duty of fluorescent or High Intensity Discharge Lighting Load). 2.5 SUPPORT CHANNELS AND FASTENERS:
.1 Support channels: In accordance with Section 26 05 29.
.2 Fasteners: As recommended by panelboard manufacturer for particular substrate. 2.6 IDENTIFICATION PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 24 16 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT PANELBOARD MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 4 OF 4
.1 Identify panelboards with lamacoid nameplates and as labelled on the Contract Drawings. 2.7 ENCLOSURES
.1 Constructed from galvanized steel sheet, of thickness equal to code gauge for similar steel cabinets, fabricated by "forming up" and having spot-welded seams. Panelboard cabinet assembly to comply with CSA enclosure type 2.
.2 Enclosure width shall be maximum 660 mm, minimum 508 mm.
.3 Enclosures shall have end walls with knockouts complete with welded interior mounting studs.
.4 Finish on enclosures and trim as follows:
.1 High quality metal primer coat to CAN/CGSB-1.81-M, Type 1 and filler and Body coats then applied on inside and outside surfaces.
.2 Finish coats alkyd base enamel conforming to CAN/CGSB-1.104-M colour conforming to CGSB 1-GP-12c, Section 5, Code 501-211, Grey Semi-gloss, type 11. Each enamel coat dried and rubbed before following coat applied.
.3 Cardholder for circuit designation cards, consisting of heavy white paper under transparent cover and mounted in suitable metal frame, supplied on back of each panel door. 2.8 TRIM
.1 Trim: Galvanized steel sheet, of code thickness.
.2 Trim shall be one piece with hinged door and mounted with trim screws door-in-door. Mounting shall be flush or surface as indicated on the Contract Documents.
.3 Front cover plate complete with lock shall be hinged to door.
.4 Each door with latch and flush cylinder type lock operated with key. Supply two keys for each lock. Fasten trim to cabinets by means of approved non-corroding clamps. 2.9 PANEL CIRCUIT SCHEDULE
.1 After panelboards phase balanced, fill-in panel circuit schedule and insert it into cardholder provided on back of panel door. Schedule typewritten and neatly arranged indicating which loads fed by each circuit.
PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION
.1 Install support channels to concrete and masonry substrates in accordance with Section 26 05 29.
.2 Install panelboards to support channels in locations shown on Contract Drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Use minimum of 4 fasteners for each panel.
.3 Where panelboard cabinets mounted on concrete surfaces, mount cabinets with minimum of 4 bolts and anchors.
.4 Set panelboards plumb, true and square with adjacent surfaces at location shown on Contract Drawings.
.5 Make electrical connections, including grounding, as shown on Contract Drawings and as specified in Section 26 05 26. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND COMMISSIONING
.1 Perform Commissioning in accordance with Sections 26 08 00.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 27 26 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT WIRING DEVICES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 3
PART 1 – WIRING DEVICES
SECTION INCLUDES
.1 Labour, Products, equipment and services necessary for wiring devices Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
REFERENCES
.1 ASTM A167, Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resistant Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip.
.2 CSA C22.2 No. 0, General Requirements.
.3 CSA C22.2 No. 18.1, Metallic Outlet Boxes (Tri-National Standard, with ANCE NMX-J-23/1 and UL 514A).
.4 CSA C22.2 No. 42, General-Use Receptacles, Attachment Plugs and Similar Wiring Devices.
.5 CSA C22.2 No. 42.1, Cover Plates for Flush-Mounted Wiring Devices (Bi-National Standard, with UL 514D).
.6 CSA C22.2 No. 111, General-Use Snap Switches (Bi-National Standard, with UL 20).
SUBMITTALS
.1 Submit manufacturer's Product data indicating:
.2 Technical data, supplemented by bulletins, component illustrations, detailed views, technical descriptions of items and parts lists.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
.1 Hubbell.
.2 Cooper (Eaton).
.3 Thomas & Betts (T&B).
.4 Crouse-Hinds.
.5 Appleton.
2.2 MATERIALS
.1 Material requirements: All wiring devices listed in this Section shall be extra heavy-duty industrial grade.
2.3 SWITCHES:
.1 Rated 20 A at 120 V AC, single pole or 3-way.
.2 Manufacturer(s): .1 Hubbell. .2 Cooper (Eaton).
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 27 26 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT WIRING DEVICES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 3
.3 Flush mounted switches: Wiring device box shall be CSA approved for recessed mounting and complete with stainless steel covers. .4 Surface mounted switches: Wiring device boxes shall be CSA approved Type ‘FS’ or ‘FD’, cast hub, constructed of malleable iron and zinc-electroplated. Covers shall be of the same material, complete with stainless steel screws and neoprene gaskets, either weatherproof or for dry locations, as indicated on Contract Drawings.
.3 Paint shall be white.
.4 Manufacturer(s): .1 Appleton. .2 Crouse-Hinds.
2.6 CONVENIENCE OUTLET RECEPTACLES:
.1 Convenience outlet receptacles: Heavy-duty, specification grade duplex U ground type, rated at 20 A, 125 V; type: CSA 5-20RA.
.2 Receptacle covers: Refer to wiring devices schedule.
.3 Convenience outlet GFI duplex receptacles: Heavy-duty, specification grade duplex U ground type, rated at 20 A, 125 V; type: CSA 5-20RA.
.4 Flush mounted receptacles: Wiring device boxes shall be CSA approved for recessed mounting and complete with stainless steel covers.
.5 Paint shall be white.
.6 Manufacturer(s): .1 Hubbell. .2 Cooper (Eaton).
2.9 PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROLLERS:
.1 Hermetically sealed, 25 mm cadmium sulphide cell.
.2 120 V operation.
.3 SPST snap action load contacts rated at 2000W (tungsten).
.4 Weatherproof heavy duty die cast zinc gasketted enclosure with 16 mm conduit mounting fitting.
.5 Operational temperature range of -40 to 60°C.
.6 ON-OFF adjustment, adjustable over range of 1 to 15 fc.
.7 Time delay up to 2 minutes to prevent false switching due to vehicles or lighting.
.8 Have manufacturer review proposed photocell installations and advise on recommended locations of photocell sensors for proper operation.
.9 Provide control circuit for photocell controller.
.10 Provide wiring in conduit for photocell.
.11 Provide photoelectric controllers of one manufacturer.
.12 Manufacturer’s Product(s):
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 27 26 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT WIRING DEVICES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 3
.1 Model 2101 by Tork. .1 Model 2101 by Intermatic.
Wiring Device Schedule PART NUMBER ITEM TYPE RATING
1 HBL5352ICN, Hubbell Convenience Receptacle Duplex, CSA 5-20RA 125 V, 20 A
2 GFR5352IA, Hubbell GFI Receptacle Duplex, CSA 5-20RA 125 V, 20 A 3 S8, Hubbell Receptacle cover Stainless steel 4 S26, Hubbell GFI Receptacle cover Stainless steel 5 HBL18221ICN, Hubbell Switches Single-Pole 347 V, 20 A
6 HBL18223ICN, Hubbell Switches Three-Way 347 V, 20 A
7 CI6851-HV, Iberville Switch cover Stainless steel 347 V (T&B) Note: The manufacturer and part number of devices are for guidance purpose. Substitution of manufacturer is acceptable with the list of manufacturers listed in this Section.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
.1 Install wiring devices in boxes as indicated on Contract Drawings. Type and manufacturer in accordance with wiring devices schedule unless indicated otherwise.
.2 Measure mounting heights of equipment from finished floor/grade to centreline of equipment unless indicated otherwise.
.3 If mounting height of equipment is not indicated, verify with U of T before proceeding with installation.
.4 Connect bonding conductor to wiring device ground terminal.
.5 Install electrical equipment at following heights above finished floor/grade unless indicated otherwise:
.6 Local switches: 1200 mm.
.7 Wall receptacles: Vertical orientation, generally 400 mm;
.8 GFI receptacle: Locate receptacles above kitchen counter backsplash to underside of kitchen cabinet. Verify site condition before installation.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 28 23 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNFUSED DISCONNECT SWITCHES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 2
PART 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION INCLUDES
.1 Labour, Products, equipment and services necessary for unfused disconnect switches Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
REFERENCES
.1 ASTM A653, Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvanealed) by Hot-Dip Process.
.2 ASTM A240, Standard Specification for Heat-Resisting Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip for Pressure Vessels.
.3 CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 94-M, Special Purpose Enclosures.
.4 CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 4, Enclosed and Dead-front Switches.
.5 NEMA, National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
.6 OESC, Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
SUBMITTALS
.1 Product Data: .1 Submit manufacturer's Product data indicating: .2 Technical data, supplemented by bulletins, component illustrations, detailed views, technical descriptions of items, and parts lists. .3 Performance criteria, compliance with appropriate reference standards, characteristics, limitations, and troubleshooting protocol. .4 Product transportation, storage, handling, and installation requirements.
.2 Shop Drawings: .1 Submit Shop Drawings indicating: .2 Complete, dimensioned general arrangement.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
.1 Schneider Electric (Square ‘D’).
.2 Cutler-Hammer.
.3 Hubbell.
.4 Crouse-Hinds.
2.2 MATERIALS
.1 Steel sheet: ASTM A653, coating designation Z275; galvanized steel sheet.
.2 Stainless steel sheet: ASTM A240 Type 304.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 28 23 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNFUSED DISCONNECT SWITCHES MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 2
.3 Unfused disconnect switches: .1 Heavy duty disconnect switches: Quick-make, quick-break mechanism, with power and voltage ratings as specified. .2 All disconnect switches to be lockable, complete with locks and keys. .3 Switch operating handle: Interlocked with switch cover, to prevent opening of cover when switch in ON position and to prevent operation of switch mechanism when door open. .4 Enclosures: NEMA-4X stainless steel, unless noted otherwise.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
.1 Install unfused disconnect switches and enclosures and as required by code and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
.2 Mount nameplates onto the disconnect switch.
.3 Install external roof top exhaust fan disconnect switch to Division 23 equipment. Mount with suitable barrier, as required, to isolate dissimilar metal of disconnect switches and Division 23 frame.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 50 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT LIGHTING EQUIPMENT MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 1 OF 4
PART 1 – LIGHTING EQUIPMENT
SECTION INCLUDES
.1 Labour, Products, equipment, and services necessary for lighting equipment Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
REFERENCES
.1 ANSI C136.37, Solid State Lighting Sources Used in Roadway and Area Lighting.
.2 CSA C22.2 No. 9.0, General Requirements for Luminaries.
.3 CSA C22.2 No. 74, Equipment for Use with Electric Discharge Lamps.
.4 CSA C22.2 No. 141, Emergency Lighting Equipment.
.5 CSA C22.2 No. 206, Lighting Poles.
.6 CSA C22.2 No. 250.0, Luminaires.
.7 CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 250.13-14, Lighting Emitting Diode (LED) Equipment for Lighting Applications.
.8 CAN/CSA-G164, Hot Dip Galvanizing of Irregularly Shaped Articles.
.9 CAN/CSA-S157, Strength Design in Aluminum.
.10 CSA W59, Welded Steel Construction (Metal Arc Welding).
.11 IES LM-79, Approved Method: Electrical and Photometric Testing of Solid-State Lighting Devices.
.12 IES LM-80, Approved Method: Measuring Lumen Depreciation of LED Light Sources.
.13 IES TM-21, Projecting Long Term Lumen Maintenance of LED Light Sources.
.14 NEMA SH5, Standards for Tubular Steel, Aluminum and Prestressed Concrete Roadway Lighting Poles.
.15 NEMA SSL-1, Electronic Drivers for LED Devices, Arrays, or Systems.
.16 OESC, Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
.17 Toronto Green Development Standards.
.18 UL 8750, Light Emitting Diode (LED) Equipment for Use in Lighting Products.
SUBMITTALS
.1 Shop Drawings:
.1 Submit manufacturer’s Product data indicating: .1 Technical data, supplemented by bulletins, component illustrations, detailed views, technical descriptions of items, and parts lists.
.2 Luminaire photometric data: .1 Computer generated illuminance print out for area lit by luminaire.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 50 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT LIGHTING EQUIPMENT MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 2 OF 4
.2 Submit manufacturer’s technical documentation for lamps such as operating voltages, wattage, lumens, rated life, colour temperature K, base type, and lamp shape.
.3 Submit Shop Drawings indicating: .1 Elevations, sections and details of fixtures and components, dimensions, gauges, finishes, and relationship to adjacent construction.
.2 Commissioning Package:
.1 Submit the following: .1 Commissioning Procedures. .2 Certificate of Readiness.
.3 Commissioning Closeout Package:
.1 Submit the following: .1 Deficiency Report. .2 Commissioning Closeout Report.
.3 Closeout Submittals Package:
.1 Submit the following: .1 Identification: Manufacturer’s name, type, year, serial number, number of units, capacity, and identification to related systems. .2 Safety precautions. .3 Operating instructions and precautions. .4 Component parts availability, including names and addresses of spare part(s) suppliers. .5 Final tests and commissioning reports.
ILLUMINANCE LEVEL
.1 Maintain illuminance level for areas to be 30 foot candles.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES
.1 All electrical equipment and devices shall be CSA approved or ULC listed.
.2 Masonry anchors: Expanding metallic type Cinch Two Unit Threaded Anchorages. Size anchors to suit fasteners as indicated on Contract Drawings.
.3 Mounting accessories: Supplied with fixture, bolted in position infield with hot-dip galvanized hardware.
.4 Internal fixture wire: #16 minimum Types TFF or TEW rated for 150°C @ 600 volt or 1000 volt in buildings; #10 minimum Type RW90 XLPE in poles.
.5 Connectors: Insulated solderless connector (non-crimping type).
.6 Frames, plaster rings, and suspension brackets for suspended ceiling: As indicated on Contract Drawings.
.7 Ballast documentation.
.8 Lenses documentation.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 50 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT LIGHTING EQUIPMENT MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 3 OF 4
2.2 LUMINAIRES
.1 Provide luminaries as noted in lighting fixture schedule.
.2 Manufacturers’ qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this Section, with minimum 10 years documented experience.
.3 LED manufacturers: .1 Eaton .2 Approved equal
.8 Lamp Colour: Unless otherwise noted, it shall be as follows: .1 LED Lamps/Driver: .2 Colour temperature of 4000 K +/-250, unless otherwise specified. .3 Minimum CRI of 65. .4 LED light engine/module, driver, and all accessory components shall be field replaceable. .5 With fixture-integrated passive heat sinking. .6 IES file based on IES LM79 (Photometry Standard). .7 Provide IP rating and, where applicable, for hazardous locations. .8 Photo cell compatible with LED Driver. .9 Outdoor fixture light engine shall be IP65/NEMA 4 rated or higher. Overall fixture shall be weatherproof.
2.3 LED EXIT SIGNS
.1 Exit signs shall be suitable for wall, and/or ceiling mount as indicated on Contract Documents.
.2 Housing: Die-cast aluminum, brush aluminum finish with faceplate with snap out or pre-specified directional arrows.
.3 Face and back plates: Die-cast aluminum.
.4 Power supply: 120V AC input without the need of any external transformer (integral transformer).
.5 Lamps: LED Type, self-contained, 6 to 12 V DC, and over 50,000 hours.
.6 Manufacturers: .1 Lumacell. .2 Emergi-lite.
.7 Design life shall be 10 years.
2.4 BATTERY UNIT
.1 Battery units shall be wall mounted with Two (2) 6W LED emergency lights.
.2 Battery Unit shall feed the LED exit lights and LED emergency lights within the rooftop unit and shall have enough power to last 30 minutes after power failure.
.3 Design life shall be 10 years and shall have a remote test feature.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 26 50 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT LIGHTING EQUIPMENT MORRISON HERSHFIELD: 1170118.00 PAGE 4 OF 4
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
.1 Light Fixtures:
.1 Install LED engines in all fixtures unless otherwise indicated on Contract Drawings.
.2 Generally, drivers shall be integral with fixture unless otherwise noted.
.3 Install lighting fixtures in locations indicated on the Contract Drawings, or as directed by U of T. Align luminaries parallel or perpendicular to building grid line.
.4 Install masonry anchors for supporting fixtures from precast concrete, in a manner not to damage or adversely affect panels.
.5 Where fixtures mounted on masonry or concrete, fasten with two bolts of minimum dia. of 10 mm placed maximum of one meter apart.
.6 Solidly ground frames and casings of lighting fixtures to wiring system and/or ground loops. Make final connections to fixtures recessed in ceilings by means of 11 mm of specified flexible conduit. Connect fixture wires to ballast leads inside lighting fixture with specified and approved connector properly applied. Apply single wrap of adhesive thermoplastic electrical tape over connector and wires so connector not loosened by vibration.
.7 Luminaires shall be properly cleaned at the time of installation. Luminaries showing any marks or scratches due to handling or tool-marked shall be rejected without cost to U of T.
.8 Noisy drivers replaced without cost to U of T. Decision as to what constitutes noisy ballast rests with U of T.
.9 Exterior lighting fixtures shall be directed downward, oriented, and placed in such a way as to project light only on more reflective surfaces on the Site.
.10 Light fixtures wiring shall not be daisy chained in accessible ceilings. Provide junction boxes and individual wiring to each light fixture.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND COMMISSIONING
.1 Perform commissioning in accordance with 26 08 00.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 28 31 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS MORRISON HERSFHIELD: 1170118.00 Page 1 OF 7
PART 1 - GENERAL
SECTION INCLUDES
1.1.1 Labour, Products, equipment, and services for fire alarm systems Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.1.2 Modifications required for connecting The Packaged System to FACP.
REFERENCES
1.2.1 ANSI/ASA S3.2, Method for Measuring Intelligibility of Speech over Communication Systems.
1.2.2 AODA, Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act.
1.2.3 CAN/ULC-S524, Standard for the Installation of Fire Alarm Systems.
1.2.4 CAN/ULC-S525, Audible Signal Devices for Fire Alarm Systems, Including Accessories.
1.2.5 CAN/ULC-S526, Visible Signal Devices for Fire Alarm Systems, including Accessories.
1.2.6 CAN/ULC-S536, Standard for Inspection and Testing of Fire Alarm Systems.
1.2.7 CAN/ULC-S537, Standard for Verification of Fire Alarm Systems.
1.2.8 CAN/ULC-S1001, Integrated Systems Testing of Fire Protection and Life Safety Systems.
1.2.9 CSA C22.1, Canadian Electrical Code, Part I, Safety Standard for Electrical Installations.
1.2.10 CSA C282, Emergency Electrical Power Supply for Buildings.
1.2.11 NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code.
1.2.12 OBC, Ontario’s Building Code.
1.2.13 OESC, Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
1.2.14 OFC, 2007 Fire Code Compendium , which includes the Fire Protection and Prevention Act, 1997, the 2007 Fire Code (O.Reg. 213/07), Appendices and the Fire Code Supplement FCS-1.
1.2.15 ULC, Underwriters Laboratories of Canada.
ACRONYMS
1.3.1 BACS: Building Automation and Control System.
1.3.2 CACF: Central alarm and control facility (cabinet). Note: This is a dedicated housing of safety-related systems and devices such as emergency elevator controls, fan-controls, mag-lock release, and the FACP/CPU/DCC.
1.3.3 CPU: Central processing unit.
1.3.4 DCC: Display and control centre.
1.3.5 DCL: Data communication link.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 28 31 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS MORRISON HERSFHIELD: 1170118.00 Page 2
1.3.6 FACP: Fire alarm control panel.
1.3.7 LCD: Liquid crystal display.
1.3.8 LDM: Lamp driver module.
1.3.9 LED: Light emitting diode.
1.3.10 TCC: Transit Control Centre.
1.3.11 CFAA: Canadian Fire Alarm Association.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
1.4.1 Base fire alarm system on single stage, zoned, non-coded microprocessor controlled, intelligent fire alarm, to form complete, operative, coordinated system. Provide fire alarm system including fire detection, alarm signalling, control equipment, and power supply as indicated on Contract Drawings. Equipment to be new and capable of operating at 120 V/1 ph/60 Hz, AC.
1.4.2 System complete with alarm initiating and signalling devices.
1.4.3 Fire alarm system to include, but not be limited to the following main components:
1.4.4 Signalling devices - combination horn/strobe.
1.4.5 End of line devices.
WIRING METHODS:
1.5.1 Wire in accordance with CAN/ULC-S524 including, but not limited to DCL-A and DCL-C survivability and fault tolerance performance for intelligent digital circuits.
1.5.2 Provide Class A raceway and circuit topology for audible and visible signalling notification appliance circuits.
1.5.3 Provide active/interrogative system where each device is repetitively scanned, causing signal transmission to FACP indicating initiating device and signalling devices circuit wiring is functional. Loss of signal at FACP to result in trouble indication as specified herein for particular input.
1.5.4 Use only ULC listed components.
1.5.5 Make system compatible with addressable devices specified.
SUBMITTALS
1.6.1 Submit manufacturer's Product data indicating:
1.6.2 Performance criteria, compliance with appropriate reference standards, data sheets describing equipment components including manufacturer's model numbers, physical dimensions, weight and temperature limitations.
1.6.3 Complete description of system operation.
1.6.4 Product transportation, storage, handling, and installation requirements.
1.6.5 Submit Shop Drawings indicating:
1.6.6 Elevations, sections, details, operating components, dimensions, and finishes.
1.6.7 Control equipment and FACP, physical arrangement and features, rack arrangement and interconnection wiring.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 28 31 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS MORRISON HERSFHIELD: 1170118.00 Page 3 OF 7
1.6.8 Mounting and installation details of addressable modules.
1.6.9 Installation manual.
1.6.10 Programming manual.
1.6.11 Complete parts list for system components.
1.6.12 Complete input/output listing and assignments of devices.
1.6.13 Complete manufacturer’s technical data of devices and control panel components.
1.6.14 Documented construction methodology of system incorporating dummy detectors, dust masks, cleaning of detectors and similar items to mitigate premature cleaning of detectors and site construction nuisance alarms.
1.6.15 Active graphic panel complete with alpha numeric display and LCD in accordance with Contract Documents.
1.6.16 Graphic alpha numeric display and device nomenclature.
COMMISSIONING PACKAGE:
1.7.1 Submit the following:
1.7.2 Commissioning Procedures.
1.7.3 Certificate of Readiness.
COMMISSIONING CLOSEOUT PACKAGE:
1.8.1 Submit the following:
1.8.2 Deficiency Report.
1.8.3 Commissioning Closeout Report.
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS PACKAGE:
1.9.1 Submit the following for incorporation into Operation and Maintenance Manuals:
1.9.2 Printed operating instructions and maintenance data.
1.9.3 Functional description detailing operation and control of components.
1.9.4 Performance criteria and maintenance data.
1.9.5 Safety precautions.
1.9.6 Installation instruction manuals and drawings including terminal arrangement and locations, power and control wiring diagrams with wire designations and part numbers.
1.9.7 Reviewed Shop Drawings.
1.9.8 Battery Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) information and maintenance instructions.
1.9.9 Recommended spare parts list including names and addresses of spare part suppliers.
1.9.10 Maintenance and troubleshooting procedures and recommended equipment for repair.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 28 31 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS MORRISON HERSFHIELD: 1170118.00 Page 4
1.9.11 Final tests and commissioning reports.
1.9.12 Complete commissioned parts list for system components.
1.9.13 Fire Alarm Verification Certificate/Report
1.9.14 After verification and final inspection, two electronic copies of FACP program shall be provided to U of T.
1.9.15 Full set of reviewed Shop Drawings include Mark-up Shop Drawings. Drawings shall accurately show location of all device, zones, door numbers, full riser diagram, and pertinent information.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.10.1 Manufacturer’s representative: A registered CFAA certified member with experience in fire alarm systems Work of comparable complexity and scope.
1.10.2 Retain a manufacturer’s representative to perform the following services as part of the Work of this Section:
1.10.3 Conduct Site inspections, testing, and verification, and submit written inspection reports verifying that Work is in accordance with Contract Documents and reviewed Shop Drawings.
1.10.4 Be present and provide technical assistance during Commissioning and final acceptance testing.
1.10.5 Perform modifications required on fire alarm system.
1.10.6 Provide Verification Certificate and obtain acceptance from authorities having jurisdiction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
GENERAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
2.1.1 Provide new initiating or signalling devices compatible to existing fire alarm system.
2.1.2 Provide for existing fire alarm system electronic or solid state modules to accommodate new zones.
2.1.3 Provide end of line devices for the monitoring and control of supervisory current to ensure correct fault condition, producing audible and visual alarm at DCC, FACP, and LCD annunciators.
2.1.4 Equipment, components, and devices shall be new, tested, and ULC listed and approved for fire alarm system service. Used equipment and components are not acceptable.
2.1.5 Equipment and components to be installed in compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Consult the manufacturer's installation manuals for all wiring diagrams, schematics, physical equipment sizes, etc., before beginning system installation. Refer to the riser/connection diagram for all specific system installation, termination, and wiring data.
2.1.6 Equipment to be attached to walls and ceiling/floor assemblies, and to be held firmly in place. Fasteners and supports to be adequate to support the required load.
2.1.7 Field devices shall be of the same manufacturer as FACP. The list of field devices includes, but is not limited to:
2.1.8 Visible strobe signaling devices.
2.1.9 Electronic horns.
GENERAL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
2.2.1 Capable of full system wide annunciation regardless of the number of addressable devices.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 28 31 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS MORRISON HERSFHIELD: 1170118.00 Page 5 OF 7
PROGRAMMABLE AUDIBLE SIGNAL DEVICES
2.3.1 Operating on 24 V DC nominal.
2.3.2 Field programmable without the use of special tools, at a sound level of at least 90 dBA measured at 3 m (10 ft) from the device.
2.3.3 Explosion proof horn: Rated for hazardous area’s listed for use in Class 1, Division 1, Groups B, C, and D; Class 2, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G; and Class 3, Division 1 locations.
PROGRAMMABLE VISIBLE STROBE SIGNAL DEVICES
2.4.1 Strobe lights as indicated in the Contract Documents, with a minimum [ ] cd flash intensity.
2.4.2 24 V DC and flashing at 1 Hz over the strobe’s entire operating voltage range.
2.4.3 To include a diode for proper supervision and terminals that will accept up to #12 AWG conductor.
2.4.4 Housing/front plate: Finished in red and made from durable fire retardant plastic.
2.4.5 Where two or more strobes are installed in the same area, the flashing of the strobe devices shall be synchronized.
2.4.6 The strobe intensity shall have field selectable settings and shall be rated at 15, 15/75, 30, 75, 91, 110, 115, 135, 150, 177, and 185 candela.
2.4.7 Weatherproof horn/strobe: Suitable for outdoor use complete with weatherproof back box. The assembly shall meet NEMA 4X polycarbonate.
END OF LINE DEVICES
2.5.1 Suitable for single gang standard electrical box mounting.
2.5.2 Provide outside of plate, a lamacoid nameplate-identifying zone and/or circuit number and device type. Lamacoid nameplate mechanically affixed to end of line plate (such as riveted).
2.5.3 End of line devices may be installed within the field device if there is only one device on the circuit. In such cases, the nameplate shall be attached to the field device in a visible location.
FIRE ALARM CABLE
2.6.1 Shielded, multi-conductor, solid bare copper conductor, PVC insulated, red PVC jacket, 300 V, -20°C to 105°C, CSA/UL-FT4 rating, manufactured by Belden or Provo Ltd.
TERMINAL BOX
2.7.1 Enclosure: Fabricated from minimum 1.9 mm sheet steel, powder coated in accordance with ANSI/ASA 61 gray epoxy textured powder, electrostatically applied inside and out and suitable for surface or flush mounting.
2.7.2 Enclosure: Minimum 300 mm height x 300 mm width, Type NEMA 3R complete with white powder coating inner panel. If installed in areas accessible to public, enclosure shall be NEMA 4X stainless steel and lockable. Lock suitable to accept standard U of T cylinder.
2.7.3 Enclosure door: Continuously hinged complete with stainless steel clamps and plated steel screws.
2.7.4 Provide panel mount terminal blocks for fire alarm cable terminations. Terminal block to be securely fastened to inner panel, CSA approved for 600 V AC/DC, maximum 25 A and suitable for #16 AWG to #10 AWG wire size.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 28 31 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS MORRISON HERSFHIELD: 1170118.00 Page 6
2.7.5 Provide lamacoid nameplate, white letters on red background, securely fastened to the front cover of the terminal box.
2.7.6 Provide wiring schedule on inside of the door cover showing all zone terminations within terminal box.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
3.1.1 Install fire alarm system in accordance with CAN/ULC-S524 and CSA C22.1, as indicated on Contract Drawings and the fire alarm manufacturer's instructions.
3.1.2 Provide wiring within metallic conduit as specified in Section 26 05 34. Conduits and boxes for fire alarm devices to be rigid hot-dip galvanized steel complete with weatherproof and/or watertight connections and fittings to suit Site conditions.
3.1.3 Install wires and cables in separate raceway for signal circuit and notification circuit.
3.1.4 Provide wires, pull boxes, electrical boxes, and terminal cabinets and/or terminal boxes in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and Division 26.
3.1.5 Provide electrical identification as follows:
3.1.6 Provide lamacoid nameplate to relay module cover with equipment identification it is associated with.
3.1.7 Provide lamacoid nameplate to fault isolation module cover with device address identification.
3.1.8 Mount all devices where they can easily be accessed or removed for verification/testing purposes. Devices shall be accessible from floor level, using a standard test kit, without need for ladders or lifts. Devices shall be located in areas where easily accessible for removal or maintenance.
3.1.9 Joints and splices to fire alarm wires and cables are not allowed.
3.1.10 Where joints and splices are required and have been approved by U of T, they shall be made in terminal boxes.
INSTALLATION CRITERIA FOR SYSTEM DEVICES
3.2.1 Installation requirements in accordance with CAN/ULC-S524.
3.2.2 Audible/Visual signal device mounted so centre of device is not less than 1950 mm above floor level.
3.2.3 Back boxes firmly fixed to walls, ceilings, or structural columns and not supported by conduit.
3.2.4 Supplier to verify audible/visual signal device placement adequate to provide audibility rating acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
3.2.5 End of line devices mounting height 1800 mm above finished floor to suit site conditions. Preferred height is 1600 mm.
3.2.6 Terminal boxes to be accessible and located in a dry area. Notify U of T if proposed area is not a dry location.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
3.3.1 The manufacturer shall perform the following:
3.3.2 Carrying out testing and verification of fire alarm system.
3.3.3 Submission of written verification certificate to U of T, upon completion of inspection and testing.
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO SECTION 28 31 00 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS MORRISON HERSFHIELD: 1170118.00 Page 7 OF 7
VERIFICATION CERTIFICATE (FIRE ALARM VERIFICATION REPORT)
3.4.1 Issue to U of T a certificate of verification on CFAA forms confirming that inspection has been completed, deficiencies have been corrected and retested after correction as noted in checklist and system is installed and functioning in conformance with Contract Documents.
3.4.2 Certify that verification has been completed in accordance with CAN/ULC-S537 and installation in accordance with CAN/ULC-S524.
3.4.3 Submit the verification certificate to authorities having jurisdiction for final acceptance/testing of the fire alarm system.
3.4.4 Schedule final acceptance/testing of the fire alarm system with authorities having jurisdiction and U of T.
3.4.5 Correct deficiencies discovered during final acceptance/testing at no extra cost to U of T. Perform additional testing requested by the authorities having jurisdiction, as a result of deficiencies, at no extra cost to U of T.
END OF SECTION
PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP UNIT UNIVERSITY PROJECT NUMBER: P009-16-140 10 KING’S COLLEGE ROAD, TORONTO DATE ISSUED: SEPTEMBER 29, 2017
Appendix A Uof T Rooftop Unit
Items that have been crossed out are not applicable to this project. Refer to drawings for elevations and dimensions of millwork.